|
78
|
1 ;;; Do NOT edit this file!
|
|
|
2 ;;; It is automatically generated using "make autoloads"
|
|
|
3 ;;; See update-autoloads.sh and autoload.el for more details.
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
5
|
|
100
|
6 ;;;### (autoloads (BibTeX-auto-store) "latex" "auctex/latex.el")
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
8 (autoload 'BibTeX-auto-store "latex" "\
|
|
|
9 This function should be called from bibtex-mode-hook.
|
|
|
10 It will setup BibTeX to store keys in an auto file." nil nil)
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
12 ;;;***
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-info" "auctex/tex-info.el")
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 ;;;***
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
18 ;;;### (autoloads (japanese-latex-mode japanese-plain-tex-mode) "tex-jp" "auctex/tex-jp.el")
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
20 (autoload 'japanese-plain-tex-mode "tex-jp" "\
|
|
|
21 Major mode for editing files of input for Japanese plain TeX.
|
|
|
22 Set japanese-TeX-mode to t, and enters plain-tex-mode." t nil)
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
24 (autoload 'japanese-latex-mode "tex-jp" "\
|
|
|
25 Major mode for editing files of input for Japanese plain TeX.
|
|
|
26 Set japanese-TeX-mode to t, and enters latex-mode." t nil)
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
28 ;;;***
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
30 ;;;### (autoloads (TeX-submit-bug-report TeX-insert-quote TeX-auto-generate-global TeX-auto-generate ams-tex-mode) "tex" "auctex/tex.el")
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
32 (autoload 'ams-tex-mode "tex" "\
|
|
|
33 Major mode for editing files of input for AmS TeX.
|
|
|
34 See info under AUC TeX for documentation.
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
36 Special commands:
|
|
|
37 \\{TeX-mode-map}
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
39 Entering AmS-tex-mode calls the value of text-mode-hook,
|
|
|
40 then the value of TeX-mode-hook, and then the value
|
|
|
41 of AmS-TeX-mode-hook." t nil)
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
43 (autoload 'TeX-auto-generate "tex" "\
|
|
|
44 Generate style file for TEX and store it in AUTO.
|
|
|
45 If TEX is a directory, generate style files for all files in the directory." t nil)
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
47 (autoload 'TeX-auto-generate-global "tex" "\
|
|
|
48 Create global auto directory for global TeX macro definitions." t nil)
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
50 (autoload 'TeX-insert-quote "tex" "\
|
|
|
51 Insert the appropriate quote marks for TeX.
|
|
|
52 Inserts the value of `TeX-open-quote' (normally ``) or `TeX-close-quote'
|
|
|
53 \(normally '') depending on the context. If `TeX-quote-after-quote'
|
|
|
54 is non-nil, this insertion works only after \".
|
|
|
55 With prefix argument, always inserts \" characters." t nil)
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
57 (autoload 'TeX-submit-bug-report "tex" "\
|
|
|
58 Submit via mail a bug report on AUC TeX" t nil)
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
60 ;;;***
|
|
|
61
|
|
78
|
62 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-recompile-directory-norecurse batch-byte-compile display-call-tree byte-compile-sexp byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-file byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "bytecomp/bytecomp.el")
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
64 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
65 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
|
|
|
66 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
68 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
69 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
|
|
|
70 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
|
|
|
71 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also unless argument
|
|
|
72 NORECURSION is non-nil.
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
74 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
|
|
|
75 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
|
|
|
76 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
|
|
|
77 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
79 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
81 If the fourth argument FORCE is non-nil,
|
|
|
82 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
84 (autoload 'byte-recompile-file "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
85 Recompile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME if it needs recompilation.
|
|
|
86 This is if the `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
88 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not*
|
|
|
89 compiled. But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user
|
|
|
90 whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 don't ask and recompile anyway." t nil)
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
92 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
93 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
|
|
|
94 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
|
|
|
95 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling." t nil)
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
97 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
98 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
|
|
|
99 Print the result in the minibuffer.
|
|
|
100 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
102 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
103 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
|
|
|
104 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
106 (autoload 'byte-compile-sexp "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
107 Compile and return SEXP." nil nil)
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
109 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
110 Display a call graph of a specified file.
|
|
|
111 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
|
|
|
112 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
|
|
|
113 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
|
|
|
114 all functions called by those functions.
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
116 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
|
|
|
117 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
|
|
|
118 cons, etc.).
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
120 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
|
|
|
121 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
|
|
|
122 invoked interactively." t nil)
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
124 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
125 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
|
|
|
126 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
|
|
|
127 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
|
|
|
128 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
|
|
|
129 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
131 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory-norecurse "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
132 Same as `batch-byte-recompile-directory' but without recursion." nil nil)
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
134 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
135 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
|
|
|
136 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
|
|
|
137 For example, invoke `xemacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
139 ;;;***
|
|
|
140
|
|
|
141 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "bytecomp/disass.el")
|
|
|
142
|
|
|
143 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
|
|
|
144 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
|
|
|
145 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
|
|
|
146 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
|
|
|
147 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
|
|
|
148 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
150 ;;;***
|
|
|
151
|
|
|
152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el")
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
154 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
156 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
158 ;;;***
|
|
|
159
|
|
|
160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-x" "calendar/cal-x.el")
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
162 (defvar calendar-setup 'one-frame "\
|
|
|
163 The frame set up of the calendar.
|
|
|
164 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
|
|
|
165 dediciated frame) or `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
|
|
|
166 frames); with any other value the current frame is used.")
|
|
|
167
|
|
|
168 ;;;***
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
170 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el")
|
|
|
171
|
|
134
|
172 (defcustom calendar-week-start-day 0 "*The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.\n0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on." :type 'integer :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
173
|
|
|
174 (defcustom calendar-offset 0 "*The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.\n0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,\n+1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off\nthe screen." :type 'integer :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
175
|
|
|
176 (defcustom view-diary-entries-initially nil "*Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.\nThe diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,\nif the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed\nis governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
177
|
|
|
178 (defcustom number-of-diary-entries 1 "*Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.\nThis variable affects the diary display when the command M-x diary is used,\nor if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For\nexample, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary\nentries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current\nday's and the next day's entries will be displayed.\n\nThe value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value\nsays to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries\nfor the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,\ndisplay Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only\nSaturday's entries on Saturday.\n\nThis variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command\nfrom the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the\nnumber of days of diary entries displayed." :type 'integer :group 'diary)
|
|
|
179
|
|
|
180 (defcustom mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "*Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.\nThe marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
181
|
|
|
182 (defcustom view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "*Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.\nThe holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first\ndisplayed." :type 'boolean :group 'holidays)
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
184 (defcustom mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "*Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.\nThe marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'." :type 'boolean :group 'holidays)
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
186 (defcustom all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "*If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.\nThis means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.\n\nIf t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar." :type 'boolean :group 'holidays)
|
|
|
187
|
|
|
188 (defcustom all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "*If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.\nThis means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.\n\nIf t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian\ncalendar." :type 'boolean :group 'holidays)
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
190 (defcustom all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "*If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.\nThis means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.\n\nIf t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic\ncalendar." :type 'boolean :group 'holidays)
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
192 (defcustom calendar-load-hook nil "*List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.\nThis is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'." :type 'hook :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
194 (defcustom initial-calendar-window-hook nil "*List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.\nThe functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but\nonce opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command\nand reentering it will cause these functions to be called again." :type 'hook :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
195
|
|
|
196 (defcustom today-visible-calendar-hook nil "*List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.\nThis can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a\nfunction `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:\n (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)\nIt can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';\na function is also provided for this:\n (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)\n\nThe corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of\nfunctions called when the calendar function was called when the current\ndate is not visible in the window.\n\nOther than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any\ncharacters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the\nfunctions that move by days and weeks." :type 'hook :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
197
|
|
|
198 (defcustom today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "*List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.\n\nThe corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of\nfunctions called when the calendar function was called when the current\ndate is visible in the window.\n\nOther than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any\ncharacters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the\nfunctions that move by days and weeks." :type 'hook :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
199
|
|
|
200 (defcustom diary-file "~/diary" "*Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.\n\nThe file's entries are lines in any of the forms\n\n MONTH/DAY\n MONTH/DAY/YEAR\n MONTHNAME DAY\n MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR\n DAYNAME\n\nat the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry\nstring for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is\na number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.\nIf the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.\nDAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.\nMONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three\ncharacters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,\nMONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,\nrespectively.\n\nThe European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used\ninstead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set\n`european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are\n\n DAY/MONTH\n DAY/MONTH/YEAR\n DAY MONTHNAME\n DAY MONTHNAME YEAR\n DAYNAME\n\nTo revert to the default American style from the European style, execute\n`american-calendar' in the calendar.\n\nA diary entry can be preceded by the character\n`diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry\nnonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar\nwindow but will appear in a diary window.\n\nMultiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with\neither a TAB or one or more spaces.\n\nLines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary\nentries (in the default American style):\n\n 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!\n &1/1. Happy New Year!\n 10/22 Ruth's birthday.\n 21: Payday\n Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am\n Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.\n 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!\n &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.\n mar 16 Dad's birthday\n April 15, 1989 Income tax due.\n &* 15 time cards due.\n\nIf the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with\nno trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the\ndiary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the\nsingle diary entry\n\n 02/11/1989\n Bill Blattner visits Princeton today\n 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting\n 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'\n 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden\n 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan\n 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School\n\nwill appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This\nfacility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if\nused with more than one day's entries displayed.\n\nDiary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry\n\n %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation\n\ncauses the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November\n10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',\n`diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',\n`diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',\n`diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset', `diary-phases-of-moon',\n`diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh', and\n`diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function\n`list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.\n\nDiary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also\npossible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored\nunless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the\n`nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation\nfor these functions for details.\n\nDiary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for\ndetails, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'." :type 'file :group 'diary)
|
|
|
201
|
|
|
202 (defcustom diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "*Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar." :type 'string :group 'diary)
|
|
|
203
|
|
|
204 (defcustom hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "*Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar." :type 'string :group 'diary)
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
206 (defcustom islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "*Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar." :type 'string :group 'diary)
|
|
|
207
|
|
|
208 (defcustom diary-include-string "#include" "*The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.\nSee the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'." :type 'string :group 'diary)
|
|
|
209
|
|
|
210 (defcustom sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "*The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in diary-file.\nSee the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'." :type 'string :group 'diary)
|
|
|
211
|
|
|
212 (defcustom abbreviated-calendar-year t "*Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.\nFor the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.\nIf this variable is nil, years must be written in full." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
214 (defcustom european-calendar-style nil "*Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.\nIf this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,\n1990. The accepted European date styles are\n\n DAY/MONTH\n DAY/MONTH/YEAR\n DAY MONTHNAME\n DAY MONTHNAME YEAR\n DAYNAME\n\nNames can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three\ncharacters with or without a period." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
215
|
|
|
216 (defcustom american-date-diary-pattern '((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "*List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.\nSee the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation." :type '(repeat (choice (cons :tag "Backup" (const backup) (repeat (list :inline t :format "%v" (symbol :tag "Keyword") (choice symbol regexp)))) (repeat (list :inline t :format "%v" (symbol :tag "Keyword") (choice symbol regexp))))) :group 'diary)
|
|
|
217
|
|
|
218 (defcustom european-date-diary-pattern '((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<[^*0-9]") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "*List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.\nSee the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation." :type '(repeat (choice (cons :tag "Backup" (const backup) (repeat (list :inline t :format "%v" (symbol :tag "Keyword") (choice symbol regexp)))) (repeat (list :inline t :format "%v" (symbol :tag "Keyword") (choice symbol regexp))))) :group 'diary)
|
|
|
219
|
|
|
220 (defcustom european-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year) "*Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.\nSee the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation." :type 'sexp :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
221
|
|
|
222 (defcustom american-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year) "*Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.\nSee the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation." :type 'sexp :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
223
|
|
|
224 (defcustom print-diary-entries-hook 'lpr-buffer "*List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.\nThe buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary\nbuffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for\nexample, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer\ninstead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
226 (defcustom list-diary-entries-hook nil "*List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.\nIt is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.\n\nA function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of\nthis hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together\nwith your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines\nof the form\n\n #include \"filename\"\n\nThis is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are\nobeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing\nthe variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'\nas part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the\nfunction `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.\n\nFor example, you could use\n\n (setq list-diary-entries-hook\n '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))\n (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)\n\nin your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with\ndiary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into\nlexicographic order." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
227
|
|
|
228 (defcustom diary-hook nil "*List of functions called after the display of the diary.\nCan be used for appointment notification." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
230 (defcustom diary-display-hook nil "*List of functions that handle the display of the diary.\nIf nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no\ndiary display.\n\nOrdinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in\nthe mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these\nfunctions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order\nby date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)\nSTRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be\nused, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with\nholidays), or produce hard copy output.\n\nA function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative\nchoice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary\nbuffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement\nwith headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the\nvariable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy\ndiary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even\nif that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy\ndiary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
231
|
|
|
232 (defcustom nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "*List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.\nAs the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull\nrelevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'\nand `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions\ndescribes the style of such diary entries." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
233
|
|
|
234 (defcustom mark-diary-entries-hook nil "*List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.\n\nA function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the\nmark-diary-entries-hook; it enables you to use shared diary files together\nwith your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines\nof the form\n #include \"filename\"\nThis is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are\nobeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the\nvariable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as\npart of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the\nfunction `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
235
|
|
|
236 (defcustom nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "*List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.\nAs the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull\nrelevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'\nand `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions\ndescribes the style of such diary entries." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
237
|
|
|
238 (defcustom diary-list-include-blanks nil "*If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.\nSuch days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they\nare holidays." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
239
|
|
|
240 (defcustom holidays-in-diary-buffer t "*Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.\nThe holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the\nfancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions\nsomewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
241
|
|
|
242 (defcustom general-holidays '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Ground Hog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fool's Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving")) "*General holidays. Default value is for the United States.\nSee the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details." :type 'sexp :group 'holidays)
|
|
78
|
243
|
|
|
244 (put 'general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
245
|
|
134
|
246 (defcustom local-holidays nil "*Local holidays.\nSee the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details." :type 'sexp :group 'holidays :group 'local)
|
|
78
|
247
|
|
|
248 (put 'local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
249
|
|
134
|
250 (defcustom other-holidays nil "*User defined holidays.\nSee the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details." :type 'sexp :group 'holidays)
|
|
78
|
251
|
|
|
252 (put 'other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
254 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 '((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))))
|
|
|
255
|
|
|
256 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
257
|
|
|
258 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))))
|
|
|
259
|
|
|
260 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
261
|
|
|
262 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah"))))
|
|
|
263
|
|
|
264 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
265
|
|
|
266 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 '((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc))))
|
|
|
267
|
|
|
268 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
269
|
|
|
270 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
|
|
|
271 *Jewish holidays.
|
|
|
272 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
273
|
|
|
274 (put 'hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
275
|
|
|
276 (defvar christian-holidays '((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas"))) "\
|
|
|
277 *Christian holidays.
|
|
|
278 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
279
|
|
|
280 (put 'christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
281
|
|
|
282 (defvar islamic-holidays '((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))) "\
|
|
|
283 *Islamic holidays.
|
|
|
284 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
285
|
|
|
286 (put 'islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
287
|
|
|
288 (defvar solar-holidays '((if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require 'cal-dst) t) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts '(format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) "")))) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends '(format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))) "\
|
|
|
289 *Sun-related holidays.
|
|
|
290 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
291
|
|
|
292 (put 'solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
293
|
|
|
294 (defvar calendar-holidays (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays christian-holidays hebrew-holidays islamic-holidays solar-holidays) "\
|
|
|
295 *List of notable days for the command M-x holidays.
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
297 Additional holidays are easy to add to the list, just put them in the list
|
|
|
298 `other-holidays' in your .emacs file. Similarly, by setting any of
|
|
|
299 `general-holidays', `local-holidays' `christian-holidays', `hebrew-holidays',
|
|
|
300 `islamic-holidays', or `solar-holidays' to nil in your .emacs file, you can
|
|
|
301 eliminate unwanted categories of holidays. The intention is that (in the US)
|
|
|
302 `local-holidays' be set in site-init.el and `other-holidays' be set by the
|
|
|
303 user.
|
|
|
304
|
|
|
305 Entries on the list are expressions that return (possibly empty) lists of
|
|
|
306 items of the form ((month day year) string) of a holiday in the in the
|
|
|
307 three-month period centered around `displayed-month' of `displayed-year'.
|
|
|
308 Several basic functions are provided for this purpose:
|
|
|
309
|
|
|
310 (holiday-fixed MONTH DAY STRING) is a fixed date on the Gregorian calendar
|
|
|
311 (holiday-float MONTH DAYNAME K STRING &optional day) is the Kth DAYNAME in
|
|
|
312 MONTH on the Gregorian calendar (0 for Sunday,
|
|
|
313 etc.); K<0 means count back from the end of the
|
|
|
314 month. An optional parameter DAY means the Kth
|
|
|
315 DAYNAME after/before MONTH DAY.
|
|
|
316 (holiday-hebrew MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Hebrew calendar
|
|
|
317 (holiday-islamic MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Islamic calendar
|
|
|
318 (holiday-julian MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Julian calendar
|
|
|
319 (holiday-sexp SEXP STRING) SEXP is a Gregorian-date-valued expression
|
|
|
320 in the variable `year'; if it evaluates to
|
|
|
321 a visible date, that's the holiday; if it
|
|
|
322 evaluates to nil, there's no holiday. STRING
|
|
|
323 is an expression in the variable `date'.
|
|
|
324
|
|
|
325 For example, to add Bastille Day, celebrated in France on July 14, add
|
|
|
326
|
|
|
327 (holiday-fixed 7 14 \"Bastille Day\")
|
|
|
328
|
|
|
329 to the list. To add Hurricane Supplication Day, celebrated in the Virgin
|
|
|
330 Islands on the fourth Monday in August, add
|
|
|
331
|
|
|
332 (holiday-float 8 1 4 \"Hurricane Supplication Day\")
|
|
|
333
|
|
|
334 to the list (the last Monday would be specified with `-1' instead of `4').
|
|
|
335 To add the last day of Hanukkah to the list, use
|
|
|
336
|
|
|
337 (holiday-hebrew 10 2 \"Last day of Hanukkah\")
|
|
|
338
|
|
|
339 since the Hebrew months are numbered with 1 starting from Nisan, while to
|
|
|
340 add the Islamic feast celebrating Mohammed's birthday use
|
|
|
341
|
|
|
342 (holiday-islamic 3 12 \"Mohammed's Birthday\")
|
|
|
343
|
|
|
344 since the Islamic months are numbered from 1 starting with Muharram. To
|
|
|
345 add Thomas Jefferson's birthday, April 2, 1743 (Julian), use
|
|
|
346
|
|
|
347 (holiday-julian 4 2 \"Jefferson's Birthday\")
|
|
|
348
|
|
|
349 To include a holiday conditionally, use the sexp form or a conditional. For
|
|
|
350 example, to include American presidential elections, which occur on the first
|
|
|
351 Tuesday after the first Monday in November of years divisible by 4, add
|
|
|
352
|
|
|
353 (holiday-sexp
|
|
|
354 (if (zerop (% year 4))
|
|
|
355 (calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
|
|
|
356 (1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
|
|
|
357 1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
|
|
|
358 (list 11 1 year)))))))
|
|
|
359 \"US Presidential Election\")
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
361 or
|
|
|
362
|
|
|
363 (if (zerop (% displayed-year 4))
|
|
|
364 (holiday-fixed 11
|
|
|
365 (extract-calendar-day
|
|
|
366 (calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
|
|
|
367 (1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
|
|
|
368 1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
|
|
|
369 (list 11 1 displayed-year)))))))
|
|
|
370 \"US Presidential Election\"))
|
|
|
371
|
|
|
372 to the list. To include the phases of the moon, add
|
|
|
373
|
|
|
374 (lunar-phases)
|
|
|
375
|
|
|
376 to the holiday list, where `lunar-phases' is an Emacs-Lisp function that
|
|
|
377 you've written to return a (possibly empty) list of the relevant VISIBLE dates
|
|
|
378 with descriptive strings such as
|
|
|
379
|
|
|
380 (((2 6 1989) \"New Moon\") ((2 12 1989) \"First Quarter Moon\") ... ).")
|
|
|
381
|
|
|
382 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
383
|
|
|
384 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
|
|
|
385 Display a three-month calendar in another window.
|
|
|
386 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in the middle
|
|
|
387 surrounded by the previous and next months. The cursor is put on today's date.
|
|
|
388
|
|
|
389 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
|
|
|
390
|
|
|
391 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file; appropriate setting
|
|
|
392 of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' will cause the diary entries for
|
|
|
393 the current date to be displayed in another window. The value of the variable
|
|
|
394 `number-of-diary-entries' controls the number of days of diary entries
|
|
|
395 displayed upon initial display of the calendar.
|
|
|
396
|
|
|
397 An optional prefix argument ARG causes the calendar displayed to be ARG
|
|
|
398 months in the future if ARG is positive or in the past if ARG is negative;
|
|
|
399 in this case the cursor goes on the first day of the month.
|
|
|
400
|
|
|
401 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved into view.
|
|
|
402 Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar can be scrolled forward
|
|
|
403 or backward.
|
|
|
404
|
|
|
405 The cursor can be moved forward or backward by one day, one week, one month,
|
|
|
406 or one year. All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
|
|
|
407 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the digit keys
|
|
|
408 and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. The window is replotted as
|
|
|
409 necessary to display the desired date.
|
|
|
410
|
|
|
411 Diary entries can be marked on the calendar or displayed in another window.
|
|
|
412
|
|
|
413 Use M-x describe-mode for details of the key bindings in the calendar window.
|
|
|
414
|
|
|
415 The Gregorian calendar is assumed.
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
417 After loading the calendar, the hooks given by the variable
|
|
|
418 `calendar-load-hook' are run. This is the place to add key bindings to the
|
|
|
419 calendar-mode-map.
|
|
|
420
|
|
|
421 After preparing the calendar window initially, the hooks given by the variable
|
|
|
422 `initial-calendar-window-hook' are run.
|
|
|
423
|
|
|
424 The hooks given by the variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' are run
|
|
|
425 everytime the calendar window gets scrolled, if the current date is visible
|
|
|
426 in the window. If it is not visible, the hooks given by the variable
|
|
|
427 `today-invisible-calendar-hook' are run. Thus, for example, setting
|
|
|
428 `today-visible-calendar-hook' to 'calendar-star-date will cause today's date
|
|
|
429 to be replaced by asterisks to highlight it whenever it is in the window." t nil)
|
|
|
430
|
|
|
431 (autoload 'list-yahrzeit-dates "calendar" "\
|
|
|
432 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
|
|
|
433 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
|
|
|
434 from the cursor position." t nil)
|
|
|
435
|
|
|
436 ;;;***
|
|
|
437
|
|
|
438 ;;;### (autoloads (diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el")
|
|
|
439
|
|
|
440 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
|
|
|
441 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
|
|
|
442 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
|
|
|
443 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
|
|
|
444 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
|
|
|
445
|
|
|
446 ;;;***
|
|
|
447
|
|
|
448 ;;;### (autoloads (holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el")
|
|
|
449
|
|
|
450 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
|
|
|
451 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
|
|
|
452 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
|
|
|
453
|
|
|
454 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
|
|
|
455
|
|
|
456 ;;;***
|
|
|
457
|
|
|
458 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el")
|
|
|
459
|
|
|
460 (autoload 'phases-of-moon "lunar" "\
|
|
|
461 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
|
|
|
462 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
|
|
|
463
|
|
|
464 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
|
|
|
465
|
|
|
466 ;;;***
|
|
|
467
|
|
|
468 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el")
|
|
|
469
|
|
|
470 (defvar calendar-time-display-form '(12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")")) "\
|
|
|
471 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
|
|
|
472
|
|
|
473 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
|
|
|
474 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
|
|
|
475 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
|
|
|
476
|
|
|
477 For example, the form
|
|
|
478
|
|
|
479 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
|
|
|
480 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
|
|
|
481
|
|
|
482 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
|
|
|
483
|
|
|
484 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
|
|
|
485 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
|
|
|
486
|
|
|
487 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
|
|
|
488 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
|
|
|
489 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
|
|
|
490 York City.
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
492 This variable should be set in site-local.el.")
|
|
|
493
|
|
|
494 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
|
|
|
495 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
|
|
|
496
|
|
|
497 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
|
|
|
498 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
|
|
|
499 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
|
|
|
500 York City.
|
|
|
501
|
|
|
502 This variable should be set in site-local.el.")
|
|
|
503
|
|
|
504 (defvar calendar-location-name '(let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) 'north) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) 'east) "E" "W")))) "\
|
|
|
505 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', calendar-latitude'.
|
|
|
506 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
|
|
|
507 pair.
|
|
|
508
|
|
|
509 This variable should be set in site-local.el.")
|
|
|
510
|
|
|
511 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
|
|
|
512 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to +/- 2 minutes.
|
|
|
513 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
|
|
|
514
|
|
|
515 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
|
|
|
516 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
|
|
|
517
|
|
|
518 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
|
|
|
519
|
|
|
520 (autoload 'solar-equinoxes-solstices "solar" "\
|
|
|
521 Date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
|
|
|
522 Requires floating point." nil nil)
|
|
|
523
|
|
|
524 ;;;***
|
|
|
525
|
|
|
526 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-dynamic-list-completions comint-dynamic-complete comint-run make-comint) "comint" "comint/comint.el")
|
|
|
527
|
|
|
528 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
|
|
|
529 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
|
|
|
530 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
|
|
|
531 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
|
|
|
532 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
|
|
|
533 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
|
|
|
534 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
|
|
|
535 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
|
|
|
536
|
|
|
537 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
|
|
|
538
|
|
|
539 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
|
|
|
540 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
|
|
|
541 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
|
|
|
542 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
|
|
|
543 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
|
|
|
544 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
|
|
|
545
|
|
|
546 (autoload 'comint-dynamic-complete "comint" "\
|
|
|
547 Dynamically perform completion at point.
|
|
|
548 Calls the functions in `comint-dynamic-complete-functions' to perform
|
|
|
549 completion until a function returns non-nil, at which point completion is
|
|
|
550 assumed to have occurred." t nil)
|
|
|
551
|
|
|
552 (autoload 'comint-dynamic-list-completions "comint" "\
|
|
|
553 List in help buffer sorted COMPLETIONS.
|
|
|
554 Typing SPC flushes the help buffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
555
|
|
|
556 ;;;***
|
|
|
557
|
|
|
558 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb) "gdb" "comint/gdb.el")
|
|
|
559
|
|
|
560 (defvar gdb-command-name "gdb" "\
|
|
|
561 Pathname for executing gdb.")
|
|
|
562
|
|
|
563 (autoload 'gdb "gdb" "\
|
|
|
564 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gdb-FILE*.
|
|
|
565 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
566 and source-file directory for GDB. If you wish to change this, use
|
|
|
567 the GDB commands `cd DIR' and `directory'." t nil)
|
|
|
568
|
|
|
569 ;;;***
|
|
|
570
|
|
|
571 ;;;### (autoloads (gdbsrc) "gdbsrc" "comint/gdbsrc.el")
|
|
|
572
|
|
|
573 (autoload 'gdbsrc "gdbsrc" "\
|
|
|
574 Activates a gdb session with gdbsrc-mode turned on. A numeric prefix
|
|
|
575 argument can be used to specify a running process to attach, and a non-numeric
|
|
|
576 prefix argument will cause you to be prompted for a core file to debug." t nil)
|
|
|
577
|
|
|
578 ;;;***
|
|
|
579
|
|
|
580 ;;;### (autoloads (perldb xdb dbx sdb) "gud" "comint/gud.el")
|
|
|
581
|
|
|
582 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
|
|
|
583 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
|
|
|
584 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
585 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
586
|
|
|
587 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
|
|
|
588 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
|
|
|
589 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
590 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
591
|
|
|
592 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
|
|
|
593 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
|
|
|
594 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
595 and source-file directory for your debugger.
|
|
|
596
|
|
|
597 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
|
|
|
598 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
|
|
|
599
|
|
|
600 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
|
|
|
601 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
|
|
|
602 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
603 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
604
|
|
|
605 ;;;***
|
|
|
606
|
|
|
607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "comint/inf-lisp.el")
|
|
|
608
|
|
|
609 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
|
|
|
610
|
|
|
611 ;;;***
|
|
|
612
|
|
|
613 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "comint/rlogin.el")
|
|
|
614
|
|
|
615 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
|
|
|
616
|
|
|
617 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
|
|
|
618 Open a network login connection to HOST via the `rlogin' program.
|
|
|
619 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
|
|
|
620
|
|
|
621 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
|
|
|
622 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
|
|
|
623 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
|
|
|
624 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
|
|
|
625
|
|
|
626 When called from a program, if the optional second argument is a string or
|
|
|
627 buffer, it names the buffer to use.
|
|
|
628
|
|
|
629 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
|
|
|
630 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
|
|
|
631
|
|
|
632 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
|
|
|
633 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
|
|
|
634 INPUT-ARGS.
|
|
|
635
|
|
|
636 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
|
|
|
637 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
|
|
|
638 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
|
|
|
639 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
|
|
|
640 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
|
|
|
641
|
|
|
642 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
|
|
|
643 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
|
|
|
644 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
|
|
|
645 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
|
|
|
646
|
|
|
647 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
|
|
|
648 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
|
|
|
649 variable." t nil)
|
|
|
650
|
|
|
651 ;;;***
|
|
|
652
|
|
|
653 ;;;### (autoloads (shell) "shell" "comint/shell.el")
|
|
|
654
|
|
|
655 (defvar shell-prompt-pattern (purecopy "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *") "\
|
|
|
656 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell.
|
|
|
657 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well.
|
|
|
658 This variable is used to initialise `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
|
|
|
659 shell buffer.
|
|
|
660
|
|
|
661 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does,
|
|
|
662 shell-mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input
|
|
|
663 on lines which don't start with a prompt.
|
|
|
664
|
|
|
665 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.")
|
|
|
666
|
|
|
667 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
|
|
|
668 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*.
|
|
|
669 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
|
|
|
670 If buffer exists and shell process is running,
|
|
|
671 just switch to buffer `*shell*'.
|
|
|
672 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
|
|
|
673 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
|
|
|
674 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
|
|
|
675 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
|
|
|
676 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
|
|
|
677 discards input when it starts up.)
|
|
|
678 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
|
|
|
679 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
|
|
|
680 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
|
|
|
681
|
|
|
682 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
|
|
|
683 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
|
|
|
684 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
|
|
|
685 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
|
|
|
686
|
|
|
687 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
|
|
|
688
|
|
|
689 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
|
|
|
690
|
|
|
691 ;;;***
|
|
|
692
|
|
|
693 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "comint/telnet.el")
|
|
|
694
|
|
|
695 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
|
|
|
696
|
|
|
697 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
|
|
|
698 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
|
|
|
699 With a prefix argument, prompts for the port name or number as well.
|
|
|
700 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*HOST-telnet*'.
|
|
|
701 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
|
|
|
702 See also `\\[rsh]'." t nil)
|
|
|
703
|
|
|
704 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
|
|
|
705
|
|
|
706 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
|
|
|
707 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
|
|
|
708 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
|
|
|
709 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
|
|
|
710 See also `\\[telnet]'." t nil)
|
|
|
711
|
|
|
712 ;;;***
|
|
|
713
|
|
136
|
714 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all custom-buffer-create customize-apropos customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face customize-variable-other-window customize-variable customize) "cus-edit" "custom/cus-edit.el")
|
|
106
|
715
|
|
|
716 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
|
|
98
|
717 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a customization group." t nil)
|
|
|
718
|
|
106
|
719 (autoload 'customize-variable "cus-edit" "\
|
|
98
|
720 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a variable." t nil)
|
|
|
721
|
|
124
|
722 (autoload 'customize-variable-other-window "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
723 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a variable.
|
|
|
724 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
|
|
|
725
|
|
106
|
726 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
|
|
102
|
727 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
|
|
|
728 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
|
|
98
|
729
|
|
124
|
730 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
731 Show customization buffer for FACE in other window." t nil)
|
|
|
732
|
|
106
|
733 (autoload 'customize-customized "cus-edit" "\
|
|
98
|
734 Customize all already customized user options." t nil)
|
|
|
735
|
|
106
|
736 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
|
|
98
|
737 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
|
|
|
738 If ALL (e.g., started with a prefix key), include options which are not
|
|
|
739 user-settable." t nil)
|
|
|
740
|
|
106
|
741 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
|
|
98
|
742 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
|
|
|
743 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
|
|
|
744 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
|
|
|
745 that option." nil nil)
|
|
|
746
|
|
116
|
747 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
748 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
|
|
|
749
|
|
120
|
750 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
751 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
|
|
124
|
752 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
|
|
|
753
|
|
|
754 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
755 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
|
|
120
|
756 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
|
|
124
|
757 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
|
|
|
758 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
|
|
|
759
|
|
|
760 ;;;***
|
|
|
761
|
|
|
762 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-initialize-frame custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "custom/cus-face.el")
|
|
106
|
763
|
|
|
764 (autoload 'custom-declare-face "cus-face" "\
|
|
|
765 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
|
|
|
766
|
|
124
|
767 (autoload 'custom-initialize-frame "cus-face" "\
|
|
|
768 Initialize local faces for FRAME if necessary.
|
|
|
769 If FRAME is missing or nil, the first member of (frame-list) is used." nil nil)
|
|
|
770
|
|
106
|
771 (autoload 'custom-set-faces "cus-face" "\
|
|
|
772 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
|
|
|
773 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
|
|
|
774
|
|
|
775 (FACE SPEC [NOW])
|
|
|
776
|
|
|
777 SPEC will be stored as the saved value for FACE. If NOW is present
|
|
|
778 and non-nil, FACE will also be created according to SPEC.
|
|
|
779
|
|
|
780 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
|
|
|
781
|
|
|
782 ;;;***
|
|
|
783
|
|
136
|
784 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-browse-other-window widget-browse widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "custom/wid-browse.el")
|
|
106
|
785
|
|
|
786 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
|
|
98
|
787 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
|
|
|
788
|
|
124
|
789 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
|
|
|
790 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
|
|
|
791
|
|
|
792 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
|
|
|
793 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
|
|
|
794
|
|
98
|
795 ;;;***
|
|
|
796
|
|
118
|
797 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-apply) "wid-edit" "custom/wid-edit.el")
|
|
|
798
|
|
|
799 (autoload 'widget-apply "wid-edit" "\
|
|
|
800 Apply the value of WIDGET's PROPERTY to the widget itself.
|
|
|
801 ARGS are passed as extra arguments to the function." nil nil)
|
|
110
|
802
|
|
|
803 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
|
|
|
804 Create widget of TYPE.
|
|
|
805 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
|
|
|
806
|
|
|
807 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
|
|
|
808 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
|
|
|
809
|
|
|
810 ;;;***
|
|
|
811
|
|
78
|
812 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "edebug/edebug.el")
|
|
|
813
|
|
|
814 (autoload 'def-edebug-spec "edebug" "\
|
|
|
815 Set the edebug-form-spec property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
|
|
|
816 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
|
|
|
817 \(naming a function), or a list." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
818
|
|
|
819 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
|
|
|
820
|
|
|
821 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
|
|
|
822 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
|
|
|
823 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
|
|
|
824 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
|
|
|
825 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
|
|
|
826
|
|
|
827 ;;;***
|
|
|
828
|
|
|
829 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff/ediff-mult.el")
|
|
|
830
|
|
|
831 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
|
|
|
832 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
|
|
|
833
|
|
|
834 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
|
|
|
835
|
|
|
836 ;;;***
|
|
|
837
|
|
82
|
838 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "ediff/ediff-util.el")
|
|
78
|
839
|
|
|
840 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
|
|
82
|
841 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
|
|
|
842 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
|
|
78
|
843 which see." t nil)
|
|
|
844
|
|
82
|
845 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
|
|
|
846 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
|
|
|
847 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
|
|
|
848 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
|
|
|
849
|
|
78
|
850 ;;;***
|
|
|
851
|
|
|
852 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff/ediff.el")
|
|
|
853
|
|
|
854 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
|
|
|
855 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
|
|
|
856
|
|
|
857 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
|
|
|
858 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
|
|
|
859
|
|
|
860 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
|
|
|
861
|
|
|
862 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
|
|
|
863
|
|
|
864 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
|
|
|
865 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
|
|
|
866
|
|
|
867 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
|
|
|
868
|
|
|
869 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
|
|
|
870 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
|
|
|
871
|
|
|
872 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
|
|
|
873
|
|
|
874 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
|
|
|
875 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
|
|
|
876 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
|
|
|
877 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
|
|
|
878
|
|
|
879 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
|
|
|
880
|
|
|
881 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
|
|
|
882 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
|
|
|
883 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
|
|
|
884 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
|
|
|
885
|
|
|
886 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
|
|
|
887
|
|
|
888 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
|
|
|
889 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
|
|
|
890 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
|
|
|
891 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
|
|
|
892
|
|
|
893 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
|
|
|
894
|
|
|
895 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
|
|
|
896 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
|
|
|
897 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
|
|
|
898 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
|
|
|
899
|
|
|
900 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
|
|
|
901
|
|
|
902 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
903 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
|
|
|
904 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
|
|
|
905 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
|
|
|
906 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
|
|
|
907 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
|
|
|
908
|
|
|
909 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
|
|
|
910 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
|
|
|
911 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
|
|
|
912 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
|
|
|
913
|
|
|
914 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
|
|
|
915
|
|
|
916 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
917 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
|
|
|
918 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
|
|
|
919 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
|
|
|
920
|
|
|
921 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
|
|
|
922
|
|
|
923 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
|
|
|
924
|
|
|
925 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
|
|
|
926 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
|
|
|
927 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
|
|
|
928 follows:
|
|
|
929 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
|
|
|
930 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
|
|
|
931
|
|
|
932 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
|
|
|
933 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
|
|
|
934 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
|
|
|
935 follows:
|
|
|
936 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
|
|
|
937 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
|
|
|
938
|
|
|
939 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
|
|
|
940 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
|
|
|
941 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
|
|
|
942 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
|
|
|
943 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
|
|
|
944
|
|
|
945 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
|
|
|
946 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
|
|
|
947 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
|
|
|
948 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
|
|
|
949 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
|
|
|
950 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
|
|
|
951
|
|
|
952 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
|
|
|
953
|
|
|
954 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
|
|
|
955 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
956
|
|
|
957 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
958 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
959
|
|
|
960 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
|
|
|
961
|
|
|
962 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
|
|
|
963 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
964
|
|
|
965 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
966 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
967
|
|
|
968 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
|
|
|
969 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
|
|
|
970 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
|
|
|
971 buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
972
|
|
|
973 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
974 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
|
|
80
|
975 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
|
|
78
|
976 buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
977
|
|
|
978 (autoload 'run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer "ediff" "\
|
|
|
979 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
|
|
146
|
980 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
|
|
78
|
981 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
|
|
|
982
|
|
|
983 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
|
|
|
984 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME." t nil)
|
|
|
985
|
|
|
986 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
|
|
|
987 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil)
|
|
|
988
|
|
|
989 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
|
|
|
990
|
|
|
991 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
|
|
|
992
|
|
|
993 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
|
|
|
994 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
|
|
|
995 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
|
|
|
996 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
|
|
|
997
|
|
|
998 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
|
|
|
999 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
|
|
|
1000 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
|
|
|
1001
|
|
|
1002 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1003 Display Ediff's manual.
|
|
|
1004 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
|
|
|
1005
|
|
|
1006 ;;;***
|
|
|
1007
|
|
98
|
1008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "default-dir" "efs/default-dir.el")
|
|
|
1009
|
|
|
1010 (defvar default-directory-function nil "\
|
|
|
1011 A function to call to compute the default-directory for the current buffer.
|
|
|
1012 If this is nil, the function default-directory will return the value of the
|
|
|
1013 variable default-directory.
|
|
|
1014 Buffer local.")
|
|
|
1015
|
|
|
1016 ;;;***
|
|
|
1017
|
|
|
1018 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump-back-other-frame dired-jump-back-other-window dired-jump-back dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window dired) "dired" "efs/dired.el")
|
|
|
1019
|
|
|
1020 (defvar dired-compression-method 'compress "\
|
|
|
1021 *Type of compression program to use.
|
|
|
1022 Give as a symbol.
|
|
|
1023 Currently-recognized methods are: gzip pack compact compress.
|
|
|
1024 To change this variable use \\[dired-do-compress] with a zero prefix.")
|
|
|
1025
|
|
|
1026 (defvar dired-compression-method-alist '((gzip ".gz" ("gzip") ("gzip" "-d") "-f") (compress ".Z" ("compress" "-f") ("compress" "-d") "-f") (pack ".z" ("pack" "-f") ("unpack")) (compact ".C" ("compact") ("uncompact"))) "\
|
|
|
1027 *Association list of compression method descriptions.
|
|
|
1028 Each element of the table should be a list of the form
|
|
|
1029
|
|
|
1030 (compress-type extension (compress-args) (decompress-args) force-flag)
|
|
|
1031
|
|
|
1032 where
|
|
|
1033 `compress-type' is a unique symbol in the alist to which
|
|
|
1034 `dired-compression-method' can be set;
|
|
|
1035 `extension' is the file extension (as a string) used by files compressed
|
|
|
1036 by this method;
|
|
|
1037 `compress-args' is a list of the path of the compression program and
|
|
|
1038 flags to pass as separate arguments;
|
|
|
1039 `decompress-args' is a list of the path of the decompression
|
|
|
1040 program and flags to pass as separate arguments.
|
|
|
1041 `force-flag' is the switch to pass to the command to force overwriting
|
|
|
1042 of existing files.
|
|
|
1043
|
|
|
1044 For example:
|
|
|
1045
|
|
114
|
1046 (setq dired-compression-method-alist
|
|
98
|
1047 (cons '(frobnicate \".frob\" (\"frob\") (\"frob\" \"-d\") \"-f\")
|
|
|
1048 dired-compression-method-alist))
|
|
|
1049 => ((frobnicate \".frob\" (\"frob\") (\"frob\" \"-d\"))
|
|
|
1050 (gzip \".gz\" (\"gzip\") (\"gunzip\"))
|
|
|
1051 ...)
|
|
|
1052
|
|
|
1053 See also: dired-compression-method <V>")
|
|
|
1054
|
|
|
1055 (defvar dired-ls-program "ls" "\
|
|
|
1056 *Absolute or relative name of the ls program used by dired.")
|
|
|
1057
|
|
|
1058 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
|
|
|
1059 *Switches passed to ls for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
|
|
|
1060 Can contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'.")
|
|
|
1061
|
|
142
|
1062 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type '(hpux dgux usg-unix-v linux)) "chown" "/etc/chown") "\
|
|
114
|
1063 *Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
|
|
98
|
1064
|
|
|
1065 (defvar dired-gnutar-program nil "\
|
|
|
1066 *If non-nil, name of the GNU tar executable (e.g. \"tar\" or \"gnutar\").
|
|
|
1067 GNU tar's `z' switch is used for compressed tar files.
|
|
|
1068 If you don't have GNU tar, set this to nil: a pipe using `zcat' is then used.")
|
|
|
1069
|
|
|
1070 (defvar dired-unshar-program nil "\
|
|
|
1071 *Set to the name of the unshar program, if you have it.")
|
|
|
1072
|
|
|
1073 (defvar dired-local-variables-file ".dired" "\
|
|
|
1074 *If non-nil, filename for local variables for Dired.
|
|
|
1075 If Dired finds a file with that name in the current directory, it will
|
|
|
1076 temporarily insert it into the dired buffer and run `hack-local-variables'.
|
|
|
1077
|
|
|
1078 Type \\[info] and `g' `(emacs)File Variables' `RET' for more info on
|
|
|
1079 local variables.")
|
|
|
1080
|
|
|
1081 (defvar dired-kept-versions 2 "\
|
|
|
1082 *When cleaning directory, number of versions to keep.")
|
|
|
1083
|
|
|
1084 (defvar dired-find-subdir nil "\
|
|
|
1085 *Determines whether dired tries to lookup a subdir in existing buffers.
|
|
|
1086 If non-nil, dired does not make a new buffer for a directory if it can be
|
|
|
1087 found (perhaps as subdir) in some existing dired buffer. If there are several
|
|
|
1088 dired buffers for a directory, then the most recently used one is chosen.
|
|
|
1089
|
|
|
1090 Dired avoids switching to the current buffer, so that if you have
|
|
|
1091 a normal and a wildcard buffer for the same directory, C-x d RET will
|
|
|
1092 toggle between those two.")
|
|
|
1093
|
|
|
1094 (defvar dired-use-file-transformers t "\
|
|
|
1095 *Determines whether dired uses file transformers.
|
|
|
1096 If non-nil `dired-do-shell-command' will apply file transformers to file names.
|
|
|
1097 See \\[describe-function] for dired-do-shell-command for more information.")
|
|
|
1098
|
|
|
1099 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
|
|
|
1100 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
|
|
|
1101 This means that if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
|
|
|
1102 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
|
|
|
1103 The target is put in the prompt for file copy, rename, etc.")
|
|
|
1104
|
|
|
1105 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time nil "\
|
|
|
1106 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
|
|
|
1107 \(This works on only some systems.)\\<dired-mode-map>
|
|
|
1108 Use `\\[dired-do-copy]' with a zero prefix argument to toggle its value.")
|
|
|
1109
|
|
|
1110 (defvar dired-no-confirm nil "\
|
|
|
1111 *If non-nil, a list of symbols for commands dired should not confirm.
|
|
|
1112 It can be a sublist of
|
|
|
1113
|
|
|
1114 '(byte-compile chgrp chmod chown compress copy delete hardlink load
|
|
|
1115 move print shell symlink uncompress recursive-delete kill-file-buffer
|
|
|
1116 kill-dired-buffer patch create-top-dir revert-subdirs)
|
|
|
1117
|
|
|
1118 The meanings of most of the symbols are obvious. A few exceptions:
|
|
|
1119
|
|
|
1120 'compress applies to compression or decompression by any of the
|
|
|
1121 compression program in `dired-compression-method-alist'.
|
|
|
1122
|
|
|
1123 'kill-dired-buffer applies to offering to kill dired buffers for
|
|
|
1124 directories which have been deleted.
|
|
|
1125
|
|
|
1126 'kill-file-buffer applies to offering to kill buffers visiting files
|
|
|
1127 which have been deleted.
|
|
|
1128
|
|
|
1129 'recursive-delete applies to recursively deleting non-empty
|
|
|
1130 directories, and all of their contents.
|
|
|
1131
|
|
|
1132 'create-top-dir applies to `dired-up-directory' creating a new top level
|
|
|
1133 directory for the dired buffer.
|
|
|
1134
|
|
|
1135 'revert-subdirs applies to re-reading subdirectories which have
|
|
|
1136 been modified on disk.
|
|
|
1137
|
|
|
1138 Note that this list also applies to remote files accessed with efs
|
|
|
1139 or ange-ftp.")
|
|
|
1140
|
|
|
1141 (defvar dired-backup-if-overwrite nil "\
|
|
|
1142 *Non-nil if Dired should ask about making backups before overwriting files.
|
|
|
1143 Special value 'always suppresses confirmation.")
|
|
|
1144
|
|
|
1145 (defvar dired-omit-files nil "\
|
|
|
1146 *If non-nil un-interesting files will be omitted from this dired buffer.
|
|
|
1147 Use \\[dired-omit-toggle] to see these files. (buffer local)")
|
|
|
1148
|
|
|
1149 (defvar dired-mail-reader 'rmail "\
|
|
|
1150 *Mail reader used by dired for dired-read-mail (\\[dired-read-mail]).
|
|
|
1151 The symbols 'rmail and 'vm are the only two allowed values.")
|
|
|
1152
|
|
118
|
1153 (defvar dired-refresh-automatically t "\
|
|
|
1154 *If non-nil, refresh dired buffers automatically after file operations.")
|
|
|
1155
|
|
98
|
1156 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
|
|
|
1157
|
|
|
1158 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
|
|
|
1159 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
|
|
|
1160 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
|
|
|
1161 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
|
|
|
1162 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
|
|
|
1163 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
|
|
|
1164 its first element is taken as the directory name and the resr as an explicit
|
|
|
1165 list of files to make directory entries for.
|
|
|
1166 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
|
|
|
1167 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
|
|
|
1168 delete them by typing \\[dired-expunge-deletions].
|
|
|
1169 Type \\[dired-describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
|
|
|
1170
|
|
|
1171 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
|
|
|
1172
|
|
|
1173 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
|
|
|
1174
|
|
|
1175 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
|
|
|
1176 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
|
|
|
1177
|
|
|
1178 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
|
|
|
1179
|
|
|
1180 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
|
|
|
1181 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
|
|
|
1182
|
|
|
1183 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
|
|
|
1184 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
|
|
|
1185
|
|
|
1186 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-j" 'dired-jump-back)
|
|
|
1187
|
|
|
1188 (autoload 'dired-jump-back "dired" "\
|
|
|
1189 Jump back to dired.
|
|
|
1190 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
|
|
|
1191 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
|
|
|
1192 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
|
|
|
1193 buffer and try again." t nil)
|
|
|
1194
|
|
|
1195 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "\C-j" 'dired-jump-back-other-window)
|
|
|
1196
|
|
|
1197 (autoload 'dired-jump-back-other-window "dired" "\
|
|
|
1198 Like \\[dired-jump-back], but to other window." t nil)
|
|
|
1199
|
|
|
1200 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "\C-j" 'dired-jump-back-other-frame)
|
|
|
1201
|
|
|
1202 (autoload 'dired-jump-back-other-frame "dired" "\
|
|
|
1203 Like \\[dired-jump-back], but in another frame." t nil)
|
|
|
1204
|
|
|
1205 ;;;***
|
|
|
1206
|
|
116
|
1207 ;;;### (autoloads (efs-ftp-path) "efs-cu" "efs/efs-cu.el")
|
|
114
|
1208
|
|
|
1209 (defvar efs-path-root-regexp "^/[^/:]+:" "\
|
|
|
1210 Regexp to match the `/user@host:' root of an efs full path.")
|
|
|
1211
|
|
116
|
1212 (autoload 'efs-ftp-path "efs-cu" "\
|
|
|
1213 Parse PATH according to efs-path-regexp.
|
|
|
1214 Returns a list (HOST USER PATH), or nil if PATH does not match the format." nil nil)
|
|
|
1215
|
|
|
1216 ;;;***
|
|
|
1217
|
|
|
1218 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-path-file-handler-function) "efs-dump" "efs/efs-dump.el")
|
|
|
1219
|
|
|
1220 (or (assoc efs-path-root-regexp file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (cons efs-path-root-regexp 'remote-path-file-handler-function) file-name-handler-alist)))
|
|
|
1221
|
|
|
1222 (autoload 'remote-path-file-handler-function "efs-dump" "\
|
|
|
1223 Function to call special file handlers for remote files." nil nil)
|
|
114
|
1224
|
|
|
1225 ;;;***
|
|
|
1226
|
|
118
|
1227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "efs-fnh" "efs/efs-fnh.el")
|
|
|
1228
|
|
|
1229 (defvar allow-remote-paths t "\
|
|
|
1230 *Set this to nil if you don't want remote paths to access
|
|
|
1231 remote files.")
|
|
|
1232
|
|
|
1233 ;;;***
|
|
|
1234
|
|
114
|
1235 ;;;### (autoloads (efs-root-file-name-completion efs-root-file-name-all-completions efs-set-passwd) "efs-netrc" "efs/efs-netrc.el")
|
|
|
1236
|
|
|
1237 (autoload 'efs-set-passwd "efs-netrc" "\
|
|
|
1238 For a given HOST and USER, set or change the associated PASSWORD." t nil)
|
|
|
1239
|
|
|
1240 (autoload 'efs-root-file-name-all-completions "efs-netrc" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
1241
|
|
|
1242 (autoload 'efs-root-file-name-completion "efs-netrc" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
1243
|
|
|
1244 ;;;***
|
|
|
1245
|
|
|
1246 ;;;### (autoloads (efs-report-bug) "efs-report" "efs/efs-report.el")
|
|
|
1247
|
|
|
1248 (autoload 'efs-report-bug "efs-report" "\
|
|
|
1249 Submit a bug report for efs." t nil)
|
|
|
1250
|
|
|
1251 ;;;***
|
|
|
1252
|
|
116
|
1253 ;;;### (autoloads (efs-file-handler-function efs-nslookup-host efs-display-ftp-activity) "efs" "efs/efs.el")
|
|
|
1254
|
|
|
1255 (autoload 'efs-display-ftp-activity "efs" "\
|
|
|
1256 Displays the number of active background ftp sessions in the modeline.
|
|
|
1257 Uses the variable `efs-mode-line-format' to determine how this will be
|
|
|
1258 displayed." t nil)
|
|
114
|
1259
|
|
|
1260 (autoload 'efs-nslookup-host "efs" "\
|
|
|
1261 Attempt to resolve the given HOSTNAME using nslookup if possible." t nil)
|
|
|
1262
|
|
|
1263 (autoload 'efs-file-handler-function "efs" "\
|
|
|
1264 Function to call special file handlers for remote files." nil nil)
|
|
|
1265
|
|
|
1266 ;;;***
|
|
|
1267
|
|
78
|
1268 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "electric/ebuff-menu.el")
|
|
|
1269
|
|
|
1270 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
|
|
|
1271 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
|
|
|
1272 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
|
|
|
1273 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
|
|
|
1274
|
|
|
1275 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
|
|
|
1276 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
|
|
|
1277 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
|
|
|
1278
|
|
|
1279 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
|
|
|
1280 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
|
|
|
1281 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
|
|
|
1282
|
|
|
1283 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
|
|
|
1284
|
|
|
1285 Non-null optional arg FILES-ONLY means mention only file buffers.
|
|
|
1286 When called from Lisp code, FILES-ONLY may be a regular expression,
|
|
|
1287 in which case only buffers whose names match that expression are listed,
|
|
|
1288 or an arbitrary predicate function.
|
|
|
1289
|
|
|
1290 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
1291
|
|
|
1292 ;;;***
|
|
|
1293
|
|
|
1294 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-command-history Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "electric/echistory.el")
|
|
|
1295
|
|
|
1296 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
|
|
|
1297 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
|
|
|
1298 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
|
|
|
1299
|
|
|
1300 (autoload 'electric-command-history "echistory" "\
|
|
|
1301 \\<electric-history-map>Major mode for examining and redoing commands from `command-history'.
|
|
|
1302 This pops up a window with the Command History listing.
|
|
|
1303 The number of command listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
|
|
|
1304 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
|
|
|
1305 Combines typeout Command History list window with menu like selection
|
|
|
1306 of an expression from the history for re-evaluation in the *original* buffer.
|
|
|
1307
|
|
|
1308 The history displayed is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
|
|
|
1309
|
|
|
1310 Like Emacs-Lisp mode except that characters do not insert themselves and
|
|
|
1311 Tab and Linefeed do not indent. Instead these commands are provided:
|
|
|
1312 \\{electric-history-map}
|
|
|
1313
|
|
|
1314 Calls the value of `electric-command-history-hook' if that is non-nil.
|
|
|
1315 The Command History listing is recomputed each time this mode is invoked." t nil)
|
|
|
1316
|
|
|
1317 ;;;***
|
|
|
1318
|
|
|
1319 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "electric/ehelp.el")
|
|
|
1320
|
|
|
1321 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
|
|
|
1322 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
|
|
|
1323 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
|
|
|
1324 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
|
|
|
1325 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
|
|
|
1326 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
|
|
|
1327 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
|
|
|
1328 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
|
|
|
1329
|
|
|
1330 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
|
|
|
1331 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
|
|
|
1332
|
|
|
1333 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
|
|
|
1334 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
|
|
|
1335 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
|
|
|
1336 this value is non-nil.
|
|
|
1337
|
|
|
1338 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
|
|
|
1339 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those
|
|
|
1340 things.
|
|
|
1341
|
|
|
1342 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
|
|
|
1343 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
|
|
|
1344 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
|
|
|
1345
|
|
|
1346 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
1347
|
|
|
1348 ;;;***
|
|
|
1349
|
|
|
1350 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "electric/helper.el")
|
|
|
1351
|
|
|
1352 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
|
|
|
1353 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
|
|
|
1354
|
|
|
1355 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
|
|
|
1356 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
|
|
|
1357
|
|
|
1358 ;;;***
|
|
|
1359
|
|
|
1360 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulators/edt.el")
|
|
|
1361
|
|
|
1362 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
|
|
|
1363 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
|
|
|
1364
|
|
|
1365 ;;;***
|
|
|
1366
|
|
|
1367 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulators/mlconvert.el")
|
|
|
1368
|
|
|
1369 (autoload 'convert-mocklisp-buffer "mlconvert" "\
|
|
|
1370 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
|
|
|
1371
|
|
|
1372 ;;;***
|
|
|
1373
|
|
|
1374 ;;;### (autoloads (teco-command) "teco" "emulators/teco.el")
|
|
|
1375
|
|
|
1376 (autoload 'teco-command "teco" "\
|
|
|
1377 Read and execute a Teco command string." t nil)
|
|
|
1378
|
|
|
1379 ;;;***
|
|
|
1380
|
|
|
1381 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulators/tpu-edt.el")
|
|
|
1382
|
|
|
1383 (fset 'tpu-edt-mode 'tpu-edt-on)
|
|
|
1384
|
|
|
1385 (fset 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
|
|
|
1386
|
|
|
1387 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
|
|
|
1388 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
|
|
|
1389
|
|
|
1390 ;;;***
|
|
|
1391
|
|
|
1392 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "emulators/tpu-extras.el")
|
|
|
1393
|
|
|
1394 (autoload 'tpu-set-scroll-margins "tpu-extras" "\
|
|
|
1395 Set scroll margins." t nil)
|
|
|
1396
|
|
|
1397 (autoload 'tpu-set-cursor-free "tpu-extras" "\
|
|
|
1398 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
|
|
|
1399
|
|
|
1400 (autoload 'tpu-set-cursor-bound "tpu-extras" "\
|
|
|
1401 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
|
|
|
1402
|
|
|
1403 ;;;***
|
|
|
1404
|
|
|
1405 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulators/ws-mode.el")
|
|
|
1406
|
|
|
1407 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
|
|
|
1408 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
|
|
|
1409
|
|
|
1410 BUGS:
|
|
|
1411 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
|
|
|
1412 are not implemented
|
|
|
1413 - Options for search and replace
|
|
|
1414 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
|
|
|
1415 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
|
|
|
1416
|
|
|
1417 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
|
|
|
1418 Emacs-like.
|
|
|
1419
|
|
|
1420 The key bindings are:
|
|
|
1421
|
|
|
1422 C-a backward-word
|
|
|
1423 C-b fill-paragraph
|
|
|
1424 C-c scroll-up-line
|
|
|
1425 C-d forward-char
|
|
|
1426 C-e previous-line
|
|
|
1427 C-f forward-word
|
|
|
1428 C-g delete-char
|
|
|
1429 C-h backward-char
|
|
|
1430 C-i indent-for-tab-command
|
|
|
1431 C-j help-for-help
|
|
|
1432 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
|
|
|
1433 C-l ws-repeat-search
|
|
|
1434 C-n open-line
|
|
|
1435 C-p quoted-insert
|
|
|
1436 C-r scroll-down-line
|
|
|
1437 C-s backward-char
|
|
|
1438 C-t kill-word
|
|
|
1439 C-u keyboard-quit
|
|
|
1440 C-v overwrite-mode
|
|
|
1441 C-w scroll-down
|
|
|
1442 C-x next-line
|
|
|
1443 C-y kill-complete-line
|
|
|
1444 C-z scroll-up
|
|
|
1445
|
|
|
1446 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
|
|
|
1447 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
|
|
|
1448 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
|
|
|
1449 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
|
|
|
1450 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
|
|
|
1451 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
|
|
|
1452 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
|
|
|
1453 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
|
|
|
1454 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
|
|
|
1455 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
|
|
|
1456 C-k b ws-begin-block
|
|
|
1457 C-k c ws-copy-block
|
|
|
1458 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
|
|
|
1459 C-k f find-file
|
|
|
1460 C-k h ws-show-markers
|
|
|
1461 C-k i ws-indent-block
|
|
|
1462 C-k k ws-end-block
|
|
|
1463 C-k p ws-print-block
|
|
|
1464 C-k q kill-emacs
|
|
|
1465 C-k r insert-file
|
|
|
1466 C-k s save-some-buffers
|
|
|
1467 C-k t ws-mark-word
|
|
|
1468 C-k u ws-exdent-block
|
|
|
1469 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
|
|
|
1470 C-k v ws-move-block
|
|
|
1471 C-k w ws-write-block
|
|
|
1472 C-k x kill-emacs
|
|
|
1473 C-k y ws-delete-block
|
|
|
1474
|
|
|
1475 C-o c wordstar-center-line
|
|
|
1476 C-o b switch-to-buffer
|
|
|
1477 C-o j justify-current-line
|
|
|
1478 C-o k kill-buffer
|
|
|
1479 C-o l list-buffers
|
|
|
1480 C-o m auto-fill-mode
|
|
|
1481 C-o r set-fill-column
|
|
|
1482 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
|
|
|
1483 C-o wd delete-other-windows
|
|
|
1484 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
|
|
|
1485 C-o wo other-window
|
|
|
1486 C-o wv split-window-vertically
|
|
|
1487
|
|
|
1488 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
|
|
|
1489 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
|
|
|
1490 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
|
|
|
1491 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
|
|
|
1492 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
|
|
|
1493 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
|
|
|
1494 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
|
|
|
1495 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
|
|
|
1496 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
|
|
|
1497 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
|
|
|
1498 C-q a ws-query-replace
|
|
|
1499 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
|
|
|
1500 C-q c end-of-buffer
|
|
|
1501 C-q d end-of-line
|
|
|
1502 C-q f ws-search
|
|
|
1503 C-q k ws-to-block-end
|
|
|
1504 C-q l ws-undo
|
|
|
1505 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
|
|
|
1506 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
|
|
|
1507 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
|
|
|
1508 C-q w ws-last-error
|
|
|
1509 C-q y ws-kill-eol
|
|
|
1510 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
|
|
|
1511 " t nil)
|
|
|
1512
|
|
|
1513 ;;;***
|
|
|
1514
|
|
|
1515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loaddefs-eos" "eos/loaddefs-eos.el")
|
|
|
1516
|
|
|
1517 ;;;***
|
|
|
1518
|
|
|
1519 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "games/blackbox.el")
|
|
|
1520
|
|
|
1521 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
|
|
|
1522 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
|
|
|
1523 the default is 4.
|
|
|
1524
|
|
|
1525 What is blackbox?
|
|
|
1526
|
|
|
1527 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
|
|
|
1528 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
|
|
|
1529 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
|
|
|
1530 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
|
|
|
1531 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
|
|
|
1532 your score.
|
|
|
1533
|
|
|
1534 Overview of play:
|
|
|
1535
|
|
|
1536 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
|
|
|
1537 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
|
|
|
1538 four.
|
|
|
1539
|
|
|
1540 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
|
|
|
1541 movement keys.
|
|
|
1542
|
|
|
1543 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
|
|
|
1544 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
|
|
|
1545
|
|
|
1546 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
|
|
|
1547 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
|
|
|
1548
|
|
|
1549 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
|
|
|
1550 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
|
|
|
1551 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
|
|
|
1552 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
|
|
|
1553 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
|
|
|
1554 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
|
|
|
1555
|
|
|
1556 Details:
|
|
|
1557
|
|
|
1558 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
|
|
|
1559
|
|
|
1560 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
|
|
|
1561 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
|
|
|
1562 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
|
|
|
1563 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
|
|
|
1564
|
|
|
1565 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
|
|
|
1566 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
|
|
|
1567 denoted by the letter `R'.
|
|
|
1568
|
|
|
1569 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
|
|
|
1570 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
|
|
|
1571 denoted by the letter `H'.
|
|
|
1572
|
|
|
1573 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
|
|
|
1574 example.
|
|
|
1575
|
|
|
1576 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
|
|
|
1577 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
|
|
|
1578 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
|
|
|
1579 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
|
|
|
1580 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
|
|
|
1581 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
|
|
|
1582 ray.
|
|
|
1583
|
|
|
1584 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
|
|
|
1585 degree deflection it causes.
|
|
|
1586
|
|
|
1587 1
|
|
|
1588 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1589 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1590 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
|
|
|
1591 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
|
|
|
1592 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
|
|
|
1593 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
|
|
|
1594 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
|
|
|
1595 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
|
|
|
1596 2 3
|
|
|
1597
|
|
|
1598 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
|
|
|
1599 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
|
|
|
1600
|
|
|
1601
|
|
|
1602 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1603 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1604 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1605 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1606 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1607 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1608 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1609 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1610
|
|
|
1611 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
|
|
|
1612 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
|
|
|
1613 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
|
|
|
1614 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
|
|
|
1615 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
|
|
|
1616 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
|
|
|
1617 emerging from the box.
|
|
|
1618
|
|
|
1619 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
|
|
|
1620
|
|
|
1621 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1622 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
|
|
|
1623 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
|
|
|
1624 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
|
|
|
1625 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
|
|
|
1626 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1627 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1628 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1629
|
|
|
1630 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
|
|
|
1631 a reflection." t nil)
|
|
|
1632
|
|
|
1633 ;;;***
|
|
|
1634
|
|
|
1635 ;;;### (autoloads (conx-load conx conx-region conx-buffer) "conx" "games/conx.el")
|
|
|
1636
|
|
|
1637 (autoload 'conx-buffer "conx" "\
|
|
|
1638 Absorb the text in the current buffer into the tree." t nil)
|
|
|
1639
|
|
|
1640 (autoload 'conx-region "conx" "\
|
|
|
1641 Absorb the text in the current region into the tree." t nil)
|
|
|
1642
|
|
|
1643 (autoload 'conx "conx" "\
|
|
|
1644 Generate some random sentences in the *conx* buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
1645
|
|
|
1646 (autoload 'conx-load "conx" "\
|
|
|
1647 Load in a CONX database written by the \\[conx-save] command.
|
|
|
1648 This clears the database currently in memory." t nil)
|
|
|
1649
|
|
|
1650 ;;;***
|
|
|
1651
|
|
|
1652 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie) "cookie1" "games/cookie1.el")
|
|
|
1653
|
|
|
1654 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
|
|
|
1655 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
|
|
|
1656 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
|
|
|
1657
|
|
|
1658 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
|
|
|
1659 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
|
|
|
1660 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
|
|
|
1661
|
|
|
1662 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
|
|
|
1663 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
|
|
|
1664 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
|
|
|
1665 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
|
|
|
1666
|
|
|
1667 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
|
|
|
1668 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
|
|
|
1669
|
|
|
1670 ;;;***
|
|
|
1671
|
|
80
|
1672 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "games/decipher.el")
|
|
|
1673
|
|
|
1674 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
|
|
|
1675 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
|
|
|
1676
|
|
|
1677 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
|
|
|
1678 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
|
|
|
1679 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
|
|
|
1680 Upper-case letters are commands.
|
|
|
1681
|
|
|
1682 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
|
|
|
1683 modify it.
|
|
|
1684
|
|
|
1685 The most useful commands are:
|
|
|
1686 \\<decipher-mode-map>
|
|
|
1687 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
|
|
|
1688 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
|
|
|
1689 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
|
|
|
1690 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
|
|
|
1691 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
|
|
|
1692
|
|
|
1693 ;;;***
|
|
|
1694
|
|
78
|
1695 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "games/dissociate.el")
|
|
|
1696
|
|
|
1697 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
|
|
|
1698 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
|
|
|
1699 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
|
|
|
1700 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
|
|
|
1701 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
|
|
|
1702 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
|
|
|
1703 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
|
|
|
1704 Default is 2." t nil)
|
|
|
1705
|
|
|
1706 ;;;***
|
|
|
1707
|
|
|
1708 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "games/doctor.el")
|
|
|
1709
|
|
|
1710 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
|
|
|
1711 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
|
|
|
1712
|
|
|
1713 ;;;***
|
|
|
1714
|
|
|
1715 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "games/dunnet.el")
|
|
|
1716
|
|
|
1717 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
|
|
|
1718 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
|
|
|
1719
|
|
|
1720 ;;;***
|
|
|
1721
|
|
|
1722 ;;;### (autoloads (flame) "flame" "games/flame.el")
|
|
|
1723
|
|
|
1724 (autoload 'flame "flame" "\
|
|
|
1725 Generate ARG (default 1) sentences of half-crazed gibberish." t nil)
|
|
|
1726
|
|
|
1727 ;;;***
|
|
|
1728
|
|
|
1729 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "games/gomoku.el")
|
|
|
1730
|
|
|
1731 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
|
|
|
1732 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
|
|
|
1733 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
|
|
|
1734 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
|
|
|
1735
|
|
|
1736 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
|
|
|
1737 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
|
|
|
1738 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
|
|
|
1739 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
|
|
|
1740 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
|
|
|
1741 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
|
|
|
1742
|
|
|
1743 ;;;***
|
|
|
1744
|
|
|
1745 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi) "hanoi" "games/hanoi.el")
|
|
|
1746
|
|
|
1747 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
|
|
|
1748 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Argument is number of rings." t nil)
|
|
|
1749
|
|
|
1750 ;;;***
|
|
|
1751
|
|
|
1752 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "games/life.el")
|
|
|
1753
|
|
|
1754 (autoload 'life "life" "\
|
|
|
1755 Run Conway's Life simulation.
|
|
|
1756 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
|
|
|
1757 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
|
|
|
1758 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
|
|
|
1759
|
|
|
1760 ;;;***
|
|
|
1761
|
|
|
1762 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "games/mpuz.el")
|
|
|
1763
|
|
|
1764 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
|
|
|
1765 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
|
|
|
1766
|
|
|
1767 ;;;***
|
|
|
1768
|
|
|
1769 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "games/spook.el")
|
|
|
1770
|
|
|
1771 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
|
|
|
1772 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
|
|
|
1773
|
|
|
1774 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
|
|
|
1775 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
|
|
|
1776
|
|
|
1777 ;;;***
|
|
|
1778
|
|
120
|
1779 ;;;### (autoloads (xmine-mode) "xmine" "games/xmine.el")
|
|
|
1780
|
|
|
1781 (autoload 'xmine-mode "xmine" "\
|
|
|
1782 A mode for playing the well known mine searching game.
|
|
|
1783
|
|
|
1784 `\\<annotation-local-map-default>\\[xmine-activate-function-button1]' or `\\<xmine-keymap>\\[xmine-key-action1]' unhides a tile,
|
|
|
1785 `\\<annotation-local-map-default>\\[xmine-activate-function-button2]' or `\\<xmine-keymap>\\[xmine-key-action2]' unhides all neighbours of a tile,
|
|
|
1786 `\\<annotation-local-map-default>\\[xmine-activate-function-button3]' or `\\<xmine-keymap>\\[xmine-key-action3]' (un)flagges a tile to hold a mine.
|
|
|
1787
|
|
|
1788 `\\[xmine-key-new]' starts a new game.
|
|
|
1789 `\\[xmine-key-quit]' ends a game.
|
|
|
1790
|
|
|
1791 All keybindings (with alternatives) currently in effect:
|
|
|
1792 \\{xmine-keymap}
|
|
|
1793
|
|
|
1794 The rules are quite easy: You start by unhiding (random) tiles. An unhidden
|
|
|
1795 tile showing a number tells you something about the number of mines in it's
|
|
|
1796 neighborhood, where the neighborhood are all 8 tiles (or less if it's
|
|
|
1797 at a border) around the tile.
|
|
|
1798
|
|
|
1799 E.g. a \"1\" shows you that there is only one mine in the neighborhood of
|
|
|
1800 this tile. Empty tiles have no mines around them, and empty tiles in
|
|
|
1801 the neighborhood of another empty tile are all automatically unhidden
|
|
|
1802 if you unhide one of them. You need to find a strategy to use the
|
|
|
1803 information you have from the numbers to \"flag\" the tiles with mines
|
|
|
1804 under them and unhide all other tiles. If you correctly made this
|
|
|
1805 without accidently unhiding a mine, you've won.
|
|
|
1806
|
|
|
1807 If you are sure you have correctly flagged all mines around a unhidden tile,
|
|
|
1808 you can use Button-2 or \\[xmine-key-action2] on it to unhide all it's
|
|
|
1809 neighbors. But beware: If you made a mistake by flagging the wrong mines,
|
|
|
1810 you'll blow up!
|
|
|
1811
|
|
|
1812 Have Fun." t nil)
|
|
|
1813
|
|
|
1814 (fset 'xmine 'xmine-mode)
|
|
|
1815
|
|
|
1816 ;;;***
|
|
|
1817
|
|
78
|
1818 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism yow) "yow" "games/yow.el")
|
|
|
1819
|
|
|
1820 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
|
|
|
1821 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
|
|
|
1822
|
|
|
1823 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
|
|
|
1824 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
|
|
|
1825
|
|
|
1826 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
|
|
|
1827 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
|
|
|
1828 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
|
|
|
1829
|
|
|
1830 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
|
|
|
1831 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
|
|
|
1832
|
|
|
1833 ;;;***
|
|
|
1834
|
|
110
|
1835 ;;;### (autoloads (gnats:summ-pr gnats:query-pr gnats:edit-pr gnats:view-pr gnats:gnats-mode) "gnats" "gnats/gnats.el")
|
|
|
1836
|
|
|
1837 (defvar gnats::mode-name nil "\
|
|
|
1838 Name of the GNATS mode.")
|
|
|
1839
|
|
|
1840 (setq gnats::mode-name 'gnats:gnats-mode)
|
|
|
1841
|
|
|
1842 (fset 'gnats-mode gnats::mode-name)
|
|
|
1843
|
|
|
1844 (autoload 'gnats:gnats-mode "gnats" "\
|
|
|
1845 Major mode for editing problem reports.
|
|
|
1846 For information about the form see gnats(1) and pr_form(5).
|
|
|
1847
|
|
|
1848 When you are finished editing the buffer, type \\[gnats:submit-pr] to commit
|
|
|
1849 your changes to the PR database. To abort the edit, type
|
|
|
1850 \\[gnats:unlock-buffer].
|
|
|
1851
|
|
|
1852 Special commands:
|
|
|
1853 \\{gnats-mode-map}
|
|
|
1854 Turning on gnats-mode calls the value of the variable gnats-mode-hook,
|
|
|
1855 if it is not nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
1856
|
|
|
1857 (fset 'view-pr 'gnats:view-pr)
|
|
|
1858
|
|
|
1859 (autoload 'gnats:view-pr "gnats" "\
|
|
|
1860 Visit the problem report named by the string ID. While viewing, press
|
|
|
1861 'e' to edit the currently viewed PR." t nil)
|
|
|
1862
|
|
|
1863 (fset 'edit-pr 'gnats:edit-pr)
|
|
|
1864
|
|
|
1865 (autoload 'gnats:edit-pr "gnats" "\
|
|
|
1866 Edit the problem report named by the string ID." t nil)
|
|
|
1867
|
|
|
1868 (fset 'query-pr 'gnats:query-pr)
|
|
|
1869
|
|
|
1870 (autoload 'gnats:query-pr "gnats" "\
|
|
|
1871 Run query-pr, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
|
|
|
1872 While query-pr runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
|
|
|
1873 to find the text that the hits refer to." t nil)
|
|
|
1874
|
|
|
1875 (fset 'summ-pr 'gnats:summ-pr)
|
|
|
1876
|
|
|
1877 (autoload 'gnats:summ-pr "gnats" "\
|
|
|
1878 Run query-pr, with user-specified args, and display a pretty summary.
|
|
|
1879 Well, display a summary, at least." t nil)
|
|
|
1880
|
|
|
1881 ;;;***
|
|
|
1882
|
|
|
1883 ;;;### (autoloads (send-pr:send-pr-mode send-pr:send-pr) "send-pr" "gnats/send-pr.el")
|
|
|
1884
|
|
|
1885 (fset 'send-pr 'send-pr:send-pr)
|
|
|
1886
|
|
|
1887 (autoload 'send-pr:send-pr "send-pr" "\
|
|
|
1888 Create a buffer and read in the result of `send-pr -P'.
|
|
|
1889 When finished with editing the problem report use \\[send-pr:submit-pr]
|
|
|
1890 to send the PR with `send-pr -b -f -'." t nil)
|
|
|
1891
|
|
|
1892 (fset 'send-pr-mode 'send-pr:send-pr-mode)
|
|
|
1893
|
|
|
1894 (autoload 'send-pr:send-pr-mode "send-pr" "\
|
|
|
1895 Major mode for submitting problem reports.
|
|
|
1896 For information about the form see gnats(1) and send-pr(1).
|
|
|
1897 Special commands: \\{send-pr-mode-map}
|
|
|
1898 Turning on send-pr-mode calls the value of the variable send-pr-mode-hook,
|
|
|
1899 if it is not nil." t nil)
|
|
|
1900
|
|
|
1901 ;;;***
|
|
|
1902
|
|
78
|
1903 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el")
|
|
|
1904
|
|
|
1905 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
|
|
|
1906 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
|
|
|
1907
|
|
|
1908 ;;;***
|
|
|
1909
|
|
98
|
1910 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el")
|
|
|
1911
|
|
|
1912 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
|
|
|
1913 Play a sound through the speaker." t nil)
|
|
|
1914
|
|
|
1915 ;;;***
|
|
|
1916
|
|
78
|
1917 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el")
|
|
|
1918
|
|
|
1919 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
|
|
98
|
1920 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
|
|
|
1921
|
|
|
1922 Usage:
|
|
|
1923 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
|
|
78
|
1924
|
|
|
1925 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
|
|
|
1926 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
|
|
|
1927
|
|
|
1928 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
|
|
|
1929 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
|
|
|
1930
|
|
|
1931 ;;;***
|
|
|
1932
|
|
98
|
1933 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el")
|
|
|
1934
|
|
|
1935 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
|
|
|
1936 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
|
|
|
1937 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
|
|
|
1938
|
|
|
1939 ;;;***
|
|
|
1940
|
|
|
1941 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el")
|
|
|
1942
|
|
|
1943 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
|
|
|
1944
|
|
|
1945 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
|
|
|
1946 Run batched scoring.
|
|
|
1947 Usage: emacs -batch -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score <newsgroups> ...
|
|
|
1948 Newsgroups is a list of strings in Bnews format. If you want to score
|
|
|
1949 the comp hierarchy, you'd say \"comp.all\". If you would not like to
|
|
|
1950 score the alt hierarchy, you'd say \"!alt.all\"." t nil)
|
|
|
1951
|
|
|
1952 ;;;***
|
|
|
1953
|
|
|
1954 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el")
|
|
|
1955
|
|
|
1956 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
|
|
|
1957 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
|
|
|
1958 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
|
|
78
|
1959
|
|
|
1960 ;;;***
|
|
|
1961
|
|
|
1962 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el")
|
|
|
1963
|
|
|
1964 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
|
|
|
1965 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
|
|
|
1966 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
|
|
|
1967 for matching on group names.
|
|
|
1968
|
|
|
1969 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
|
|
|
1970 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
|
|
|
1971
|
|
|
1972 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"" t nil)
|
|
|
1973
|
|
|
1974 ;;;***
|
|
|
1975
|
|
98
|
1976 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el")
|
|
|
1977
|
|
|
1978 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
|
|
78
|
1979 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
|
|
|
1980
|
|
98
|
1981 ;;;***
|
|
|
1982
|
|
|
1983 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el")
|
|
|
1984
|
|
|
1985 (autoload 'gnus-unload "gnus-start" "\
|
|
|
1986 Unload all Gnus features." t nil)
|
|
|
1987
|
|
|
1988 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
|
|
|
1989 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
|
|
|
1990
|
|
|
1991 ;;;***
|
|
|
1992
|
|
|
1993 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el")
|
|
|
1994
|
|
|
1995 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
|
|
78
|
1996 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
|
|
|
1997
|
|
98
|
1998 ;;;***
|
|
|
1999
|
|
|
2000 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el")
|
|
|
2001
|
|
78
|
2002 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2003 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server" t nil)
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2006 Read network news.
|
|
|
2007 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
|
|
|
2008 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
|
|
|
2009 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
|
|
|
2010 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
|
|
|
2011 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2014 Read news as a slave." t nil)
|
|
|
2015
|
|
|
2016 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2017 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
|
|
|
2018
|
|
|
2019 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2020 Read network news.
|
|
|
2021 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
|
|
|
2022 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
|
|
|
2023 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
|
|
|
2024
|
|
|
2025 ;;;***
|
|
|
2026
|
|
|
2027 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message" "gnus/message.el")
|
|
|
2028
|
|
98
|
2029 (defcustom message-from-style 'default "*Specifies how \"From\" headers look.\n\nIf `nil', they contain just the return address like:\n king@grassland.com\nIf `parens', they look like:\n king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)\nIf `angles', they look like:\n Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>\n\nOtherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like\n`parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not." :type '(choice (const :tag "simple" nil) (const parens) (const angles) (const default)) :group 'message-headers)
|
|
|
2030
|
|
|
2031 (defcustom message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "Regexp matching the signature separator." :type 'regexp :group 'message-various)
|
|
|
2032
|
|
|
2033 (defcustom message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "*Local news organization file." :type 'file :group 'message-headers)
|
|
|
2034
|
|
|
2035 (defcustom message-send-mail-function 'message-send-mail-with-sendmail "Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.\nThe headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the\nvariable `mail-header-separator'.\n\nLegal values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),\n`message-send-mail-with-mh' and `message-send-mail-with-qmail'." :type '(radio (function-item message-send-mail-with-sendmail) (function-item message-send-mail-with-mh) (function-item message-send-mail-with-qmail) (function :tag "Other")) :group 'message-sending :group 'message-mail)
|
|
|
2036
|
|
|
2037 (defcustom message-citation-line-function 'message-insert-citation-line "*Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line." :type 'function :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2038
|
|
|
2039 (defcustom message-yank-prefix "> " "*Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.\nnil means use indentation." :type 'string :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2040
|
|
|
2041 (defcustom message-cite-function (if (and (boundp 'mail-citation-hook) mail-citation-hook) mail-citation-hook 'message-cite-original) "*Function for citing an original message." :type '(radio (function-item message-cite-original) (function-item sc-cite-original) (function :tag "Other")) :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2042
|
|
|
2043 (defcustom message-indent-citation-function 'message-indent-citation "*Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.\nThis can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the\ncitation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave\npoint and mark around the citation text as modified." :type 'function :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2044
|
|
|
2045 (defcustom message-signature t "*String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.\nIf t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.\nIf a function, the result from the function will be used instead.\nIf a form, the result from the form will be used instead." :type 'sexp :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2046
|
|
|
2047 (defcustom message-signature-file "~/.signature" "*File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer." :type 'file :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
78
|
2048
|
|
|
2049 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
|
|
|
2050 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
|
|
|
2051 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
|
|
|
2052 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit
|
|
|
2053 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
|
|
|
2054 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
|
|
|
2055 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
|
|
98
|
2056 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
|
|
78
|
2057 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
|
|
|
2058 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
|
|
98
|
2059 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
|
|
78
|
2060 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup)
|
|
|
2061 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
|
|
|
2062 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text).
|
|
|
2063 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature).
|
|
|
2064 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file).
|
|
|
2065 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any).
|
|
|
2066 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
|
|
98
|
2067 C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark).
|
|
|
2068 C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body)." t nil)
|
|
78
|
2069
|
|
|
2070 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
|
|
|
2071 Start editing a mail message to be sent." t nil)
|
|
|
2072
|
|
|
2073 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
|
|
|
2074 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
|
|
|
2075
|
|
|
2076 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
|
|
|
2077 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
2078
|
|
98
|
2079 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
|
|
|
2080 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
2081
|
|
|
2082 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
|
|
|
2083 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2084 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
|
|
78
|
2085
|
|
|
2086 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
|
|
|
2087 Cancel an article you posted." t nil)
|
|
|
2088
|
|
|
2089 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
|
|
|
2090 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
|
|
|
2091 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
|
|
|
2092 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
|
|
|
2093
|
|
|
2094 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
|
|
|
2095 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
|
|
|
2096
|
|
|
2097 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
|
|
108
|
2098 Forward the current message via mail.
|
|
78
|
2099 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail." t nil)
|
|
|
2100
|
|
|
2101 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
|
|
|
2102 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
|
|
|
2103
|
|
|
2104 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
|
|
|
2105 Re-mail the current message.
|
|
|
2106 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message than
|
|
|
2107 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
|
|
|
2108 you." t nil)
|
|
|
2109
|
|
|
2110 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
|
|
|
2111 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
|
|
|
2112
|
|
|
2113 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
|
|
|
2114 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
|
|
|
2115
|
|
|
2116 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
|
|
|
2117 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
|
|
|
2118
|
|
|
2119 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
|
|
|
2120 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
|
|
|
2121
|
|
|
2122 (autoload 'bold-region "message" "\
|
|
|
2123 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
|
|
|
2124 Works by overstriking characters.
|
|
|
2125 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
|
|
|
2126 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
2127
|
|
|
2128 (autoload 'unbold-region "message" "\
|
|
|
2129 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
|
|
|
2130 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
|
|
|
2131 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
2132
|
|
|
2133 ;;;***
|
|
|
2134
|
|
98
|
2135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "messcompat" "gnus/messcompat.el")
|
|
|
2136
|
|
|
2137 (defvar message-signature-file mail-signature-file "\
|
|
|
2138 *File containing the text inserted at end of message. buffer.")
|
|
|
2139
|
|
|
2140 ;;;***
|
|
|
2141
|
|
|
2142 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el")
|
|
|
2143
|
|
|
2144 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
|
|
|
2145 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
|
|
|
2146 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
|
|
|
2147 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
|
|
|
2148 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
|
|
|
2149 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
|
|
|
2150
|
|
|
2151 ;;;***
|
|
|
2152
|
|
78
|
2153 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el")
|
|
|
2154
|
|
|
2155 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
|
|
|
2156 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups." t nil)
|
|
|
2157
|
|
|
2158 ;;;***
|
|
|
2159
|
|
|
2160 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el")
|
|
|
2161
|
|
|
2162 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
|
|
|
2163 Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups
|
|
|
2164 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
|
|
|
2165
|
|
|
2166 ;;;***
|
|
|
2167
|
|
|
2168 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el")
|
|
|
2169
|
|
|
2170 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
|
|
112
|
2171 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
|
|
78
|
2172
|
|
|
2173 ;;;***
|
|
|
2174
|
|
|
2175 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el")
|
|
|
2176
|
|
|
2177 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
|
|
|
2178 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
|
|
|
2179
|
|
|
2180 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
|
|
|
2181 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
|
|
|
2182
|
|
|
2183 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
|
|
|
2184 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
|
|
|
2185
|
|
|
2186 ;;;***
|
|
|
2187
|
|
|
2188 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el")
|
|
|
2189
|
|
|
2190 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
|
|
|
2191 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
|
|
|
2192 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
|
|
|
2193
|
|
|
2194 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
2195
|
|
|
2196 ;;;***
|
|
|
2197
|
|
|
2198 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-smiley-display smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el")
|
|
|
2199
|
|
|
2200 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
|
|
|
2201 Smilify the region between point and mark." t nil)
|
|
|
2202
|
|
|
2203 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2204
|
|
136
|
2205 (autoload 'gnus-smiley-display "smiley" "\
|
|
|
2206 Display \"smileys\" as small graphical icons." t nil)
|
|
78
|
2207
|
|
|
2208 ;;;***
|
|
|
2209
|
|
|
2210 ;;;### (autoloads (hm--html-minor-mode hm--html-mode) "hm--html-mode" "hm--html-menus/hm--html-mode.el")
|
|
|
2211
|
|
|
2212 (autoload 'hm--html-mode "hm--html-mode" "\
|
|
|
2213 Major mode for editing HTML hypertext documents.
|
|
|
2214 Special commands:\\{hm--html-mode-map}
|
|
|
2215 Turning on hm--html-mode calls the value of the variable hm--html-mode-hook,
|
|
|
2216 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2217
|
|
|
2218 (autoload 'hm--html-minor-mode "hm--html-mode" "\
|
|
|
2219 Toggle hm--html-minor-mode.
|
|
|
2220 With arg, turn hm--html-minor-mode on iff arg is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
2221
|
|
|
2222 ;;;***
|
|
|
2223
|
|
|
2224 ;;;### (autoloads (html-view-get-display html-view-goto-url html-view-view-buffer html-view-view-file html-view-start-mosaic) "html-view" "hm--html-menus/html-view.el")
|
|
|
2225
|
|
|
2226 (autoload 'html-view-start-mosaic "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2227 Start Mosaic." t nil)
|
|
|
2228
|
|
|
2229 (autoload 'html-view-view-file "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2230 View an html file with Mosaic." t nil)
|
|
|
2231
|
|
|
2232 (autoload 'html-view-view-buffer "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2233 View html buffer with Mosaic.
|
|
|
2234 If BUFFER-TO-VIEW is nil, then the current buffer is used." t nil)
|
|
|
2235
|
|
|
2236 (autoload 'html-view-goto-url "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2237 Goto an URL in Mosaic." t nil)
|
|
|
2238
|
|
|
2239 (autoload 'html-view-get-display "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2240 Get the display for Mosaic." t nil)
|
|
|
2241
|
|
|
2242 ;;;***
|
|
|
2243
|
|
98
|
2244 ;;;### (autoloads (tmpl-insert-template-file tmpl-insert-template-file-from-fixed-dirs tmpl-expand-templates-in-buffer tmpl-expand-templates-in-region) "tmpl-minor-mode" "hm--html-menus/tmpl-minor-mode.el")
|
|
|
2245
|
|
|
2246 (autoload 'tmpl-expand-templates-in-region "tmpl-minor-mode" "\
|
|
116
|
2247 Expands the templates in the region from BEGIN to END.
|
|
|
2248 If BEGIN and END are nil, then the current region is used." t nil)
|
|
98
|
2249
|
|
|
2250 (autoload 'tmpl-expand-templates-in-buffer "tmpl-minor-mode" "\
|
|
116
|
2251 Expands all templates in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
98
|
2252
|
|
|
2253 (autoload 'tmpl-insert-template-file-from-fixed-dirs "tmpl-minor-mode" "\
|
|
|
2254 Inserts a template FILE and expands it, if `tmpl-automatic-expand' is t.
|
|
|
2255 This command tries to read the template file from a list of
|
|
116
|
2256 predefined directories (look at `tmpl-template-dir-list') and it filters
|
|
|
2257 the contents of these directories with the regular expression
|
|
98
|
2258 `tmpl-filter-regexp' (look also at this variable).
|
|
|
2259 The command uses a history variable, which could be changed with the
|
|
|
2260 variable `tmpl-history-variable-name'.
|
|
|
2261
|
|
116
|
2262 The user of the command is able to change interactively to another
|
|
98
|
2263 directory by entering at first the string \"Change the directory\".
|
|
116
|
2264 This may be too difficult for the user. Therefore another command
|
|
98
|
2265 called `tmpl-insert-template-file' exist, which doesn't use fixed
|
|
|
2266 directories and filters." t nil)
|
|
|
2267
|
|
|
2268 (autoload 'tmpl-insert-template-file "tmpl-minor-mode" "\
|
|
116
|
2269 Inserts a template FILE and expand it, if `tmpl-automatic-expand' is t.
|
|
98
|
2270 Look also at `tmpl-template-dir-list', to specify a default template directory.
|
|
|
2271 You should also take a look at `tmpl-insert-template-file-from-fixed-dirs'
|
|
|
2272 which has additional advantages (and disadvantages :-).
|
|
|
2273
|
|
|
2274 ATTENTION: The interface of this function has changed. The old
|
|
|
2275 function had the argument list (&optional TEMPLATE-DIR AUTOMATIC-EXPAND).
|
|
|
2276 The variables `tmpl-template-dir-list' and `tmpl-automatic-expand' must
|
|
|
2277 now be used instead of the args TEMPLATE-DIR and AUTOMATIC-EXPAND." t nil)
|
|
|
2278
|
|
|
2279 ;;;***
|
|
|
2280
|
|
78
|
2281 ;;;### (autoloads (hmail:compose) "hmail" "hyperbole/hmail.el")
|
|
|
2282
|
|
|
2283 (autoload 'hmail:compose "hmail" "\
|
|
|
2284 Compose mail with ADDRESS and evaluation of EXPR.
|
|
|
2285 Optional SUBJECT and HELP message may also be given." t nil)
|
|
|
2286
|
|
|
2287 ;;;***
|
|
|
2288
|
|
|
2289 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-handle-in-note smart-info-assist smart-info) "hmous-info" "hyperbole/hmous-info.el")
|
|
|
2290
|
|
|
2291 (autoload 'smart-info "hmous-info" "\
|
|
|
2292 Walks through Info documentation networks using one key or mouse key.
|
|
|
2293
|
|
|
2294 If key is pressed within:
|
|
|
2295 (1) the first line of an Info Menu Entry or Cross Reference, the desired node
|
|
|
2296 is found;
|
|
|
2297 (2) the Up, Next, or Previous entries of a Node Header (first line),
|
|
|
2298 the desired node is found;
|
|
|
2299 (3) the File entry of a Node Header (first line),
|
|
|
2300 the 'Top' node within that file is found;
|
|
|
2301 (4) at the end of the current node, the Next node is found (this will
|
|
|
2302 descend subtrees if the function 'Info-global-next' is bound);
|
|
|
2303 (5) anywhere else (e.g. at the end of a line), the current node entry is
|
|
|
2304 scrolled up one windowful.
|
|
|
2305
|
|
|
2306 Returns t if key is pressed within an Info Node Header, Cross Reference,
|
|
|
2307 or a Menu; otherwise returns nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2308
|
|
|
2309 (autoload 'smart-info-assist "hmous-info" "\
|
|
|
2310 Walks through Info documentation networks using one assist-key or mouse assist-key.
|
|
|
2311
|
|
|
2312 If assist-key is pressed within:
|
|
|
2313 (1) the first line of an Info Menu Entry or Cross Reference, the desired node
|
|
|
2314 is found;
|
|
|
2315 (2) the Up, Next, or Previous entries of a Node Header (first line),
|
|
|
2316 the last node in the history list is found;
|
|
|
2317 (3) the File entry of a Node Header (first line),
|
|
|
2318 the 'DIR' root-level node is found;
|
|
|
2319 (4) at the end of the current node, the Previous node is found (this will
|
|
|
2320 return from subtrees if the function 'Info-global-prev is bound);
|
|
|
2321 (5) anywhere else (e.g. at the end of a line), the current node entry is
|
|
|
2322 scrolled down one windowful.
|
|
|
2323
|
|
|
2324 Returns t if assist-key is pressed within an Info Node Header, Cross Reference,
|
|
|
2325 or a Menu; otherwise returns nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2326
|
|
|
2327 (autoload 'Info-handle-in-note "hmous-info" "\
|
|
|
2328 Follows an Info cross-reference.
|
|
|
2329 If point is within the first line of an Info note (cross-reference), follows
|
|
|
2330 cross-reference and returns t; otherwise returns nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2331
|
|
|
2332 ;;;***
|
|
|
2333
|
|
100
|
2334 ;;;### (autoloads (hkey-help-show) "hmouse-drv" "hyperbole/hmouse-drv.el")
|
|
|
2335
|
|
|
2336 (autoload 'hkey-help-show "hmouse-drv" "\
|
|
|
2337 Saves prior frame configuration if BUFFER displays help. Displays BUFFER.
|
|
|
2338
|
|
|
2339 Optional second arg CURRENT-WINDOW non-nil forces display of buffer within
|
|
|
2340 the current window. By default, it is displayed in another window." nil nil)
|
|
|
2341
|
|
|
2342 ;;;***
|
|
|
2343
|
|
|
2344 ;;;### (autoloads (smart-tags-file smart-tags-file-path smart-objc smart-lisp-mode-p smart-java-at-tag-p smart-java smart-fortran-at-tag-p smart-c++ smart-c-at-tag-p smart-asm-at-tag-p) "hmouse-tag" "hyperbole/hmouse-tag.el")
|
|
78
|
2345
|
|
|
2346 (autoload 'smart-asm-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2347 Return assembly tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2348
|
|
|
2349 (autoload 'smart-c-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2350 Return C tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2351
|
|
|
2352 (autoload 'smart-c++ "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2353 Jumps to the definition of optional C++ IDENTIFIER or the one at point.
|
|
|
2354 Optional second arg NEXT means jump to next matching C++ tag.
|
|
|
2355
|
|
|
2356 It assumes that its caller has already checked that the key was pressed in an
|
|
|
2357 appropriate buffer and has moved the cursor to the selected buffer.
|
|
|
2358
|
|
|
2359 If:
|
|
100
|
2360 (1) on a `#include' statement, the include file is displayed;
|
|
|
2361 Look for include file in directory lists `smart-c-cpp-include-dirs'
|
|
|
2362 and `smart-c-include-dirs'.
|
|
78
|
2363 (2) on a C++ identifier, the identifier definition is displayed,
|
|
100
|
2364 assuming the identifier is found within an `etags' generated tag file
|
|
78
|
2365 in the current directory or any of its ancestor directories.
|
|
100
|
2366 (3) if `smart-c-use-lib-man' is non-nil, the C++ identifier is
|
|
78
|
2367 recognized as a library symbol, and a man page is found for the
|
|
|
2368 identifier, then the man page is displayed." t nil)
|
|
|
2369
|
|
100
|
2370 (autoload 'smart-fortran-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2371 Return Fortran tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2372
|
|
|
2373 (autoload 'smart-java "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2374 Jumps to the definition of optional Java IDENTIFIER or the one at point.
|
|
|
2375 Optional second arg NEXT means jump to next matching Java tag.
|
|
78
|
2376
|
|
|
2377 It assumes that its caller has already checked that the key was pressed in an
|
|
|
2378 appropriate buffer and has moved the cursor to the selected buffer.
|
|
|
2379
|
|
100
|
2380 If:
|
|
|
2381 (1) within a commented @see cross-reference, the referent is displayed;
|
|
|
2382 (2) on a `package' or `import' statement, the referent is displayed;
|
|
|
2383 Look for referent files in the directory list `smart-java-package-dirs'.
|
|
|
2384 (3) on an Java identifier, the identifier definition is displayed,
|
|
|
2385 assuming the identifier is found within an `etags' generated tag file
|
|
|
2386 in the current directory or any of its ancestor directories." t nil)
|
|
|
2387
|
|
|
2388 (autoload 'smart-java-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2389 Return Java tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2390
|
|
|
2391 (autoload 'smart-lisp-mode-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2392 Return t if in a mode which uses Lisp symbols." nil nil)
|
|
78
|
2393
|
|
|
2394 (autoload 'smart-objc "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2395 Jumps to the definition of optional Objective-C IDENTIFIER or the one at point.
|
|
|
2396 Optional second arg NEXT means jump to next matching Objective-C tag.
|
|
|
2397
|
|
|
2398 It assumes that its caller has already checked that the key was pressed in an
|
|
|
2399 appropriate buffer and has moved the cursor to the selected buffer.
|
|
|
2400
|
|
|
2401 If:
|
|
100
|
2402 (1) on a `#include' statement, the include file is displayed;
|
|
|
2403 Look for include file in directory lists `smart-c-cpp-include-dirs'
|
|
|
2404 and `smart-c-include-dirs'.
|
|
78
|
2405 (2) on an Objective-C identifier, the identifier definition is displayed,
|
|
100
|
2406 assuming the identifier is found within an `etags' generated tag file
|
|
78
|
2407 in the current directory or any of its ancestor directories.
|
|
100
|
2408 (3) if `smart-c-use-lib-man' is non-nil, the Objective-C identifier is
|
|
78
|
2409 recognized as a library symbol, and a man page is found for the
|
|
|
2410 identifier, then the man page is displayed." t nil)
|
|
|
2411
|
|
|
2412 (autoload 'smart-tags-file-path "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2413 Expand relative FILE name by looking it up in the nearest tags file.
|
|
|
2414 Return FILE unchanged if it exists relative to the current directory or
|
|
|
2415 cannot be expanded via a tags file." nil nil)
|
|
|
2416
|
|
|
2417 (autoload 'smart-tags-file "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
100
|
2418 Return appropriate tags file name for CURR-FILENAME or `tags-file-name'.
|
|
|
2419 Optional NAME-OF-TAGS-FILE is the literal filename for which to look." nil nil)
|
|
78
|
2420
|
|
|
2421 ;;;***
|
|
|
2422
|
|
108
|
2423 ;;;### (autoloads (hyperbole) "hui-mini" "hyperbole/hui-mini.el")
|
|
|
2424
|
|
|
2425 (autoload 'hyperbole "hui-mini" "\
|
|
|
2426 Invokes default Hyperbole menu user interface when not already active.
|
|
|
2427 Suitable for binding to a key, e.g. {C-h h}.
|
|
|
2428 Non-interactively, returns t if menu is actually invoked by call, else nil.
|
|
|
2429
|
|
|
2430 Two optional arguments may be given to invoke alternative menus.
|
|
|
2431 MENU (a symbol) specifies the menu to invoke from MENU-LIST, (a
|
|
|
2432 Hyperbole menu list structure). MENU defaults to 'hyperbole and MENU-LIST
|
|
|
2433 to `hui:menus'. See `hui:menus' definition for the format of the menu list
|
|
|
2434 structure." t nil)
|
|
|
2435
|
|
|
2436 ;;;***
|
|
|
2437
|
|
78
|
2438 ;;;### (autoloads (var:append) "hvar" "hyperbole/hvar.el")
|
|
|
2439
|
|
|
2440 (autoload 'var:append "hvar" "\
|
|
|
2441 Appends to value held by VAR-SYMBOL-NAME, LIST-TO-ADD. Returns new value.
|
|
|
2442 If VAR-SYMBOL-NAME is unbound, it is set to LIST-TO-ADD.
|
|
|
2443 Often used to append to 'hook' variables." nil nil)
|
|
|
2444
|
|
|
2445 ;;;***
|
|
|
2446
|
|
100
|
2447 ;;;### (autoloads (hypb:display-file-with-logo hypb:configuration) "hypb" "hyperbole/hypb.el")
|
|
78
|
2448
|
|
|
2449 (autoload 'hypb:configuration "hypb" "\
|
|
|
2450 Insert Emacs configuration information at the end of optional OUT-BUF or the current buffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
2451
|
|
100
|
2452 (autoload 'hypb:display-file-with-logo "hypb" "\
|
|
|
2453 Display an optional text FILE with the InfoDock Associates logo prepended.
|
|
|
2454 Without file, logo is prepended to the current buffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
2455
|
|
78
|
2456 ;;;***
|
|
|
2457
|
|
|
2458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hyperbole" "hyperbole/hyperbole.el")
|
|
|
2459
|
|
|
2460 (defvar action-key-url-function 'w3-fetch "\
|
|
|
2461 Value is a function of one argument, a url, which displays the url referent.
|
|
|
2462 Possible values are:
|
|
|
2463 w3-fetch - display using the W3 Emacs web browser;
|
|
|
2464 highlight-headers-follow-url-netscape - display in Netscape;
|
|
|
2465 highlight-headers-follow-url-mosaic - display in Mosaic.")
|
|
|
2466
|
|
|
2467 (defvar kimport:mode-alist '((t . kimport:text) (outline-mode . kimport:star-outline)) "\
|
|
|
2468 Alist of (major-mode . importation-function) elements.
|
|
|
2469 This determines the type of importation done on a file when `kimport:file' is
|
|
|
2470 called if the major mode of the import file matches the car of an element in
|
|
|
2471 this list. If there is no match, then `kimport:suffix-alist' is checked. If
|
|
|
2472 that yields no match, the element in this list whose car is 't is used. It
|
|
|
2473 normally does an import of a koutline or text file.
|
|
|
2474
|
|
|
2475 Each importation-function must take two arguments, a buffer/file to import
|
|
|
2476 and a buffer/file into which to insert the imported elements and a third
|
|
|
2477 optional argument, CHILDREN-P, which when non-nil means insert imported cells
|
|
|
2478 as the initial set of children of the current cell, if any.
|
|
|
2479
|
|
|
2480 outline-mode - imported as an Emacs outline whose entries begin with
|
|
|
2481 asterisks;
|
|
|
2482 .kot
|
|
|
2483 .kotl - imported as a structured koutline
|
|
|
2484
|
|
|
2485 all others - imported as text.")
|
|
|
2486
|
|
|
2487 (defvar kimport:suffix-alist '(("\\.otl$" . kimport:star-outline) ("\\.aug$" . kimport:aug-post-outline)) "\
|
|
|
2488 Alist of (buffer-name-suffix-regexp . importation-function) elements.
|
|
|
2489 This determines the type of importation done on a file when `kimport:file' is
|
|
|
2490 called. Each importation-function must take two arguments, a buffer/file to
|
|
|
2491 import and a buffer/file into which to insert the imported elements and a
|
|
|
2492 third optional argument, CHILDREN-P, which when non-nil means insert imported
|
|
|
2493 cells as the initial set of children of the current cell, if any.
|
|
|
2494
|
|
|
2495 .otl - imported as an Emacs outline whose entries begin with asterisks;
|
|
|
2496 .kot
|
|
|
2497 .kotl - imported as a structured koutline
|
|
|
2498 .aug - imported as an Augment post-numbered outline.")
|
|
|
2499
|
|
|
2500 ;;;***
|
|
|
2501
|
|
|
2502 ;;;### (autoloads (wconfig-yank-pop wconfig-ring-save wconfig-delete-pop wconfig-restore-by-name wconfig-delete-by-name wconfig-add-by-name) "wconfig" "hyperbole/wconfig.el")
|
|
|
2503
|
|
|
2504 (autoload 'wconfig-add-by-name "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2505 Saves the current window configuration under the string NAME.
|
|
|
2506 When called interactively and a window configuration already exists under
|
|
|
2507 NAME, confirms whether or not to replace it." t nil)
|
|
|
2508
|
|
|
2509 (autoload 'wconfig-delete-by-name "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2510 Deletes window configuration saved under NAME." t nil)
|
|
|
2511
|
|
|
2512 (autoload 'wconfig-restore-by-name "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2513 Restores window configuration saved under NAME." t nil)
|
|
|
2514
|
|
|
2515 (autoload 'wconfig-delete-pop "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2516 Replaces current window config with most recently saved config in ring.
|
|
|
2517 Then deletes this new configuration from the ring." t nil)
|
|
|
2518
|
|
|
2519 (autoload 'wconfig-ring-save "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2520 Saves the current window configuration onto the save ring.
|
|
|
2521 Use {\\[wconfig-yank-pop]} to restore it at a later time." t nil)
|
|
|
2522
|
|
|
2523 (autoload 'wconfig-yank-pop "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2524 Replaces current window config with prefix arg Nth prior one in save ring.
|
|
|
2525 Interactively, default value of N = 1, meaning the last saved window
|
|
|
2526 configuration is displayed.
|
|
|
2527
|
|
|
2528 The sequence of window configurations wraps around, so that after the oldest
|
|
|
2529 one comes the newest one." t nil)
|
|
|
2530
|
|
|
2531 ;;;***
|
|
|
2532
|
|
|
2533 ;;;### (autoloads (rolo-logic) "wrolo-logic" "hyperbole/wrolo-logic.el")
|
|
|
2534
|
|
|
2535 (autoload 'rolo-logic "wrolo-logic" "\
|
|
|
2536 Apply FUNC to all entries in optional IN-BUFS, display entries where FUNC is non-nil.
|
|
|
2537 If IN-BUFS is nil, 'rolo-file-list' is used. If optional COUNT-ONLY is
|
|
|
2538 non-nil, don't display entries, return count of matching entries only. If
|
|
|
2539 optional INCLUDE-SUB-ENTRIES flag is non-nil, FUNC will be applied across all
|
|
|
2540 sub-entries at once. Default is to apply FUNC to each entry and sub-entry
|
|
|
2541 separately. Entries are displayed with all of their sub-entries unless
|
|
|
2542 INCLUDE-SUB-ENTRIES is nil and optional NO-SUB-ENTRIES-OUT flag is non-nil.
|
|
|
2543 FUNC should use the free variables 'start' and 'end' which contain the limits
|
|
|
2544 of the region on which it should operate. Returns number of applications of
|
|
|
2545 FUNC that return non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2546
|
|
|
2547 ;;;***
|
|
|
2548
|
|
114
|
2549 ;;;### (autoloads (rolo-yank rolo-toggle-datestamps rolo-sort rolo-kill rolo-grep rolo-fgrep rolo-edit rolo-display-matches rolo-add) "wrolo" "hyperbole/wrolo.el")
|
|
78
|
2550
|
|
|
2551 (autoload 'rolo-add "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2552 Adds a new entry in personal rolodex for NAME.
|
|
|
2553 Last name first is best, e.g. \"Smith, John\".
|
|
|
2554 With prefix argument, prompts for optional FILE to add entry within.
|
|
|
2555 NAME may be of the form: parent/child to insert child below a parent
|
|
|
2556 entry which begins with the parent string." t nil)
|
|
|
2557
|
|
|
2558 (autoload 'rolo-display-matches "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2559 Display optional DISPLAY-BUF buffer of previously found rolodex matches.
|
|
114
|
2560 If DISPLAY-BUF is nil, use the value in `rolo-display-buffer'.
|
|
78
|
2561 Second arg RETURN-TO-BUFFER is the buffer to leave point within after the display." t nil)
|
|
|
2562
|
|
|
2563 (autoload 'rolo-edit "wrolo" "\
|
|
114
|
2564 Edits a rolodex entry given by optional NAME within `rolo-file-list'.
|
|
78
|
2565 With prefix argument, prompts for optional FILE to locate entry within.
|
|
114
|
2566 With no NAME arg, simply displays FILE or first entry in `rolo-file-list' in an
|
|
78
|
2567 editable mode. NAME may be of the form: parent/child to edit child below a
|
|
|
2568 parent entry which begins with the parent string." t nil)
|
|
|
2569
|
|
|
2570 (autoload 'rolo-fgrep "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2571 Display rolodex entries matching STRING.
|
|
|
2572 To a maximum of optional prefix arg MAX-MATCHES, in file(s) from optional
|
|
|
2573 ROLO-FILE or rolo-file-list. Default is to find all matching entries. Each
|
|
|
2574 entry is displayed with all of its sub-entries. Optional COUNT-ONLY non-nil
|
|
|
2575 means don't retrieve and don't display matching entries. Optional NO-DISPLAY
|
|
|
2576 non-nil means retrieve entries but don't display.
|
|
|
2577
|
|
|
2578 Nil value of MAX-MATCHES means find all matches, t value means find all matches
|
|
|
2579 but omit file headers, negative values mean find up to the inverse of that
|
|
|
2580 number of entries and omit file headers.
|
|
|
2581
|
|
|
2582 Returns number of entries matched. See also documentation for the variable
|
|
|
2583 rolo-file-list." t nil)
|
|
|
2584
|
|
|
2585 (autoload 'rolo-grep "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2586 Display rolodex entries matching REGEXP.
|
|
|
2587 To a maximum of prefix arg MAX-MATCHES, in buffer(s) from optional ROLO-BUFS or
|
|
|
2588 rolo-file-list. Default is to find all matching entries. Each entry is
|
|
|
2589 displayed with all of its sub-entries. Optional COUNT-ONLY non-nil means don't
|
|
|
2590 retrieve and don't display matching entries. Optional NO-DISPLAY non-nil
|
|
|
2591 means retrieve entries but don't display.
|
|
|
2592
|
|
|
2593 Nil value of MAX-MATCHES means find all matches, t value means find all matches
|
|
|
2594 but omit file headers, negative values mean find up to the inverse of that
|
|
|
2595 number of entries and omit file headers.
|
|
|
2596
|
|
|
2597 Returns number of entries matched. See also documentation for the variable
|
|
|
2598 rolo-file-list." t nil)
|
|
|
2599
|
|
|
2600 (autoload 'rolo-kill "wrolo" "\
|
|
114
|
2601 Kills a rolodex entry given by NAME within `rolo-file-list'.
|
|
78
|
2602 With prefix argument, prompts for optional FILE to locate entry within.
|
|
|
2603 NAME may be of the form: parent/child to kill child below a parent entry
|
|
|
2604 which begins with the parent string.
|
|
|
2605 Returns t if entry is killed, nil otherwise." t nil)
|
|
|
2606
|
|
|
2607 (autoload 'rolo-sort "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2608 Sorts up to 14 levels of entries in ROLO-FILE (default is personal rolo).
|
|
114
|
2609 Assumes entries are delimited by one or more `*'characters.
|
|
78
|
2610 Returns list of number of groupings at each entry level." t nil)
|
|
|
2611
|
|
114
|
2612 (autoload 'rolo-toggle-datestamps "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2613 Toggle whether datestamps are updated when rolodex entries are modified.
|
|
|
2614 With optional ARG, turn them on iff ARG is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
2615
|
|
78
|
2616 (autoload 'rolo-yank "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2617 Inserts at point the first rolodex entry matching NAME.
|
|
|
2618 With optional prefix arg, REGEXP-P, treats NAME as a regular expression instead
|
|
|
2619 of a string." t nil)
|
|
|
2620
|
|
|
2621 ;;;***
|
|
|
2622
|
|
|
2623 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "iso/iso-acc.el")
|
|
|
2624
|
|
|
2625 (autoload 'iso-accents-mode "iso-acc" "\
|
|
|
2626 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
|
|
|
2627 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
|
|
|
2628 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
|
|
|
2629 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
|
|
|
2630 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
|
|
|
2631
|
|
|
2632 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
|
|
|
2633 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
|
|
|
2634
|
|
|
2635 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
|
|
|
2636 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
|
|
|
2637 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
|
|
|
2638 \"s gives German sharp s.
|
|
|
2639 /a gives a with ring.
|
|
|
2640 /e gives an a-e ligature.
|
|
|
2641 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
|
|
|
2642 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
|
|
|
2643 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
|
|
|
2644
|
|
|
2645 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
|
|
|
2646 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
|
|
|
2647
|
|
|
2648 ;;;***
|
|
|
2649
|
|
|
2650 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-deactivate-passwd mc-install-write-mode mc-install-read-mode) "mailcrypt" "mailcrypt/mailcrypt.el")
|
|
|
2651
|
|
|
2652 (autoload 'mc-install-read-mode "mailcrypt" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2653
|
|
|
2654 (autoload 'mc-install-write-mode "mailcrypt" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2655
|
|
|
2656 (autoload 'mc-deactivate-passwd "mailcrypt" "\
|
|
|
2657 *Deactivate the passphrase cache." t nil)
|
|
|
2658
|
|
|
2659 ;;;***
|
|
|
2660
|
|
|
2661 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-pgp-fetch-key mc-scheme-pgp) "mc-pgp" "mailcrypt/mc-pgp.el")
|
|
|
2662
|
|
|
2663 (autoload 'mc-scheme-pgp "mc-pgp" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
2664
|
|
|
2665 (autoload 'mc-pgp-fetch-key "mc-pgp" "\
|
|
|
2666 Attempt to fetch a key for addition to PGP keyring. Interactively,
|
|
|
2667 prompt for string matching key to fetch.
|
|
|
2668
|
|
|
2669 Non-interactively, ID must be a pair. The CAR must be a bare Email
|
|
|
2670 address and the CDR a keyID (with \"0x\" prefix). Either, but not
|
|
|
2671 both, may be nil.
|
|
|
2672
|
|
|
2673 Return t if we think we were successful; nil otherwise. Note that nil
|
|
|
2674 is not necessarily an error, since we may have merely fired off an Email
|
|
|
2675 request for the key." t nil)
|
|
|
2676
|
|
|
2677 ;;;***
|
|
|
2678
|
|
|
2679 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-remailer-insert-response-block mc-remailer-encrypt-for-chain mc-remailer-insert-pseudonym) "mc-remail" "mailcrypt/mc-remail.el")
|
|
|
2680
|
|
|
2681 (autoload 'mc-remailer-insert-pseudonym "mc-remail" "\
|
|
|
2682 Insert pseudonym as a From field in the hash-mark header.
|
|
|
2683
|
|
|
2684 See the documentation for the variable `mc-remailer-pseudonyms' for
|
|
|
2685 more information." t nil)
|
|
|
2686
|
|
|
2687 (autoload 'mc-remailer-encrypt-for-chain "mc-remail" "\
|
|
|
2688 Encrypt message for a remailer chain, prompting for chain to use.
|
|
|
2689
|
|
|
2690 With \\[universal-argument], pause before each encryption." t nil)
|
|
|
2691
|
|
|
2692 (autoload 'mc-remailer-insert-response-block "mc-remail" "\
|
|
|
2693 Insert response block at point, prompting for chain to use.
|
|
|
2694
|
|
|
2695 With \\[universal-argument], enter a recursive edit of the innermost
|
|
|
2696 layer of the block before encrypting it." t nil)
|
|
|
2697
|
|
|
2698 ;;;***
|
|
|
2699
|
|
|
2700 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-mh-snarf-keys mc-mh-verify-signature mc-mh-decrypt-message mc-gnus-decrypt-message mc-gnus-snarf-keys mc-gnus-verify-signature mc-vm-snarf-keys mc-vm-decrypt-message mc-vm-verify-signature mc-rmail-decrypt-message mc-rmail-verify-signature mc-rmail-summary-snarf-keys mc-rmail-summary-decrypt-message mc-rmail-summary-verify-signature mc-snarf-keys mc-snarf mc-insert-public-key mc-verify-signature mc-verify mc-sign-message mc-sign mc-decrypt-message mc-decrypt mc-encrypt-message mc-encrypt mc-cleanup-recipient-headers) "mc-toplev" "mailcrypt/mc-toplev.el")
|
|
|
2701
|
|
|
2702 (autoload 'mc-cleanup-recipient-headers "mc-toplev" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
2703
|
|
|
2704 (autoload 'mc-encrypt "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2705 *Encrypt the current buffer.
|
|
|
2706
|
|
|
2707 Exact behavior depends on current major mode.
|
|
|
2708
|
|
|
2709 With \\[universal-argument], prompt for User ID to sign as.
|
|
|
2710
|
|
|
2711 With \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], prompt for encryption scheme to use." t nil)
|
|
|
2712
|
|
|
2713 (autoload 'mc-encrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2714 *Encrypt a message for RECIPIENTS using the given encryption SCHEME.
|
|
|
2715 RECIPIENTS is a comma separated string. If SCHEME is nil, use the value
|
|
|
2716 of `mc-default-scheme'. Returns t on success, nil otherwise." nil nil)
|
|
|
2717
|
|
|
2718 (autoload 'mc-decrypt "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2719 *Decrypt a message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2720
|
|
|
2721 Exact behavior depends on current major mode." t nil)
|
|
|
2722
|
|
|
2723 (autoload 'mc-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2724 Decrypt whatever message is in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2725 Returns a pair (SUCCEEDED . VERIFIED) where SUCCEEDED is t if the encryption
|
|
|
2726 succeeded and VERIFIED is t if it had a valid signature." nil nil)
|
|
|
2727
|
|
|
2728 (autoload 'mc-sign "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2729 *Sign a message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2730
|
|
|
2731 Exact behavior depends on current major mode.
|
|
|
2732
|
|
|
2733 With one prefix arg, prompts for private key to use, with two prefix args,
|
|
|
2734 also prompts for encryption scheme to use. With negative prefix arg,
|
|
|
2735 inhibits clearsigning (pgp)." t nil)
|
|
|
2736
|
|
|
2737 (autoload 'mc-sign-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2738 Clear sign the message." nil nil)
|
|
|
2739
|
|
|
2740 (autoload 'mc-verify "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2741 *Verify a message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2742
|
|
|
2743 Exact behavior depends on current major mode." t nil)
|
|
|
2744
|
|
|
2745 (autoload 'mc-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2746 *Verify the signature of the signed message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2747 Show the result as a message in the minibuffer. Returns t if the signature
|
|
|
2748 is verified." nil nil)
|
|
|
2749
|
|
|
2750 (autoload 'mc-insert-public-key "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2751 *Insert your public key at point.
|
|
|
2752 With one prefix arg, prompts for user id to use. With two prefix
|
|
|
2753 args, prompts for encryption scheme." t nil)
|
|
|
2754
|
|
|
2755 (autoload 'mc-snarf "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2756 *Add all public keys in the buffer to your keyring.
|
|
|
2757
|
|
|
2758 Exact behavior depends on current major mode." t nil)
|
|
|
2759
|
|
|
2760 (autoload 'mc-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2761 *Add all public keys in the buffer to your keyring." t nil)
|
|
|
2762
|
|
|
2763 (autoload 'mc-rmail-summary-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2764 *Verify the signature in the current message." t nil)
|
|
|
2765
|
|
|
2766 (autoload 'mc-rmail-summary-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2767 *Decrypt the contents of this message" t nil)
|
|
|
2768
|
|
|
2769 (autoload 'mc-rmail-summary-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2770 *Adds keys from current message to public key ring" t nil)
|
|
|
2771
|
|
|
2772 (autoload 'mc-rmail-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2773 *Verify the signature in the current message." t nil)
|
|
|
2774
|
|
|
2775 (autoload 'mc-rmail-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2776 *Decrypt the contents of this message" t nil)
|
|
|
2777
|
|
|
2778 (autoload 'mc-vm-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2779 *Verify the signature in the current VM message" t nil)
|
|
|
2780
|
|
|
2781 (autoload 'mc-vm-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2782 *Decrypt the contents of the current VM message" t nil)
|
|
|
2783
|
|
|
2784 (autoload 'mc-vm-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2785 *Snarf public key from the contents of the current VM message" t nil)
|
|
|
2786
|
|
|
2787 (autoload 'mc-gnus-verify-signature "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2788
|
|
|
2789 (autoload 'mc-gnus-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2790
|
|
|
2791 (autoload 'mc-gnus-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2792
|
|
|
2793 (autoload 'mc-mh-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2794 Decrypt the contents of the current MH message in the show buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
2795
|
|
|
2796 (autoload 'mc-mh-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2797 *Verify the signature in the current MH message." t nil)
|
|
|
2798
|
|
|
2799 (autoload 'mc-mh-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2800
|
|
|
2801 ;;;***
|
|
|
2802
|
|
|
2803 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el")
|
|
|
2804
|
|
|
2805 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
|
|
|
2806 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
|
|
|
2807 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
|
|
|
2808 to the MH mail system.
|
|
|
2809
|
|
|
2810 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
|
|
|
2811
|
|
|
2812 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
|
|
|
2813 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
|
|
|
2814 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
|
|
|
2815 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
|
|
|
2816 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
|
|
|
2817 that want to create a mail buffer.
|
|
|
2818 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
|
|
|
2819
|
|
|
2820 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
|
|
|
2821 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
|
|
|
2822 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
|
|
|
2823 to the MH mail system.
|
|
|
2824
|
|
|
2825 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
|
|
|
2826
|
|
|
2827 (autoload 'mh-letter-mode "mh-comp" "\
|
|
|
2828 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
|
|
|
2829 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
|
|
|
2830 using the MH mail handling system.
|
|
|
2831 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
|
|
|
2832 messages.
|
|
|
2833
|
|
|
2834 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
|
|
|
2835
|
|
|
2836 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
|
|
|
2837
|
|
|
2838 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
|
|
|
2839 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
|
|
|
2840 the yanked message.
|
|
|
2841
|
|
|
2842 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
|
|
|
2843 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
|
|
|
2844 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
|
|
|
2845 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
|
|
|
2846 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
|
|
|
2847
|
|
|
2848 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
|
|
|
2849 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
|
|
|
2850 inserted in a draft letter.
|
|
|
2851
|
|
|
2852 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
|
|
|
2853 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
|
|
|
2854
|
|
|
2855 Upon invoking mh-letter-mode, text-mode-hook and mh-letter-mode-hook are
|
|
|
2856 invoked with no args, if those values are non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2857
|
|
|
2858 ;;;***
|
|
|
2859
|
|
|
2860 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el")
|
|
|
2861
|
|
|
2862 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-e" "\
|
|
|
2863 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
|
|
|
2864 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
|
|
|
2865 to the MH mail system." t nil)
|
|
|
2866
|
|
|
2867 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
|
|
|
2868 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
|
|
|
2869
|
|
|
2870 ;;;***
|
|
|
2871
|
|
|
2872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mh-e/mh-mime.el")
|
|
|
2873
|
|
|
2874 (defvar mh-mime-content-types '(("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg")) "\
|
|
|
2875 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
|
|
|
2876
|
|
|
2877 ;;;***
|
|
|
2878
|
|
|
2879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el")
|
|
|
2880
|
|
|
2881 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
2882
|
|
|
2883 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
2884
|
|
|
2885 ;;;***
|
|
|
2886
|
|
|
2887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "modes/abbrev.el")
|
|
|
2888
|
|
|
2889 ;;;***
|
|
|
2890
|
|
|
2891 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-make-filename-from-adaname ada-mode) "ada-mode" "modes/ada-mode.el")
|
|
|
2892
|
|
|
2893 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
|
|
|
2894 Ada Mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
|
|
|
2895
|
|
|
2896 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
|
|
|
2897
|
|
|
2898 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
|
|
|
2899 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
|
|
|
2900
|
|
|
2901 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
|
|
|
2902 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
|
|
|
2903 Call external pretty printer program '\\[ada-call-pretty-printer]'
|
|
|
2904
|
|
|
2905 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
|
|
|
2906 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
|
|
|
2907
|
|
|
2908 Call EXTERNAL pretty printer (if you have one) '\\[ada-call-pretty-printer]'
|
|
|
2909
|
|
|
2910 Fill comment paragraph '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph]'
|
|
|
2911 Fill comment paragraph and justify each line '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph-justify]'
|
|
|
2912 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph-postfix]'
|
|
|
2913
|
|
|
2914 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
|
|
|
2915 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
|
|
|
2916
|
|
|
2917 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
|
|
|
2918 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
|
|
|
2919
|
|
|
2920 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
|
|
|
2921 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
|
|
|
2922 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
|
|
|
2923 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
|
|
|
2924 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
|
|
|
2925
|
|
|
2926 If you use imenu.el:
|
|
|
2927 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
|
|
|
2928
|
|
|
2929 If you use find-file.el:
|
|
|
2930 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
|
|
|
2931 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
|
|
|
2932 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
|
|
|
2933 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
|
|
|
2934 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created
|
|
|
2935 with body stubs.
|
|
|
2936
|
|
|
2937 If you use ada-xref.el:
|
|
|
2938 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
|
|
|
2939 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
|
|
|
2940 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'
|
|
|
2941 Execute Gnatf: '\\[ada-gnatf-current]'" t nil)
|
|
|
2942
|
|
|
2943 (autoload 'ada-make-filename-from-adaname "ada-mode" "\
|
|
|
2944 Determine the filename of a package/procedure from its own Ada name." t nil)
|
|
|
2945
|
|
|
2946 ;;;***
|
|
|
2947
|
|
|
2948 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "modes/arc-mode.el")
|
|
|
2949
|
|
|
2950 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
|
|
|
2951 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
|
|
|
2952 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
|
|
|
2953 Letters no longer insert themselves.
|
|
|
2954 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
|
|
|
2955 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
|
|
|
2956
|
|
|
2957 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
|
|
|
2958 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
|
|
|
2959 archive.
|
|
|
2960
|
|
|
2961 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
|
|
|
2962
|
|
|
2963 ;;;***
|
|
|
2964
|
|
|
2965 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "modes/asm-mode.el")
|
|
|
2966
|
|
|
2967 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
|
|
|
2968 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
|
|
|
2969 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
|
|
|
2970
|
|
|
2971 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
|
|
|
2972 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
|
|
|
2973 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
|
|
|
2974 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
|
|
|
2975
|
|
|
2976 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
|
|
|
2977 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?;').
|
|
|
2978
|
|
|
2979 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
|
|
|
2980 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
|
|
|
2981
|
|
|
2982 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
|
|
|
2983
|
|
|
2984 Special commands:
|
|
|
2985 \\{asm-mode-map}
|
|
|
2986 " t nil)
|
|
|
2987
|
|
|
2988 ;;;***
|
|
|
2989
|
|
|
2990 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "modes/awk-mode.el")
|
|
|
2991
|
|
|
2992 (autoload 'awk-mode "awk-mode" "\
|
|
|
2993 Major mode for editing AWK code.
|
|
|
2994 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses
|
|
|
2995 the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing
|
|
|
2996 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
|
|
|
2997
|
|
|
2998 Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook'
|
|
|
2999 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3000
|
|
|
3001 ;;;***
|
|
|
3002
|
|
|
3003 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "modes/bibtex.el")
|
|
|
3004
|
|
|
3005 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
|
|
|
3006 Major mode for editing bibtex files.
|
|
|
3007
|
|
|
3008 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
|
|
|
3009
|
|
|
3010 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
|
|
|
3011
|
|
|
3012 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and thus ignored by BibTeX.
|
|
|
3013 The OPT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT].
|
|
|
3014 \\[bibtex-kill-optional-field] kills the current optional field entirely.
|
|
|
3015 \\[bibtex-remove-double-quotes] removes the double-quotes around the text of
|
|
|
3016 the current field. \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current
|
|
|
3017 field with the default \"\".
|
|
|
3018
|
|
|
3019 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. (i) removes
|
|
|
3020 double-quotes from entirely numerical fields, (ii) removes OPT from all
|
|
|
3021 non-empty optional fields, (iii) removes all empty optional fields, and (iv)
|
|
|
3022 checks that no non-optional fields are empty.
|
|
|
3023
|
|
|
3024 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the dot at the end of the current field.
|
|
|
3025 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
|
|
|
3026
|
|
|
3027 The following may be of interest as well:
|
|
|
3028
|
|
|
3029 Functions:
|
|
|
3030 find-bibtex-duplicates
|
|
|
3031 find-bibtex-entry-location
|
|
|
3032 hide-bibtex-entry-bodies
|
|
|
3033 sort-bibtex-entries
|
|
|
3034 validate-bibtex-buffer
|
|
|
3035
|
|
|
3036 Variables:
|
|
|
3037 bibtex-clean-entry-zap-empty-opts
|
|
|
3038 bibtex-entry-field-alist
|
|
|
3039 bibtex-include-OPTannote
|
|
|
3040 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
|
|
|
3041 bibtex-include-OPTkey
|
|
|
3042 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
|
|
|
3043 bibtex-mode-user-optional-fields
|
|
|
3044
|
|
|
3045 Fields:
|
|
|
3046 address
|
|
|
3047 Publisher's address
|
|
|
3048 annote
|
|
|
3049 Long annotation used for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence)
|
|
|
3050 author
|
|
|
3051 Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format
|
|
|
3052 booktitle
|
|
|
3053 Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book.
|
|
|
3054 For book entries, the title field should be used instead.
|
|
|
3055 chapter
|
|
|
3056 Chapter number
|
|
|
3057 crossref
|
|
|
3058 The database key of the entry being cross referenced.
|
|
|
3059 edition
|
|
|
3060 Edition of a book (e.g., \"second\")
|
|
|
3061 editor
|
|
|
3062 Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format.
|
|
|
3063 If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be
|
|
|
3064 for the book or collection that the work appears in
|
|
|
3065 howpublished
|
|
|
3066 How something strange has been published (begins sentence)
|
|
|
3067 institution
|
|
|
3068 Sponsoring institution
|
|
|
3069 journal
|
|
|
3070 Journal name (macros are provided for many)
|
|
|
3071 key
|
|
|
3072 Alphabetizing and labeling key (needed when no author or editor)
|
|
|
3073 month
|
|
|
3074 Month (macros are provided)
|
|
|
3075 note
|
|
|
3076 To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence)
|
|
|
3077 number
|
|
|
3078 Number of a journal or technical report
|
|
|
3079 organization
|
|
|
3080 Organization (sponsoring a conference)
|
|
|
3081 pages
|
|
|
3082 Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range)
|
|
|
3083 publisher
|
|
|
3084 Publisher name
|
|
|
3085 school
|
|
|
3086 School name (for theses)
|
|
|
3087 series
|
|
|
3088 The name of a series or set of books.
|
|
|
3089 An individual book will also have its own title
|
|
|
3090 title
|
|
|
3091 The title of the thing being referenced
|
|
|
3092 type
|
|
|
3093 Type of a technical report (e.g., \"Research Note\") to be used
|
|
|
3094 instead of the default \"Technical Report\"
|
|
|
3095 volume
|
|
|
3096 Volume of a journal or multivolume work
|
|
|
3097 year
|
|
|
3098 Year---should contain only numerals
|
|
|
3099 ---------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
3100 Entry to this mode calls the value of bibtex-mode-hook if that value is
|
|
|
3101 non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3102
|
|
|
3103 ;;;***
|
|
|
3104
|
|
118
|
3105 ;;;### (autoloads (c-add-style c-set-style java-mode objc-mode c++-mode c-mode) "cc-mode" "modes/cc-mode.el")
|
|
78
|
3106
|
|
|
3107 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3108 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
|
|
|
3109 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
|
|
|
3110 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
|
|
|
3111 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
|
|
|
3112 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
|
|
|
3113
|
|
110
|
3114 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
|
|
78
|
3115
|
|
|
3116 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
|
|
|
3117 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
|
|
|
3118 run first.
|
|
|
3119
|
|
|
3120 Key bindings:
|
|
|
3121 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3122
|
|
|
3123 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3124 Major mode for editing C++ code.
|
|
|
3125 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
|
|
|
3126 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
|
|
|
3127 version information already added. You just need to add a description
|
|
|
3128 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
|
|
|
3129 message.
|
|
|
3130
|
|
110
|
3131 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
|
|
78
|
3132
|
|
|
3133 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
|
|
|
3134 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
|
|
|
3135 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
|
|
|
3136
|
|
|
3137 Key bindings:
|
|
|
3138 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3139
|
|
|
3140 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3141 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
|
|
|
3142 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
|
|
|
3143 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
|
|
|
3144 version information already added. You just need to add a description
|
|
|
3145 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
|
|
|
3146 message.
|
|
|
3147
|
|
110
|
3148 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
|
|
78
|
3149
|
|
|
3150 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
|
|
|
3151 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
|
|
|
3152 is run first.
|
|
|
3153
|
|
|
3154 Key bindings:
|
|
|
3155 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3156
|
|
|
3157 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3158 Major mode for editing Java code.
|
|
|
3159 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
|
|
|
3160 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
|
|
|
3161 version information already added. You just need to add a description
|
|
|
3162 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
|
|
|
3163 message.
|
|
|
3164
|
|
110
|
3165 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
|
|
78
|
3166
|
|
|
3167 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
|
|
|
3168 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
|
|
|
3169 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
|
|
|
3170 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
|
|
|
3171 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
|
|
|
3172
|
|
|
3173 Key bindings:
|
|
|
3174 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3175
|
|
|
3176 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-mode" "\
|
|
110
|
3177 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
|
|
78
|
3178 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
|
|
|
3179 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
|
|
110
|
3180 for details of setting up styles.
|
|
|
3181
|
|
|
3182 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
|
|
|
3183 style name." t nil)
|
|
78
|
3184
|
|
118
|
3185 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3186 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
|
|
|
3187 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
|
|
|
3188 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
|
|
|
3189
|
|
|
3190 ((VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
|
|
|
3191
|
|
|
3192 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of VARIABLE and
|
|
|
3193 VALUE. This function also sets the current style to STYLE using
|
|
|
3194 `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3195
|
|
78
|
3196 (fset 'set-c-style 'c-set-style)
|
|
|
3197
|
|
|
3198 ;;;***
|
|
|
3199
|
|
|
3200 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "modes/cl-indent.el")
|
|
|
3201
|
|
|
3202 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
3203
|
|
|
3204 ;;;***
|
|
|
3205
|
|
|
3206 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "modes/cmacexp.el")
|
|
|
3207
|
|
|
3208 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
|
|
|
3209 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
|
|
|
3210 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
|
|
|
3211 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
|
|
|
3212
|
|
|
3213 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
|
|
|
3214 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
|
|
|
3215 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
|
|
|
3216
|
|
|
3217 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
|
|
|
3218 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
|
|
|
3219
|
|
|
3220 ;;;***
|
|
|
3221
|
|
|
3222 ;;;### (autoloads (eiffel-mode) "eiffel3" "modes/eiffel3.el")
|
|
|
3223
|
|
|
3224 (autoload 'eiffel-mode "eiffel3" "\
|
|
|
3225 Major mode for editing Eiffel programs." t nil)
|
|
|
3226
|
|
|
3227 ;;;***
|
|
|
3228
|
|
|
3229 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode) "enriched" "modes/enriched.el")
|
|
|
3230
|
|
|
3231 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
|
|
|
3232 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
|
|
|
3233 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
|
|
|
3234 text/enriched format.
|
|
|
3235 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
3236
|
|
|
3237 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
|
|
|
3238 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
|
|
|
3239
|
|
|
3240 Commands:
|
|
|
3241
|
|
|
3242 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3243
|
|
|
3244 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
3245
|
|
|
3246 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
3247
|
|
|
3248 ;;;***
|
|
|
3249
|
|
|
3250 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-self-display executable-set-magic) "executable" "modes/executable.el")
|
|
|
3251
|
|
|
3252 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
|
|
|
3253 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
|
|
|
3254 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
|
|
|
3255 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
|
|
|
3256 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
|
|
|
3257 executable." t nil)
|
|
|
3258
|
|
|
3259 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
|
|
|
3260 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
|
|
|
3261 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
|
|
|
3262
|
|
|
3263 ;;;***
|
|
|
3264
|
|
|
3265 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "modes/f90.el")
|
|
|
3266
|
|
|
3267 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
|
|
|
3268 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
|
|
|
3269
|
|
|
3270 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
|
|
|
3271 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
|
|
|
3272 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
|
|
|
3273
|
|
|
3274 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
|
|
|
3275
|
|
|
3276 Key definitions:
|
|
|
3277 \\{f90-mode-map}
|
|
|
3278
|
|
|
3279 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
|
|
|
3280
|
|
|
3281 f90-do-indent
|
|
|
3282 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3283 f90-if-indent
|
|
|
3284 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3285 f90-type-indent
|
|
|
3286 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3287 f90-program-indent
|
|
|
3288 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
|
|
|
3289 (default 2)
|
|
|
3290 f90-continuation-indent
|
|
|
3291 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
|
|
|
3292 f90-comment-region
|
|
|
3293 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
|
|
|
3294 region. (default \"!!!$\")
|
|
|
3295 f90-indented-comment-re
|
|
|
3296 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
|
|
|
3297 (default \"!\")
|
|
|
3298 f90-directive-comment-re
|
|
|
3299 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
|
|
|
3300 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
|
|
|
3301 f90-break-delimiters
|
|
|
3302 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
|
|
|
3303 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
|
|
|
3304 f90-break-before-delimiters
|
|
|
3305 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
|
|
|
3306 (default t)
|
|
|
3307 f90-beginning-ampersand
|
|
|
3308 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
|
|
|
3309 f90-smart-end
|
|
|
3310 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
|
|
|
3311 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
|
|
|
3312 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
|
|
|
3313 f90-auto-keyword-case
|
|
|
3314 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
|
|
|
3315 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
|
|
|
3316 f90-leave-line-no
|
|
|
3317 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
|
|
|
3318 f90-startup-message
|
|
|
3319 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
|
|
|
3320 f90-keywords-re
|
|
|
3321 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
|
|
|
3322
|
|
|
3323 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3324 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3325
|
|
|
3326 ;;;***
|
|
|
3327
|
|
|
3328 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "modes/follow.el")
|
|
|
3329
|
|
|
3330 (add-minor-mode 'follow-mode nil 'follow-mode-map)
|
|
|
3331
|
|
|
3332 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
|
|
|
3333 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
|
|
|
3334
|
|
|
3335 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
|
|
|
3336 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
|
|
|
3337
|
|
|
3338 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
|
|
|
3339 Minor mode which combines windows into one tall virtual window.
|
|
|
3340
|
|
|
3341 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
|
|
|
3342 of two major techniques:
|
|
|
3343
|
|
|
3344 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
|
|
|
3345 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
|
|
|
3346 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
|
|
|
3347
|
|
|
3348 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
|
|
|
3349 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
|
|
|
3350 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
|
|
|
3351 movement commands.
|
|
|
3352
|
|
|
3353 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
|
|
|
3354 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
|
|
|
3355 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
|
|
|
3356 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
|
|
108
|
3357 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
|
|
78
|
3358 mileage may vary).
|
|
|
3359
|
|
|
3360 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
|
|
|
3361 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
|
|
|
3362
|
|
|
3363 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
|
|
|
3364
|
|
|
3365 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
|
|
|
3366 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
|
|
|
3367 \(This is the default.)
|
|
|
3368
|
|
|
3369 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3370 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
|
|
|
3371
|
|
|
3372 Keys specific to Follow mode:
|
|
|
3373 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3374
|
|
|
3375 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
|
|
|
3376 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
|
|
|
3377
|
|
|
3378 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
|
|
|
3379 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
|
|
|
3380 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
|
|
|
3381 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
|
|
|
3382 two windows always will display two successive pages.
|
|
|
3383 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
|
|
|
3384
|
|
|
3385 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
|
|
|
3386 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
|
|
|
3387 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
|
|
|
3388
|
|
|
3389 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
|
|
|
3390 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
|
|
|
3391 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
|
|
|
3392
|
|
|
3393 ;;;***
|
|
|
3394
|
|
|
3395 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "modes/fortran.el")
|
|
|
3396
|
|
134
|
3397 (defcustom fortran-tab-mode-default nil "*Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.\nA value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.\nA value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked\nwith a character in column 6." :type 'boolean :group 'fortran-indent)
|
|
78
|
3398
|
|
|
3399 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
|
|
|
3400 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
|
|
|
3401 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
|
|
|
3402 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
|
|
|
3403
|
|
|
3404 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
|
|
|
3405
|
|
|
3406 Key definitions:
|
|
|
3407 \\{fortran-mode-map}
|
|
|
3408
|
|
|
3409 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
|
|
|
3410
|
|
|
3411 comment-start
|
|
|
3412 Normally nil in Fortran mode. If you want to use comments
|
|
|
3413 starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
|
|
|
3414 fortran-do-indent
|
|
|
3415 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3416 fortran-if-indent
|
|
|
3417 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3418 fortran-structure-indent
|
|
|
3419 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
|
|
|
3420 (default 3)
|
|
|
3421 fortran-continuation-indent
|
|
|
3422 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
|
|
|
3423 fortran-comment-line-extra-indent
|
|
|
3424 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
|
|
|
3425 fortran-comment-indent-style
|
|
|
3426 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
|
|
|
3427 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
|
|
|
3428 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
|
|
|
3429 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
|
|
|
3430 (for TAB format continuation style).
|
|
|
3431 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
|
|
|
3432 indentation for a line of code.
|
|
|
3433 (default 'fixed)
|
|
|
3434 fortran-comment-indent-char
|
|
|
3435 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
|
|
|
3436 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
|
|
|
3437 fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed
|
|
|
3438 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
|
|
|
3439 fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab
|
|
|
3440 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
|
|
|
3441 fortran-line-number-indent
|
|
|
3442 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
|
|
|
3443 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
|
|
|
3444 column 5. (default 1)
|
|
|
3445 fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do
|
|
|
3446 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
|
|
|
3447 statements. (default nil)
|
|
|
3448 fortran-blink-matching-if
|
|
|
3449 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
|
|
|
3450 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
|
|
|
3451 statement. (default nil)
|
|
|
3452 fortran-continuation-string
|
|
|
3453 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
|
|
|
3454 line. (default \"$\")
|
|
|
3455 fortran-comment-region
|
|
|
3456 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
|
|
|
3457 region. (default \"c$$$\")
|
|
|
3458 fortran-electric-line-number
|
|
|
3459 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
|
|
|
3460 as typed. (default t)
|
|
|
3461 fortran-break-before-delimiters
|
|
|
3462 Non-nil causes `fortran-fill' breaks lines before delimiters.
|
|
|
3463 (default t)
|
|
|
3464 fortran-startup-message
|
|
|
3465 Set to nil to inhibit message first time Fortran mode is used.
|
|
|
3466
|
|
|
3467 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3468 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3469
|
|
|
3470 ;;;***
|
|
|
3471
|
|
|
3472 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "modes/hideif.el")
|
|
|
3473
|
|
|
3474 (add-minor-mode 'hide-ifdef-mode " Ifdef")
|
|
|
3475
|
|
|
3476 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
|
|
|
3477 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
|
|
|
3478 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
|
|
|
3479 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
|
|
|
3480 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
|
|
|
3481 how the hiding is done:
|
|
|
3482
|
|
|
3483 hide-ifdef-env
|
|
|
3484 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
|
|
|
3485 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
|
|
|
3486 is used.
|
|
|
3487
|
|
|
3488 hide-ifdef-define-alist
|
|
|
3489 An association list of defined symbol lists.
|
|
|
3490 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
|
|
|
3491 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
|
|
|
3492 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
|
|
|
3493
|
|
|
3494 hide-ifdef-lines
|
|
|
3495 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
|
|
|
3496 #endif lines when hiding.
|
|
|
3497
|
|
|
3498 hide-ifdef-initially
|
|
|
3499 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
|
|
|
3500 is activated.
|
|
|
3501
|
|
|
3502 hide-ifdef-read-only
|
|
|
3503 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
|
|
|
3504 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
|
|
|
3505
|
|
|
3506 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3507
|
|
|
3508 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
|
|
|
3509 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
|
|
|
3510
|
|
|
3511 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
|
|
|
3512 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
|
|
|
3513
|
|
|
3514 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
|
|
|
3515 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
|
|
|
3516
|
|
|
3517 ;;;***
|
|
|
3518
|
|
|
3519 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-block hs-hide-all) "hideshow" "modes/hideshow.el")
|
|
|
3520
|
|
|
3521 (defvar hs-minor-mode nil "\
|
|
|
3522 Non-nil if using hideshow mode as a minor mode of some other mode.
|
|
|
3523 Use the command `hs-minor-mode' to toggle this variable.")
|
|
|
3524
|
|
|
3525 (autoload 'hs-hide-all "hideshow" "\
|
|
|
3526 Hides all top-level blocks, displaying only first and last lines.
|
|
|
3527 It moves point to the beginning of the line, and it runs the normal hook
|
|
|
3528 `hs-hide-hook'. See documentation for `run-hooks'." t nil)
|
|
|
3529
|
|
|
3530 (autoload 'hs-hide-block "hideshow" "\
|
|
|
3531 Selects a block and hides it. With prefix arg, reposition at end.
|
|
|
3532 Block is defined as a sexp for lispish modes, mode-specific otherwise.
|
|
|
3533 Comments are blocks, too. Upon completion, point is at repositioned and
|
|
|
3534 the normal hook `hs-hide-hook' is run. See documentation for `run-hooks'." t nil)
|
|
|
3535
|
|
|
3536 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
|
|
|
3537 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
|
|
|
3538 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
|
|
|
3539 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
|
|
|
3540 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled. The variables
|
|
|
3541 `selective-display' and `selective-display-ellipses' are set to t.
|
|
|
3542 Last, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run; see the doc for `run-hooks'.
|
|
|
3543
|
|
|
3544 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
|
|
|
3545 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands." t nil)
|
|
|
3546
|
|
|
3547 (add-minor-mode 'hs-minor-mode " hs" 'hs-minor-mode-map)
|
|
|
3548
|
|
|
3549 ;;;***
|
|
|
3550
|
|
|
3551 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "modes/icon.el")
|
|
|
3552
|
|
|
3553 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
|
|
|
3554 Major mode for editing Icon code.
|
|
|
3555 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
|
|
|
3556 Tab indents for Icon code.
|
|
|
3557 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
3558 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
3559 \\{icon-mode-map}
|
|
|
3560 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
3561 icon-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
3562 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
|
|
|
3563 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
|
|
|
3564 icon-auto-newline
|
|
|
3565 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
|
|
|
3566 inserted in Icon code.
|
|
|
3567 icon-indent-level
|
|
|
3568 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
|
|
|
3569 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
|
|
|
3570 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
|
|
|
3571 icon-continued-statement-offset
|
|
|
3572 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
|
|
|
3573 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
|
|
|
3574 icon-continued-brace-offset
|
|
|
3575 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
|
|
|
3576 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
|
|
|
3577 icon-brace-offset
|
|
|
3578 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
|
|
|
3579 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
|
|
|
3580 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
|
|
|
3581 this far to the right of the start of its line.
|
|
|
3582
|
|
|
3583 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3584 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3585
|
|
|
3586 ;;;***
|
|
|
3587
|
|
|
3588 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "modes/imenu.el")
|
|
|
3589
|
|
|
3590 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
|
|
|
3591 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
|
|
|
3592
|
|
|
3593 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu-create-index-with-pattern'
|
|
|
3594 to create a buffer index.
|
|
|
3595
|
|
|
3596 It is an alist with elements that look like this: (MENU-TITLE
|
|
|
3597 REGEXP INDEX).
|
|
|
3598
|
|
|
3599 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
|
|
|
3600 entries are not nested.
|
|
|
3601
|
|
|
3602 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
|
|
|
3603 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
|
|
|
3604 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
|
|
|
3605 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
|
|
|
3606
|
|
|
3607 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
|
|
|
3608 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
|
|
|
3609
|
|
|
3610 For emacs-lisp-mode for example PATTERN would look like:
|
|
|
3611
|
|
|
3612 '((nil \"^\\\\s-*(def\\\\(un\\\\|subst\\\\|macro\\\\|advice\\\\)\\\\s-+\\\\([-A-Za-z0-9+]+\\\\)\" 2)
|
|
|
3613 (\"*Vars*\" \"^\\\\s-*(def\\\\(var\\\\|const\\\\)\\\\s-+\\\\([-A-Za-z0-9+]+\\\\)\" 2)
|
|
|
3614 (\"*Types*\" \"^\\\\s-*(def\\\\(type\\\\|struct\\\\|class\\\\|ine-condition\\\\)\\\\s-+\\\\([-A-Za-z0-9+]+\\\\)\" 2))
|
|
|
3615
|
|
|
3616 The variable is buffer-local.")
|
|
|
3617
|
|
|
3618 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
|
|
|
3619
|
|
|
3620 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
|
|
|
3621 Adds an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
|
|
|
3622 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
|
|
|
3623 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
|
|
|
3624
|
|
|
3625 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
|
|
|
3626 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
|
|
|
3627 See `imenu-choose-buffer-index' for more information." t nil)
|
|
|
3628
|
|
|
3629 ;;;***
|
|
|
3630
|
|
|
3631 ;;;### (autoloads (ksh-mode) "ksh-mode" "modes/ksh-mode.el")
|
|
|
3632
|
|
|
3633 (autoload 'ksh-mode "ksh-mode" "\
|
|
146
|
3634 ksh-mode $Revision: 1.27 $ - Major mode for editing (Bourne, Korn or Bourne again)
|
|
78
|
3635 shell scripts.
|
|
|
3636 Special key bindings and commands:
|
|
|
3637 \\{ksh-mode-map}
|
|
|
3638 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
3639 ksh-indent
|
|
|
3640 Indentation of ksh statements with respect to containing block.
|
|
|
3641 Default value is 2.
|
|
|
3642 ksh-case-indent
|
|
|
3643 Additional indentation for statements under case items.
|
|
|
3644 Default value is nil which will align the statements one position
|
|
|
3645 past the \")\" of the pattern.
|
|
|
3646 ksh-case-item-offset
|
|
|
3647 Additional indentation for case items within a case statement.
|
|
|
3648 Default value is 2.
|
|
|
3649 ksh-group-offset
|
|
|
3650 Additional indentation for keywords \"do\" and \"then\".
|
|
|
3651 Default value is -2.
|
|
|
3652 ksh-brace-offset
|
|
|
3653 Additional indentation of \"{\" under functions or brace groupings.
|
|
|
3654 Default value is 0.
|
|
|
3655 ksh-multiline-offset
|
|
|
3656 Additional indentation of line that is preceded of a line ending with a
|
|
|
3657 \\ to make it continue on next line.
|
|
|
3658 ksh-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
3659 Controls the operation of the TAB key. If t (the default), always
|
|
|
3660 reindent the current line. If nil, indent the current line only if
|
|
|
3661 point is at the left margin or in the line's indentation; otherwise
|
|
|
3662 insert a tab.
|
|
|
3663 ksh-match-and-tell
|
|
|
3664 If non-nil echo in the minibuffer the matching compound command
|
|
|
3665 for the \"done\", \"}\", \"fi\", or \"esac\". Default value is t.
|
|
|
3666
|
|
|
3667 ksh-align-to-keyword
|
|
|
3668 Controls whether nested constructs align from the keyword or
|
|
|
3669 the current indentation. If non-nil, indentation will be relative to
|
|
|
3670 the column the keyword starts. If nil, indentation will be relative to
|
|
|
3671 the current indentation of the line the keyword is on.
|
|
|
3672 The default value is non-nil.
|
|
|
3673
|
|
|
3674 ksh-comment-regexp
|
|
|
3675 Regular expression used to recognize comments. Customize to support
|
|
|
3676 ksh-like languages. Default value is \" \\s *#\".
|
|
|
3677
|
|
|
3678 Style Guide.
|
|
|
3679 By setting
|
|
|
3680 (setq ksh-indent default-tab-width)
|
|
|
3681 (setq ksh-group-offset 0)
|
|
|
3682
|
|
|
3683 The following style is obtained:
|
|
|
3684
|
|
|
3685 if [ -z $foo ]
|
|
|
3686 then
|
|
|
3687 bar # <-- ksh-group-offset is additive to ksh-indent
|
|
|
3688 foo
|
|
|
3689 fi
|
|
|
3690
|
|
|
3691 By setting
|
|
|
3692 (setq ksh-indent default-tab-width)
|
|
|
3693 (setq ksh-group-offset (- 0 ksh-indent))
|
|
|
3694
|
|
|
3695 The following style is obtained:
|
|
|
3696
|
|
|
3697 if [ -z $foo ]
|
|
|
3698 then
|
|
|
3699 bar
|
|
|
3700 foo
|
|
|
3701 fi
|
|
|
3702
|
|
|
3703 By setting
|
|
|
3704 (setq ksh-case-item-offset 1)
|
|
|
3705 (setq ksh-case-indent nil)
|
|
|
3706
|
|
|
3707 The following style is obtained:
|
|
|
3708
|
|
|
3709 case x in *
|
|
|
3710 foo) bar # <-- ksh-case-item-offset
|
|
|
3711 baz;; # <-- ksh-case-indent aligns with \")\"
|
|
|
3712 foobar) foo
|
|
|
3713 bar;;
|
|
|
3714 esac
|
|
|
3715
|
|
|
3716 By setting
|
|
|
3717 (setq ksh-case-item-offset 1)
|
|
|
3718 (setq ksh-case-indent 6)
|
|
|
3719
|
|
|
3720 The following style is obtained:
|
|
|
3721
|
|
|
3722 case x in *
|
|
|
3723 foo) bar # <-- ksh-case-item-offset
|
|
|
3724 baz;; # <-- ksh-case-indent
|
|
|
3725 foobar) foo
|
|
|
3726 bar;;
|
|
|
3727 esac
|
|
|
3728
|
|
|
3729
|
|
|
3730 Installation:
|
|
|
3731
|
|
|
3732 (setq ksh-mode-hook
|
|
|
3733 (function (lambda ()
|
|
|
3734 (font-lock-mode 1) ;; font-lock the buffer
|
|
|
3735 (setq ksh-indent 8)
|
|
|
3736 (setq ksh-group-offset -8)
|
|
|
3737 (setq ksh-brace-offset -8)
|
|
|
3738 (setq ksh-tab-always-indent t)
|
|
|
3739 (setq ksh-match-and-tell t)
|
|
|
3740 (setq ksh-align-to-keyword t) ;; Turn on keyword alignment
|
|
|
3741 )))" t nil)
|
|
|
3742
|
|
|
3743 ;;;***
|
|
|
3744
|
|
|
3745 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "modes/m4-mode.el")
|
|
|
3746
|
|
|
3747 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
|
|
|
3748 A major-mode to edit m4 macro files
|
|
|
3749 \\{m4-mode-map}
|
|
|
3750 " t nil)
|
|
|
3751
|
|
|
3752 ;;;***
|
|
|
3753
|
|
|
3754 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-alias build-mail-aliases mail-aliases-setup) "mail-abbrevs" "modes/mail-abbrevs.el")
|
|
|
3755
|
|
120
|
3756 (defcustom mail-abbrev-mailrc-file nil "Name of file with mail aliases. If nil, ~/.mailrc is used." :type '(choice (const :tag "Default" nil) file) :group 'mail-abbrevs)
|
|
78
|
3757
|
|
|
3758 (defvar mail-aliases nil "\
|
|
|
3759 Word-abbrev table of mail address aliases.
|
|
|
3760 If this is nil, it means the aliases have not yet been initialized and
|
|
|
3761 should be read from the .mailrc file. (This is distinct from there being
|
|
|
3762 no aliases, which is represented by this being a table with no entries.)")
|
|
|
3763
|
|
|
3764 (autoload 'mail-aliases-setup "mail-abbrevs" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
3765
|
|
|
3766 (autoload 'build-mail-aliases "mail-abbrevs" "\
|
|
|
3767 Read mail aliases from .mailrc and set mail-aliases." nil nil)
|
|
|
3768
|
|
|
3769 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mail-abbrevs" "\
|
|
|
3770 Define NAME as a mail-alias that translates to DEFINITION.
|
|
|
3771 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
|
|
|
3772
|
|
|
3773 ;;;***
|
|
|
3774
|
|
|
3775 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "modes/make-mode.el")
|
|
|
3776
|
|
|
3777 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
|
|
|
3778 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
|
|
|
3779 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
3780
|
|
|
3781 \\{makefile-mode-map}
|
|
|
3782
|
|
|
3783 In the browser, use the following keys:
|
|
|
3784
|
|
|
3785 \\{makefile-browser-map}
|
|
|
3786
|
|
|
3787 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
|
|
|
3788
|
|
|
3789 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
|
|
|
3790 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
|
|
|
3791
|
|
|
3792 makefile-target-colon:
|
|
|
3793 The string that gets appended to all target names
|
|
|
3794 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
|
|
|
3795 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
|
|
|
3796
|
|
|
3797 makefile-macro-assign:
|
|
|
3798 The string that gets appended to all macro names
|
|
|
3799 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
|
|
|
3800 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
|
|
|
3801 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
|
|
|
3802 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
|
|
|
3803 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
|
|
|
3804
|
|
|
3805 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
|
|
|
3806 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
|
|
|
3807 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
|
|
|
3808
|
|
|
3809 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
|
|
|
3810 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
|
|
|
3811
|
|
|
3812 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
|
|
|
3813 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
|
|
|
3814 up or down in the browser.
|
|
|
3815
|
|
|
3816 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
|
|
|
3817 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
|
|
|
3818
|
|
|
3819 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
|
|
|
3820 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
|
|
|
3821
|
|
|
3822 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
|
|
|
3823 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
|
|
|
3824 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
|
|
|
3825 has been selected in the browser.
|
|
|
3826
|
|
|
3827 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
|
|
|
3828 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
|
|
|
3829 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
|
|
|
3830 (i.e. it calls `makefile-find-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
|
|
|
3831 filenames are omitted.
|
|
|
3832
|
|
|
3833 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
|
|
|
3834 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then makefile-mode
|
|
|
3835 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
|
|
|
3836 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
|
|
|
3837 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
|
|
|
3838 the backslash itself intact.
|
|
|
3839 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes makefile-mode
|
|
|
3840 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
|
|
|
3841
|
|
|
3842 makefile-browser-hook:
|
|
|
3843 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
|
|
|
3844 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
|
|
|
3845
|
|
|
3846 makefile-special-targets-list:
|
|
|
3847 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
|
|
|
3848 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
|
|
|
3849 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
|
|
|
3850
|
|
|
3851 ;;;***
|
|
|
3852
|
|
|
3853 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "modes/modula2.el")
|
|
|
3854
|
|
|
3855 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
|
|
|
3856 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
|
|
|
3857 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
|
|
|
3858 followed by the first character of the construct.
|
|
|
3859 \\<m2-mode-map>
|
|
|
3860 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
|
|
|
3861 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
|
|
|
3862 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
|
|
|
3863 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
|
|
|
3864 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
|
|
|
3865 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
|
|
|
3866 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
|
|
|
3867 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
|
|
|
3868 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
|
|
|
3869 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
|
|
|
3870 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
|
|
|
3871 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
|
|
|
3872 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
|
|
|
3873 \\[m2-link] link
|
|
|
3874
|
|
|
3875 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
|
|
|
3876 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
|
|
|
3877 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
|
|
|
3878
|
|
|
3879 ;;;***
|
|
|
3880
|
|
|
3881 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-nroff-mode nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "modes/nroff-mode.el")
|
|
|
3882
|
|
|
3883 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
|
|
|
3884 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
|
|
|
3885 \\{nroff-mode-map}
|
|
|
3886 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
3887 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
|
|
|
3888 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
|
|
|
3889
|
|
|
3890 (autoload 'electric-nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
|
|
|
3891 Toggle `nroff-electric-newline' minor mode.
|
|
|
3892 `nroff-electric-newline' forces Emacs to check for an nroff request at the
|
|
|
3893 beginning of the line, and insert the matching closing request if necessary.
|
|
|
3894 This command toggles that mode (off->on, on->off), with an argument,
|
|
|
3895 turns it on iff arg is positive, otherwise off." t nil)
|
|
|
3896
|
|
|
3897 (defvar nroff-electric-mode nil "\
|
|
|
3898 Non-nil if in electric-nroff minor mode.")
|
|
|
3899
|
|
|
3900 (add-minor-mode 'nroff-electric-mode " Electric" nil nil 'electric-nroff-mode)
|
|
|
3901
|
|
|
3902 ;;;***
|
|
|
3903
|
|
|
3904 ;;;### (autoloads (outl-mouse-minor-mode outl-mouse-mode) "outl-mouse" "modes/outl-mouse.el")
|
|
|
3905
|
|
|
3906 (autoload 'outl-mouse-mode "outl-mouse" "\
|
|
|
3907 Calls outline-mode, with outl-mouse extensions" t nil)
|
|
|
3908
|
|
|
3909 (autoload 'outl-mouse-minor-mode "outl-mouse" "\
|
|
|
3910 Toggles outline-minor-mode, with outl-mouse extensions" t nil)
|
|
|
3911
|
|
|
3912 ;;;***
|
|
|
3913
|
|
|
3914 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "modes/outline.el")
|
|
|
3915
|
|
|
3916 (defvar outline-minor-mode nil "\
|
|
|
3917 Non-nil if using Outline mode as a minor mode of some other mode.")
|
|
|
3918
|
|
|
3919 (make-variable-buffer-local 'outline-minor-mode)
|
|
|
3920
|
|
|
3921 (put 'outline-minor-mode 'permanent-local t)
|
|
|
3922
|
|
|
3923 (add-minor-mode 'outline-minor-mode " Outl")
|
|
|
3924
|
|
|
3925 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
|
|
|
3926 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
|
|
|
3927 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
|
|
|
3928 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
|
|
|
3929
|
|
|
3930 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
|
|
|
3931 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
|
|
|
3932 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
|
|
|
3933 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
|
|
|
3934
|
|
|
3935 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
|
|
|
3936 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
|
|
|
3937 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
|
|
|
3938 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
|
|
|
3939 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
|
|
|
3940 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
|
|
|
3941
|
|
|
3942 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
|
|
|
3943 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
|
|
|
3944
|
|
|
3945 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
|
|
|
3946 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
|
|
|
3947 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
|
|
|
3948 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
|
|
|
3949 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
|
|
|
3950 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
|
|
|
3951 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
|
|
|
3952 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
|
|
|
3953 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
|
|
|
3954 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
|
|
|
3955 The subheadings remain visible.
|
|
|
3956 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
|
|
|
3957
|
|
|
3958 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
|
|
|
3959 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
|
|
|
3960 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
|
|
|
3961
|
|
|
3962 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
|
|
|
3963 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3964
|
|
|
3965 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
|
|
|
3966 Toggle Outline minor mode.
|
|
|
3967 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
|
|
|
3968 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
|
|
|
3969
|
|
|
3970 ;;;***
|
|
|
3971
|
|
|
3972 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "modes/pascal.el")
|
|
|
3973
|
|
|
3974 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
|
|
|
3975 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
|
|
|
3976 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
3977
|
|
|
3978 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
|
|
|
3979 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
|
|
|
3980
|
|
|
3981 Other useful functions are:
|
|
|
3982
|
|
|
3983 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
|
|
|
3984 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
|
|
|
3985 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
|
|
|
3986 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
|
|
|
3987 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
|
|
|
3988 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
|
|
|
3989 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
|
|
|
3990 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
|
|
|
3991 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
|
|
|
3992
|
|
|
3993 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
|
|
|
3994
|
|
|
3995 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
|
|
|
3996 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
|
|
|
3997 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
|
|
|
3998 Indentation for case statements.
|
|
|
3999 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
|
|
110
|
4000 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation mark
|
|
78
|
4001 after an end.
|
|
|
4002 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
|
|
|
4003 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
|
|
|
4004 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
|
|
|
4005 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
|
|
|
4006 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
|
|
|
4007 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
|
|
|
4008 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
|
|
108
|
4009 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
|
|
78
|
4010
|
|
|
4011 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
|
|
|
4012 pascal-separator-keywords.
|
|
|
4013
|
|
|
4014 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
|
|
|
4015 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4016
|
|
|
4017 ;;;***
|
|
|
4018
|
|
|
4019 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "modes/perl-mode.el")
|
|
|
4020
|
|
|
4021 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
|
|
|
4022 Major mode for editing Perl code.
|
|
|
4023 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
|
|
|
4024 Tab indents for Perl code.
|
|
|
4025 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
|
|
|
4026 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
4027 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
4028 \\{perl-mode-map}
|
|
|
4029 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
4030 perl-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
4031 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
|
|
|
4032 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
|
|
|
4033 perl-tab-to-comment
|
|
|
4034 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
|
|
|
4035 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
|
|
|
4036 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
|
|
|
4037 perl-nochange
|
|
|
4038 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
|
|
|
4039 perl-indent-level
|
|
|
4040 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
|
|
|
4041 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
|
|
|
4042 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
|
|
|
4043 perl-continued-statement-offset
|
|
|
4044 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
|
|
|
4045 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
|
|
|
4046 perl-continued-brace-offset
|
|
|
4047 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
|
|
|
4048 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
|
|
|
4049 perl-brace-offset
|
|
|
4050 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
|
|
|
4051 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
|
|
|
4052 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
|
|
|
4053 this far to the right of the start of its line.
|
|
|
4054 perl-label-offset
|
|
|
4055 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
|
|
|
4056
|
|
|
4057 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
|
|
|
4058 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
|
|
|
4059 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
|
|
|
4060 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
|
|
|
4061 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
|
|
|
4062 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
|
|
|
4063 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
|
|
|
4064
|
|
|
4065 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
|
|
|
4066
|
|
|
4067 ;;;***
|
|
|
4068
|
|
|
4069 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "modes/picture.el")
|
|
|
4070
|
|
|
4071 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
|
|
|
4072 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
|
|
|
4073 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
|
|
|
4074 afterwards settable by these commands:
|
|
|
4075 C-c < Move left after insertion.
|
|
|
4076 C-c > Move right after insertion.
|
|
|
4077 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
|
|
|
4078 C-c . Move down after insertion.
|
|
|
4079 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
|
|
|
4080 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
|
|
|
4081 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
|
|
|
4082 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
|
|
|
4083 The current direction is displayed in the modeline. The initial
|
|
|
4084 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
|
|
|
4085 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
|
|
|
4086 with these commands:
|
|
|
4087 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
|
|
|
4088 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
|
|
|
4089 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
|
|
|
4090 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
|
|
|
4091 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
|
|
|
4092 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
|
|
|
4093 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
|
|
|
4094 Return Move to beginning of next line.
|
|
|
4095 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
|
|
|
4096 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
|
|
|
4097 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
|
|
|
4098 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
|
|
|
4099 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
|
|
|
4100 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
|
|
|
4101 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
|
|
|
4102 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
|
|
|
4103 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
|
|
|
4104 You can manipulate text with these commands:
|
|
|
4105 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
|
|
|
4106 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
|
|
|
4107 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
|
|
|
4108 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
|
|
|
4109 text is saved in the kill ring.
|
|
|
4110 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
|
|
|
4111 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
|
|
|
4112 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
|
|
|
4113 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
|
|
|
4114 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
|
|
|
4115 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
|
|
|
4116 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
|
|
|
4117 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
|
|
|
4118 commands if invoked soon enough.
|
|
|
4119 You can return to the previous mode with:
|
|
|
4120 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
|
|
|
4121 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
|
|
|
4122
|
|
|
4123 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
|
|
|
4124
|
|
|
4125 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
|
|
|
4126 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
|
|
|
4127
|
|
|
4128 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
|
|
|
4129
|
|
|
4130 ;;;***
|
|
|
4131
|
|
|
4132 ;;;### (autoloads (postscript-mode) "postscript" "modes/postscript.el")
|
|
|
4133
|
|
|
4134 (autoload 'postscript-mode "postscript" "\
|
|
|
4135 Major mode for editing PostScript files.
|
|
|
4136
|
|
|
4137 \\[ps-execute-buffer] will send the contents of the buffer to the NeWS
|
|
|
4138 server using psh(1). \\[ps-execute-region] sends the current region.
|
|
|
4139 \\[ps-shell] starts an interactive psh(1) window which will be used for
|
|
|
4140 subsequent \\[ps-execute-buffer] or \\[ps-execute-region] commands.
|
|
|
4141
|
|
|
4142 In this mode, TAB and \\[indent-region] attempt to indent code
|
|
|
4143 based on the position of {}, [], and begin/end pairs. The variable
|
|
|
4144 ps-indent-level controls the amount of indentation used inside
|
|
|
4145 arrays and begin/end pairs.
|
|
|
4146
|
|
|
4147 \\{ps-mode-map}
|
|
|
4148
|
|
|
4149 \\[postscript-mode] calls the value of the variable postscript-mode-hook
|
|
|
4150 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4151
|
|
|
4152 ;;;***
|
|
|
4153
|
|
|
4154 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog inferior-prolog-mode prolog-mode) "prolog" "modes/prolog.el")
|
|
|
4155
|
|
|
4156 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
|
|
|
4157 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
|
|
|
4158 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
|
|
|
4159 Commands:
|
|
|
4160 \\{prolog-mode-map}
|
|
|
4161 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
|
|
|
4162 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4163
|
|
|
4164 (autoload 'inferior-prolog-mode "prolog" "\
|
|
|
4165 Major mode for interacting with an inferior Prolog process.
|
|
|
4166
|
|
|
4167 The following commands are available:
|
|
|
4168 \\{inferior-prolog-mode-map}
|
|
|
4169
|
|
|
4170 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook' with no arguments,
|
|
|
4171 if that value is non-nil. Likewise with the value of `comint-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
4172 `prolog-mode-hook' is called after `comint-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
4173
|
|
|
4174 You can send text to the inferior Prolog from other buffers
|
|
|
4175 using the commands `send-region', `send-string' and \\[prolog-consult-region].
|
|
|
4176
|
|
|
4177 Commands:
|
|
|
4178 Tab indents for Prolog; with argument, shifts rest
|
|
|
4179 of expression rigidly with the current line.
|
|
|
4180 Paragraphs are separated only by blank lines and '%%'.
|
|
|
4181 '%'s start comments.
|
|
|
4182
|
|
|
4183 Return at end of buffer sends line as input.
|
|
|
4184 Return not at end copies rest of line to end and sends it.
|
|
|
4185 \\[comint-kill-input] and \\[backward-kill-word] are kill commands, imitating normal Unix input editing.
|
|
|
4186 \\[comint-interrupt-subjob] interrupts the shell or its current subjob if any.
|
|
|
4187 \\[comint-stop-subjob] stops. \\[comint-quit-subjob] sends quit signal." t nil)
|
|
|
4188
|
|
|
4189 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
|
|
|
4190 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
|
|
|
4191
|
|
|
4192 ;;;***
|
|
|
4193
|
|
|
4194 ;;;### (autoloads (py-shell python-mode) "python-mode" "modes/python-mode.el")
|
|
|
4195
|
|
|
4196 (eval-when-compile (condition-case nil (progn (require 'cl) (require 'imenu)) (error nil)))
|
|
|
4197
|
|
|
4198 (autoload 'python-mode "python-mode" "\
|
|
|
4199 Major mode for editing Python files.
|
|
|
4200 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[py-submit-bug-report]' from a
|
|
|
4201 `python-mode' buffer. Do `\\[py-describe-mode]' for detailed
|
|
|
4202 documentation. To see what version of `python-mode' you are running,
|
|
|
4203 enter `\\[py-version]'.
|
|
|
4204
|
|
|
4205 This mode knows about Python indentation, tokens, comments and
|
|
|
4206 continuation lines. Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
4207
|
|
|
4208 COMMANDS
|
|
|
4209 \\{py-mode-map}
|
|
|
4210 VARIABLES
|
|
|
4211
|
|
|
4212 py-indent-offset indentation increment
|
|
|
4213 py-block-comment-prefix comment string used by comment-region
|
|
|
4214 py-python-command shell command to invoke Python interpreter
|
|
|
4215 py-scroll-process-buffer always scroll Python process buffer
|
|
|
4216 py-temp-directory directory used for temp files (if needed)
|
|
|
4217 py-beep-if-tab-change ring the bell if tab-width is changed" t nil)
|
|
|
4218
|
|
|
4219 (autoload 'py-shell "python-mode" "\
|
|
|
4220 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
|
|
|
4221 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
|
|
|
4222 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
|
|
|
4223 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
|
|
|
4224 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
|
|
|
4225
|
|
|
4226 See the docs for variable `py-scroll-buffer' for info on scrolling
|
|
|
4227 behavior in the process window.
|
|
|
4228
|
|
|
4229 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
|
|
|
4230 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
|
|
|
4231 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
|
|
|
4232 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
|
|
|
4233 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
|
|
|
4234 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
|
|
|
4235 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
|
|
|
4236 mode.
|
|
|
4237
|
|
|
4238 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
|
|
|
4239 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
|
|
|
4240 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
|
|
|
4241 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
|
|
|
4242 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
|
|
|
4243 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
|
|
|
4244 filter." t nil)
|
|
|
4245
|
|
|
4246 ;;;***
|
|
|
4247
|
|
|
4248 ;;;### (autoloads (rexx-mode) "rexx-mode" "modes/rexx-mode.el")
|
|
|
4249
|
|
|
4250 (autoload 'rexx-mode "rexx-mode" "\
|
|
|
4251 Major mode for editing REXX code.
|
|
|
4252 \\{rexx-mode-map}
|
|
|
4253
|
|
|
4254 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
4255 rexx-indent
|
|
|
4256 The basic indentation for do-blocks.
|
|
|
4257 rexx-end-indent
|
|
|
4258 The relative offset of the \"end\" statement. 0 places it in the
|
|
|
4259 same column as the statements of the block. Setting it to the same
|
|
|
4260 value as rexx-indent places the \"end\" under the do-line.
|
|
|
4261 rexx-cont-indent
|
|
|
4262 The indention for lines following \"then\", \"else\" and \",\"
|
|
|
4263 (continued) lines.
|
|
|
4264 rexx-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
4265 Non-nil means TAB in REXX mode should always reindent the current
|
|
|
4266 line, regardless of where in the line the point is when the TAB
|
|
|
4267 command is used.
|
|
|
4268
|
|
|
4269 If you have set rexx-end-indent to a nonzero value, you probably want to
|
|
|
4270 remap RETURN to rexx-indent-newline-indent. It makes sure that lines
|
|
|
4271 indents correctly when you press RETURN.
|
|
|
4272
|
|
108
|
4273 An extensive abbreviation table consisting of all the keywords of REXX are
|
|
78
|
4274 supplied. Expanded keywords are converted into upper case making it
|
|
|
4275 easier to distinguish them. To use this feature the buffer must be in
|
|
|
4276 abbrev-mode. (See example below.)
|
|
|
4277
|
|
|
4278 Turning on REXX mode calls the value of the variable rexx-mode-hook with
|
|
|
4279 no args, if that value is non-nil.
|
|
|
4280
|
|
|
4281 For example:
|
|
|
4282 \(setq rexx-mode-hook '(lambda ()
|
|
|
4283 (setq rexx-indent 4)
|
|
|
4284 (setq rexx-end-indent 4)
|
|
|
4285 (setq rexx-cont-indent 4)
|
|
|
4286 (local-set-key \"\\C-m\" 'rexx-indent-newline-indent)
|
|
|
4287 (abbrev-mode 1)
|
|
|
4288 ))
|
|
|
4289
|
|
|
4290 will make the END aligned with the DO/SELECT. It will indent blocks and
|
|
108
|
4291 IF-statements four steps and make sure that the END jumps into the
|
|
|
4292 correct position when RETURN is pressed. Finally it will use the abbrev
|
|
78
|
4293 table to convert all REXX keywords into upper case." t nil)
|
|
|
4294
|
|
|
4295 ;;;***
|
|
|
4296
|
|
|
4297 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-minibuf" "modes/rsz-minibuf.el")
|
|
|
4298
|
|
134
|
4299 (defgroup resize-minibuffer nil "Dynamically resize minibuffer to display entire contents" :group 'frames)
|
|
|
4300
|
|
|
4301 (defcustom resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "*Maximum size the minibuffer window is allowed to become.\nIf less than 1 or not a number, the limit is the height of the frame in\nwhich the active minibuffer window resides." :type '(choice (const nil) integer) :group 'resize-minibuffer)
|
|
|
4302
|
|
|
4303 (defcustom resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "*If non-`nil', make minibuffer exactly the size needed to display all its contents.\nOtherwise, the minibuffer window can temporarily increase in size but\nnever get smaller while it is active." :type 'boolean :group 'resize-minibuffer)
|
|
|
4304
|
|
|
4305 (defcustom resize-minibuffer-frame nil "*If non-`nil' and the active minibuffer is the sole window in its frame, allow changing the frame height." :type 'boolean :group 'resize-minibuffer)
|
|
|
4306
|
|
|
4307 (defcustom resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "*Maximum size the minibuffer frame is allowed to become.\nIf less than 1 or not a number, there is no limit.")
|
|
|
4308
|
|
|
4309 (defcustom resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly nil "*If non-`nil', make minibuffer frame exactly the size needed to display all its contents.\nOtherwise, the minibuffer frame can temporarily increase in size but\nnever get smaller while it is active." :type 'boolean :group 'resize-minibuffer)
|
|
78
|
4310
|
|
|
4311 (autoload 'resize-minibuffer-mode "rsz-minibuf" "\
|
|
|
4312 Enable or disable resize-minibuffer mode.
|
|
|
4313 A negative prefix argument disables this mode. A positive argument or
|
|
|
4314 argument of 0 enables it.
|
|
|
4315
|
|
|
4316 When this minor mode is enabled, the minibuffer is dynamically resized to
|
|
|
4317 contain the entire region of text put in it as you type.
|
|
|
4318
|
|
|
4319 The variable `resize-minibuffer-mode' is set to t or nil depending on
|
|
|
4320 whether this mode is active or not.
|
|
|
4321
|
|
|
4322 The maximum height to which the minibuffer can grow is controlled by the
|
|
|
4323 variable `resize-minibuffer-window-max-height'.
|
|
|
4324
|
|
|
4325 The variable `resize-minibuffer-window-exactly' determines whether the
|
|
|
4326 minibuffer window should ever be shrunk to make it no larger than needed to
|
|
|
4327 display its contents.
|
|
|
4328
|
|
108
|
4329 When using a window system, it is possible for a minibuffer to be the sole
|
|
78
|
4330 window in a frame. Since that window is already its maximum size, the only
|
|
|
4331 way to make more text visible at once is to increase the size of the frame.
|
|
|
4332 The variable `resize-minibuffer-frame' controls whether this should be
|
|
|
4333 done. The variables `resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height' and
|
|
|
4334 `resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly' are analogous to their window
|
|
|
4335 counterparts." t nil)
|
|
|
4336
|
|
|
4337 ;;;***
|
|
|
4338
|
|
|
4339 ;;;### (autoloads (scheme-mode) "scheme" "modes/scheme.el")
|
|
|
4340
|
|
|
4341 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
|
|
|
4342 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
|
|
|
4343 Editing commands are similar to those of lisp-mode.
|
|
|
4344
|
|
|
4345 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
|
|
|
4346 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
|
|
|
4347 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
|
|
|
4348 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
|
|
|
4349 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\". For more information
|
|
|
4350 see the documentation for xscheme-interaction-mode.
|
|
|
4351
|
|
|
4352 Commands:
|
|
|
4353 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
4354 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
|
|
|
4355 \\{scheme-mode-map}
|
|
|
4356 Entry to this mode calls the value of scheme-mode-hook
|
|
|
4357 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4358
|
|
|
4359 ;;;***
|
|
|
4360
|
|
|
4361 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "modes/scribe.el")
|
|
|
4362
|
|
|
4363 (autoload 'scribe-mode "scribe" "\
|
|
|
4364 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
|
|
|
4365 Scribe-mode is similar text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
|
|
|
4366 \\{scribe-mode-map}
|
|
|
4367
|
|
|
4368 Interesting variables:
|
|
|
4369
|
|
|
4370 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
|
|
|
4371 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
|
|
|
4372
|
|
|
4373 scribe-electric-quote
|
|
|
4374 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
|
|
|
4375
|
|
|
4376 scribe-electric-parenthesis
|
|
|
4377 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
|
|
|
4378 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
|
|
|
4379
|
|
|
4380 ;;;***
|
|
|
4381
|
|
114
|
4382 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode user-mail-address) "sendmail" "modes/sendmail.el")
|
|
78
|
4383
|
|
|
4384 (defvar mail-from-style 'angles "\
|
|
|
4385 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
|
|
|
4386
|
|
|
4387 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
|
|
|
4388 king@grassland.com
|
|
|
4389 If `parens', they look like:
|
|
|
4390 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
|
|
|
4391 If `angles', they look like:
|
|
|
4392 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
|
|
|
4393
|
|
|
4394 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
|
|
|
4395 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
|
|
|
4396 This is done when the message is initialized,
|
|
|
4397 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
|
|
|
4398
|
|
|
4399 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
|
|
|
4400 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
|
|
|
4401 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
|
|
|
4402
|
|
|
4403 (defvar mail-dir nil "\
|
|
|
4404 *Default directory for saving messages.")
|
|
|
4405
|
|
|
4406 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^\\(" (mapconcat 'identity '("Sender:" "References:" "Return-Path:" "Received:" "[^: \n]*Message-ID:" "Errors-To:" "Path:" "Expires:" "Xref:" "Lines:" "Approved:" "Distribution:" "Content-Length:" "Mime-Version:" "Content-Type:" "Content-Transfer-Encoding:" "X400-Received:" "X400-Originator:" "X400-Mts-Identifier:" "X400-Content-Type:" "Content-Identifier:" "Status:" "Summary-Line:" "X-Attribution:" "Via:" "Sent-Via:" "Mail-From:" "Origin:" "Comments:" "Originator:" "NF-ID:" "NF-From:" "Posting-Version:" "Posted:" "Posted-Date:" "Date-Received:" "Relay-Version:" "Article-I\\.D\\.:" "NNTP-Version:" "NNTP-Posting-Host:" "X-Mailer:" "X-Newsreader:" "News-Software:" "X-Received:" "X-References:" "X-Envelope-To:" "X-VMS-" "Remailed-" "X-Plantation:" "X-Windows:" "X-Pgp-") "\\|") "\\)")) "\
|
|
|
4407 *Gubbish header fields one would rather not see.")
|
|
|
4408
|
|
|
4409 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat rmail-ignored-headers "\\|" "^\\(" (mapconcat 'identity '("Resent-To:" "Resent-By:" "Resent-CC:" "To:" "Subject:" "In-Reply-To:") "\\|") "\\)")) "\
|
|
|
4410 Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
|
|
|
4411
|
|
|
4412 (defvar send-mail-function 'sendmail-send-it "\
|
|
|
4413 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
|
|
|
4414 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents
|
|
|
4415 match the variable `mail-header-separator'.")
|
|
|
4416
|
|
|
4417 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
|
|
|
4418 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
|
|
|
4419
|
|
|
4420 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
|
|
|
4421 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
|
|
|
4422 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
|
|
|
4423
|
|
|
4424 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
|
|
|
4425 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
|
|
|
4426 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
|
|
|
4427 when you first send mail.")
|
|
|
4428
|
|
|
4429 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
|
|
|
4430 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
|
|
|
4431 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
|
|
|
4432 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
|
|
|
4433 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
|
|
|
4434
|
|
|
4435 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
|
|
|
4436 *Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
|
|
|
4437 nil means use indentation.")
|
|
|
4438
|
|
|
4439 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
|
|
|
4440 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
|
|
|
4441 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.")
|
|
|
4442
|
|
114
|
4443 (autoload 'user-mail-address "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4444 Query the user for his mail address, unless it is already known." t nil)
|
|
|
4445
|
|
78
|
4446 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4447 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
|
|
|
4448 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
|
|
|
4449 C-c C-s mail-send (send the message) C-c C-c mail-send-and-exit
|
|
|
4450 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
|
|
|
4451 C-c C-f C-t move to To: C-c C-f C-s move to Subj:
|
|
|
4452 C-c C-f C-b move to BCC: C-c C-f C-c move to CC:
|
|
|
4453 C-c C-f C-f move to FCC: C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To:
|
|
|
4454 C-c C-t mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
|
|
|
4455 C-c C-w mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
|
|
|
4456 C-c C-y mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
|
|
|
4457 C-c C-q mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
|
|
|
4458 C-c C-v mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil)
|
|
|
4459
|
|
|
4460 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4461 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
|
|
|
4462 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
|
|
|
4463 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
|
|
|
4464
|
|
|
4465 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
|
|
|
4466 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
|
|
|
4467
|
|
|
4468 \\<mail-mode-map>
|
|
|
4469 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
|
|
|
4470
|
|
|
4471 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
|
|
|
4472 to move to message header fields:
|
|
|
4473 \\{mail-mode-map}
|
|
|
4474
|
|
|
4475 The variable `mail-signature' controls whether the signature file
|
|
|
4476 `mail-signature-file' is inserted immediately.
|
|
|
4477
|
|
|
4478 If `mail-signature' is nil, use \\[mail-signature] to insert the
|
|
|
4479 signature in `mail-signature-file'.
|
|
|
4480
|
|
|
4481 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
|
|
|
4482 when the message is initialized.
|
|
|
4483
|
|
|
4484 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
|
|
|
4485 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
|
|
|
4486
|
|
|
4487 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
|
|
|
4488 is inserted.
|
|
|
4489
|
|
|
4490 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
|
|
|
4491 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
|
|
|
4492
|
|
|
4493 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
|
|
|
4494 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
|
|
|
4495
|
|
|
4496 The second through fifth arguments,
|
|
|
4497 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
|
|
|
4498 the initial contents of those header fields.
|
|
|
4499 These arguments should not have final newlines.
|
|
|
4500 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer whose contents
|
|
|
4501 should be yanked if the user types C-c C-y.
|
|
|
4502 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
|
|
|
4503 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
|
|
|
4504 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
|
|
|
4505 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
|
|
|
4506
|
|
|
4507 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4508 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
|
|
|
4509
|
|
|
4510 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4511 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
|
|
|
4512
|
|
|
4513 (define-key ctl-x-map "m" 'mail)
|
|
|
4514
|
|
|
4515 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "m" 'mail-other-window)
|
|
|
4516
|
|
|
4517 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "m" 'mail-other-frame)
|
|
|
4518
|
|
|
4519 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
|
|
|
4520
|
|
|
4521 ;;;***
|
|
|
4522
|
|
|
4523 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "modes/sh-script.el")
|
|
|
4524
|
|
|
4525 (put 'sh-mode 'mode-class 'special)
|
|
|
4526
|
|
|
4527 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
|
|
|
4528 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
|
|
|
4529 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
|
|
|
4530 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
|
|
|
4531 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
|
|
|
4532 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
|
|
|
4533
|
|
|
4534 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
|
|
|
4535 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
|
|
|
4536 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
|
|
|
4537 shell-specific features.
|
|
|
4538
|
|
|
4539 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
|
|
|
4540 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
|
|
|
4541 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
|
|
|
4542
|
|
|
4543 \\[sh-case] case statement
|
|
|
4544 \\[sh-for] for loop
|
|
|
4545 \\[sh-function] function definition
|
|
|
4546 \\[sh-if] if statement
|
|
|
4547 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
|
|
|
4548 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
|
|
|
4549 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
|
|
|
4550 \\[sh-select] select loop
|
|
|
4551 \\[sh-until] until loop
|
|
|
4552 \\[sh-while] while loop
|
|
|
4553
|
|
|
4554 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
|
|
|
4555 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
|
|
|
4556 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
|
|
|
4557 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
|
|
|
4558 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
|
|
|
4559 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
|
|
|
4560
|
|
|
4561 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
|
|
|
4562 {, (, [, ', \", `
|
|
|
4563 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
|
|
|
4564
|
|
|
4565 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
|
|
|
4566 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
|
|
|
4567 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
|
|
|
4568
|
|
|
4569 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
|
|
|
4570 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
|
|
|
4571
|
|
|
4572 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
|
|
|
4573
|
|
|
4574 ;;;***
|
|
|
4575
|
|
|
4576 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl" "modes/tcl.el")
|
|
|
4577
|
|
|
4578 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
|
|
|
4579 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
|
|
|
4580 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
|
|
|
4581 Tab indents for Tcl code.
|
|
|
4582 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
4583 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
4584
|
|
|
4585 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
4586 tcl-indent-level
|
|
|
4587 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
|
|
|
4588 tcl-continued-indent-level
|
|
|
4589 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
|
|
|
4590
|
|
|
4591 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
|
|
|
4592 documentation for details):
|
|
|
4593 tcl-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
4594 Controls action of TAB key.
|
|
|
4595 tcl-auto-newline
|
|
|
4596 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
|
|
|
4597 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
|
|
|
4598 tcl-electric-hash-style
|
|
|
4599 Controls action of `#' key.
|
|
|
4600 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
|
|
|
4601 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
|
|
|
4602 This variable is only used in GNU Emacs 19.
|
|
|
4603 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
|
|
|
4604 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
|
|
|
4605 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
|
|
|
4606
|
|
|
4607 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
|
|
|
4608 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
|
|
|
4609 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
|
|
|
4610 already exist.
|
|
|
4611
|
|
|
4612 Commands:
|
|
|
4613 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
4614
|
|
|
4615 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
|
|
|
4616 Run inferior Tcl process.
|
|
|
4617 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
|
|
|
4618 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
|
|
|
4619
|
|
|
4620 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
|
|
|
4621 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
|
|
|
4622 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
|
|
|
4623
|
|
|
4624 ;;;***
|
|
|
4625
|
|
|
4626 ;;;### (autoloads (latex-mode plain-tex-mode tex-mode) "tex-mode" "modes/tex-mode.el")
|
|
|
4627
|
|
|
4628 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
|
|
|
4629 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
|
|
|
4630 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
|
|
|
4631 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls plain-tex-mode,
|
|
|
4632 latex-mode, or slitex-mode, respectively. If it cannot be determined,
|
|
|
4633 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of tex-default-mode
|
|
|
4634 is used." t nil)
|
|
|
4635
|
|
|
4636 (fset 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
|
|
|
4637
|
|
|
4638 (fset 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
|
|
|
4639
|
|
|
4640 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
|
|
|
4641 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
|
|
|
4642 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
|
|
|
4643 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
|
|
|
4644 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
|
|
|
4645
|
|
|
4646 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
|
|
|
4647 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
|
|
|
4648 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
|
|
|
4649 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
|
|
|
4650 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
|
|
|
4651 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
|
|
|
4652 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
|
|
|
4653
|
|
|
4654 Use \\[validate-tex-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
|
|
|
4655 mismatched $'s or braces.
|
|
|
4656
|
|
|
4657 Special commands:
|
|
|
4658 \\{tex-mode-map}
|
|
|
4659
|
|
|
4660 Mode variables:
|
|
|
4661 tex-run-command
|
|
|
4662 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
|
|
|
4663 tex-directory
|
|
|
4664 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
|
|
|
4665 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
|
|
|
4666 tex-dvi-print-command
|
|
|
4667 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4668 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
|
|
|
4669 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
|
|
|
4670 argument) to print a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4671 tex-dvi-view-command
|
|
|
4672 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4673 tex-show-queue-command
|
|
|
4674 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
|
|
|
4675 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
|
|
|
4676
|
|
|
4677 Entering Plain-tex mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, then the value of
|
|
|
4678 tex-mode-hook, and then the value of plain-tex-mode-hook. When the special
|
|
|
4679 subshell is initiated, the value of tex-shell-hook is called." t nil)
|
|
|
4680
|
|
|
4681 (fset 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
|
|
|
4682
|
|
|
4683 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
|
|
|
4684 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
|
|
|
4685 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
|
|
|
4686 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
|
|
|
4687 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
|
|
|
4688
|
|
|
4689 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
|
|
|
4690 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
|
|
|
4691 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
|
|
|
4692 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
|
|
|
4693 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
|
|
|
4694 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
|
|
|
4695 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
|
|
|
4696
|
|
|
4697 Use \\[validate-tex-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
|
|
|
4698 mismatched $'s or braces.
|
|
|
4699
|
|
|
4700 Special commands:
|
|
|
4701 \\{tex-mode-map}
|
|
|
4702
|
|
|
4703 Mode variables:
|
|
|
4704 latex-run-command
|
|
|
4705 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
|
|
|
4706 tex-directory
|
|
|
4707 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
|
|
|
4708 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
|
|
|
4709 tex-dvi-print-command
|
|
|
4710 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4711 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
|
|
|
4712 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
|
|
|
4713 argument) to print a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4714 tex-dvi-view-command
|
|
|
4715 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4716 tex-show-queue-command
|
|
|
4717 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
|
|
|
4718 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
|
|
|
4719
|
|
|
4720 Entering Latex mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, then the value of
|
|
|
4721 tex-mode-hook, and then the value of latex-mode-hook. When the special
|
|
|
4722 subshell is initiated, the value of tex-shell-hook is called." t nil)
|
|
|
4723
|
|
|
4724 ;;;***
|
|
|
4725
|
|
|
4726 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "modes/texinfo.el")
|
|
|
4727
|
|
|
4728 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
|
|
|
4729 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
|
|
|
4730
|
|
|
4731 It has these extra commands:
|
|
|
4732 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
|
|
|
4733
|
|
|
4734 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
|
|
|
4735 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
|
|
|
4736 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
|
|
|
4737 modified version of TeX input format.
|
|
|
4738
|
|
|
4739 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
|
|
|
4740 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
|
|
|
4741 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
|
|
|
4742 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
|
|
|
4743
|
|
|
4744 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
|
|
|
4745 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
|
|
|
4746 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
|
|
|
4747 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
|
|
|
4748 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
|
|
|
4749 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
|
|
|
4750 in the Texinfo file.
|
|
|
4751
|
|
|
4752 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
|
|
|
4753 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
|
|
|
4754 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
|
|
|
4755 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
|
|
|
4756 move forward past the closing brace.
|
|
|
4757
|
|
|
4758 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
|
|
|
4759 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
|
|
|
4760
|
|
|
4761 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
|
|
|
4762 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
|
|
|
4763 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
|
|
|
4764
|
|
|
4765 Here are the functions:
|
|
|
4766
|
|
|
4767 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
|
|
|
4768 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
|
|
|
4769 texinfo-sequential-node-update
|
|
|
4770
|
|
|
4771 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
|
|
|
4772 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
|
|
|
4773 texinfo-master-menu
|
|
|
4774
|
|
|
4775 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
|
|
|
4776
|
|
|
4777 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
|
|
|
4778 which menu descriptions are indented.
|
|
|
4779
|
|
|
4780 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
|
|
|
4781 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
|
|
|
4782 in the region.
|
|
|
4783
|
|
|
4784 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
|
|
|
4785 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
|
|
|
4786 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
|
|
|
4787 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
|
|
|
4788
|
|
|
4789 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
|
|
|
4790 be the first node in the file.
|
|
|
4791
|
|
|
4792 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, and then the
|
|
|
4793 value of texinfo-mode-hook." t nil)
|
|
|
4794
|
|
|
4795 ;;;***
|
|
|
4796
|
|
|
4797 ;;;### (autoloads (tc-recenter tc-scroll-down tc-scroll-up tc-scroll-line tc-associated-buffer tc-merge tc-dissociate tc-split tc-associate-buffer tc-two-columns) "two-column" "modes/two-column.el")
|
|
|
4798
|
|
|
4799 (defvar tc-mode-map nil "\
|
|
|
4800 Keymap for commands for two-column mode.")
|
|
|
4801
|
|
|
4802 (if tc-mode-map nil (setq tc-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap)) (define-key tc-mode-map "1" 'tc-merge) (define-key tc-mode-map "2" 'tc-two-columns) (define-key tc-mode-map "b" 'tc-associate-buffer) (define-key tc-mode-map "d" 'tc-dissociate) (define-key tc-mode-map "\^L" 'tc-recenter) (define-key tc-mode-map "o" 'tc-associated-buffer) (define-key tc-mode-map "s" 'tc-split) (define-key tc-mode-map "{" 'shrink-window-horizontally) (define-key tc-mode-map "}" 'enlarge-window-horizontally) (define-key tc-mode-map " " 'tc-scroll-up) (define-key tc-mode-map "" 'tc-scroll-down) (define-key tc-mode-map "
" 'tc-scroll-line))
|
|
|
4803
|
|
|
4804 (global-set-key "6" tc-mode-map)
|
|
|
4805
|
|
|
4806 (defvar tc-other nil "\
|
|
|
4807 Marker to the associated buffer, if non-nil.")
|
|
|
4808
|
|
|
4809 (make-variable-buffer-local 'tc-other)
|
|
|
4810
|
|
|
4811 (put 'tc-other 'permanent-local t)
|
|
|
4812
|
|
|
4813 (autoload 'tc-two-columns "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4814 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
|
|
|
4815
|
|
|
4816 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
|
|
|
4817 buffer. Both buffers are put in two-column minor mode and
|
|
|
4818 tc-mode-hook gets called on both. These buffers remember
|
|
|
4819 about one another, even when renamed.
|
|
|
4820
|
|
|
4821 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
|
|
|
4822 first and the associated buffer to it's right.
|
|
|
4823
|
|
|
4824 If you include long lines, i.e which will span both columns (eg.
|
|
|
4825 source code), they should be in what will be the first column, with
|
|
|
4826 the associated buffer having empty lines next to them.
|
|
|
4827
|
|
|
4828 You have the following commands at your disposal:
|
|
|
4829
|
|
|
4830 \\[tc-two-columns] Rearrange screen
|
|
|
4831 \\[tc-associate-buffer] Reassociate buffer after changing major mode
|
|
|
4832 \\[tc-scroll-up] Scroll both buffers up by a screenfull
|
|
|
4833 \\[tc-scroll-down] Scroll both buffers down by a screenful
|
|
|
4834 \\[tc-scroll-line] Scroll both buffers up by one or more lines
|
|
|
4835 \\[tc-recenter] Recenter and realign other buffer
|
|
|
4836 \\[shrink-window-horizontally], \\[enlarge-window-horizontally] Shrink, enlarge current column
|
|
|
4837 \\[tc-associated-buffer] Switch to associated buffer
|
|
|
4838 \\[tc-merge] Merge both buffers
|
|
|
4839
|
|
|
4840 These keybindings can be customized in your ~/.emacs by `tc-prefix'
|
|
|
4841 and `tc-mode-map'.
|
|
|
4842
|
|
|
4843 The appearance of the screen can be customized by the variables
|
|
|
4844 `tc-window-width', `tc-beyond-fill-column',
|
|
|
4845 `tc-mode-line-format' and `truncate-partial-width-windows'." t nil)
|
|
|
4846
|
|
|
4847 (add-minor-mode 'tc-other " 2C" nil nil 'tc-two-columns)
|
|
|
4848
|
|
|
4849 (autoload 'tc-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4850 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
|
|
|
4851 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
|
|
|
4852 accepting the proposed default buffer.
|
|
|
4853
|
|
|
4854 See \\[tc-two-columns] and `lisp/two-column.el' for further details." t nil)
|
|
|
4855
|
|
|
4856 (autoload 'tc-split "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4857 Unmerge a two-column text into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
|
|
|
4858 The text is unmerged at the cursor's column which becomes the local
|
|
|
4859 value of `tc-window-width'. Only lines that have the ARG same
|
|
|
4860 preceding characters at that column get split. The ARG preceding
|
|
|
4861 characters without any leading whitespace become the local value for
|
|
|
4862 `tc-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
|
|
|
4863 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
|
|
|
4864
|
|
|
4865 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things as
|
|
|
4866 you like them. You write the first line of each column with the
|
|
|
4867 separator you like and then unmerge that line. E.g.:
|
|
|
4868
|
|
|
4869 First column's text sSs Second columns text
|
|
|
4870 \\___/\\
|
|
|
4871 / \\
|
|
|
4872 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[tc-split] with the point here
|
|
|
4873
|
|
|
4874 See \\[tc-two-columns] and `lisp/two-column.el' for further details." t nil)
|
|
|
4875
|
|
|
4876 (autoload 'tc-dissociate "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4877 Turn off two-column minor mode in current and associated buffer.
|
|
|
4878 If the associated buffer is unmodified and empty, it is killed." t nil)
|
|
|
4879
|
|
|
4880 (autoload 'tc-merge "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4881 Merges the associated buffer with the current buffer.
|
|
|
4882 They get merged at the column, which is the value of
|
|
|
4883 `tc-window-width', i.e. usually at the vertical window
|
|
|
4884 separator. This separator gets replaced with white space. Beyond
|
|
|
4885 that the value of gets inserted on merged lines. The two columns are
|
|
|
4886 thus pasted side by side, in a single text. If the other buffer is
|
|
|
4887 not displayed to the left of this one, then this one becomes the left
|
|
|
4888 column.
|
|
|
4889
|
|
|
4890 If you want `tc-separator' on empty lines in the second column,
|
|
|
4891 you should put just one space in them. In the final result, you can strip
|
|
|
4892 off trailing spaces with \\[beginning-of-buffer] \\[replace-regexp] [ SPC TAB ] + $ RET RET" t nil)
|
|
|
4893
|
|
|
4894 (autoload 'tc-associated-buffer "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4895 Switch to associated buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
4896
|
|
|
4897 (autoload 'tc-scroll-line "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4898 Scroll current window upward by ARG lines.
|
|
|
4899 The associated window gets scrolled to the same line." t nil)
|
|
|
4900
|
|
|
4901 (autoload 'tc-scroll-up "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4902 Scroll current window upward by ARG screens.
|
|
|
4903 The associated window gets scrolled to the same line." t nil)
|
|
|
4904
|
|
|
4905 (autoload 'tc-scroll-down "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4906 Scroll current window downward by ARG screens.
|
|
|
4907 The associated window gets scrolled to the same line." t nil)
|
|
|
4908
|
|
|
4909 (autoload 'tc-recenter "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4910 Center point in window. With ARG, put point on line ARG.
|
|
|
4911 This counts from bottom if ARG is negative. The associated window
|
|
|
4912 gets scrolled to the same line." t nil)
|
|
|
4913
|
|
|
4914 ;;;***
|
|
|
4915
|
|
98
|
4916 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "modes/verilog-mode.el")
|
|
|
4917
|
|
|
4918 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
|
|
|
4919 Major mode for editing Verilog code. \\<verilog-mode-map>
|
|
|
4920 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
|
|
|
4921 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
4922 Supports highlighting.
|
|
|
4923
|
|
|
4924 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
|
|
|
4925
|
|
|
4926 verilog-indent-level (default 3)
|
|
|
4927 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
|
|
134
|
4928 verilog-indent-level-module (default 3)
|
|
|
4929 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
|
|
|
4930 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
|
|
|
4931 on the left side of your screen.
|
|
|
4932 verilog-indent-level-declaration (default 3)
|
|
|
4933 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
|
|
|
4934 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
|
|
|
4935 verilog-indent-level-behavorial (default 3)
|
|
|
4936 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
|
|
|
4937 Set to 0 to get such code to linedup underneath the task or function keyword
|
|
98
|
4938 verilog-cexp-indent (default 1)
|
|
|
4939 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines.
|
|
|
4940 verilog-case-indent (default 2)
|
|
|
4941 Indentation for case statements.
|
|
|
4942 verilog-auto-newline (default nil)
|
|
134
|
4943 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctation
|
|
|
4944 mark after an end.
|
|
98
|
4945 verilog-auto-indent-on-newline (default t)
|
|
|
4946 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline
|
|
|
4947 verilog-tab-always-indent (default t)
|
|
|
4948 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
|
|
|
4949 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
|
|
|
4950 verilog-indent-begin-after-if (default t)
|
|
108
|
4951 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
|
|
98
|
4952 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. otherwise,
|
|
108
|
4953 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
|
|
98
|
4954 if (a)
|
|
|
4955 begin
|
|
|
4956 otherwise you get:
|
|
|
4957 if (a)
|
|
|
4958 begin
|
|
|
4959 verilog-auto-endcomments (default t)
|
|
134
|
4960 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
|
|
|
4961 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
|
|
98
|
4962 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
|
|
134
|
4963 verilog-minimum-comment-distance (default 40)
|
|
|
4964 Minimum distance between begin and end required before a comment
|
|
|
4965 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
|
|
|
4966 end aquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundanet
|
|
|
4967 comments in tight quarters.
|
|
98
|
4968 verilog-auto-lineup (default `(all))
|
|
|
4969 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
|
|
|
4970
|
|
|
4971 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable verilog-mode-hook with
|
|
|
4972 no args, if that value is non-nil.
|
|
|
4973 Other useful functions are:
|
|
134
|
4974 \\[verilog-complete-word] -complete word with appropriate possibilities
|
|
|
4975 (functions, verilog keywords...)
|
|
|
4976 \\[verilog-comment-region] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing
|
|
|
4977 nested comments.
|
|
|
4978 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
|
|
98
|
4979 \\[verilog-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
|
|
|
4980 \\[verilog-star-comment] - insert /* ... */
|
|
|
4981 \\[verilog-mark-defun] - Mark function.
|
|
|
4982 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
|
|
|
4983 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
|
|
134
|
4984 \\[verilog-label-be] - Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join
|
|
|
4985 and case ... endcase statements;
|
|
98
|
4986 " t nil)
|
|
|
4987
|
|
|
4988 ;;;***
|
|
|
4989
|
|
78
|
4990 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "modes/vhdl-mode.el")
|
|
|
4991
|
|
|
4992 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
|
|
|
4993 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
|
|
146
|
4994 vhdl-mode $Revision: 1.27 $
|
|
78
|
4995 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' from a
|
|
|
4996 vhdl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
|
|
|
4997 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
|
|
108
|
4998 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
|
|
78
|
4999
|
|
|
5000 Note that the details of configuring vhdl-mode will soon be moved to the
|
|
|
5001 accompanying texinfo manual. Until then, please read the README file
|
|
|
5002 that came with the vhdl-mode distribution.
|
|
|
5003
|
|
|
5004 The hook variable `vhdl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
|
|
|
5005 bound and has a non-nil value.
|
|
|
5006
|
|
|
5007 Key bindings:
|
|
|
5008 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5009
|
|
|
5010 ;;;***
|
|
|
5011
|
|
|
5012 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-view-mode view-major-mode view-mode view-minor-mode view-buffer-other-window view-file-other-window view-buffer view-file) "view-less" "modes/view-less.el")
|
|
|
5013
|
|
116
|
5014 (defvar view-minor-mode-map (let ((map (make-keymap))) (set-keymap-name map 'view-minor-mode-map) (suppress-keymap map) (define-key map "-" 'negative-argument) (define-key map " " 'scroll-up) (define-key map "f" 'scroll-up) (define-key map "" 'scroll-down) (define-key map "b" 'scroll-down) (define-key map 'backspace 'scroll-down) (define-key map "
" 'view-scroll-lines-up) (define-key map "\n" 'view-scroll-lines-up) (define-key map "e" 'view-scroll-lines-up) (define-key map "j" 'view-scroll-lines-up) (define-key map "y" 'view-scroll-lines-down) (define-key map "k" 'view-scroll-lines-down) (define-key map "d" 'view-scroll-some-lines-up) (define-key map "u" 'view-scroll-some-lines-down) (define-key map "r" 'recenter) (define-key map "t" 'toggle-truncate-lines) (define-key map "N" 'view-buffer) (define-key map "E" 'view-file) (define-key map "P" 'view-buffer) (define-key map "!" 'shell-command) (define-key map "|" 'shell-command-on-region) (define-key map "=" 'what-line) (define-key map "?" 'view-search-backward) (define-key map "h" 'view-mode-describe) (define-key map "s" 'view-repeat-search) (define-key map "n" 'view-repeat-search) (define-key map "/" 'view-search-forward) (define-key map "\\" 'view-search-backward) (define-key map "g" 'view-goto-line) (define-key map "G" 'view-last-windowful) (define-key map "%" 'view-goto-percent) (define-key map "p" 'view-goto-percent) (define-key map "m" 'point-to-register) (define-key map "'" 'register-to-point) (define-key map "C" 'view-cleanup-backspaces) (define-key map "" 'view-quit) (define-key map "" 'view-quit-toggle-ro) (define-key map "q" 'view-quit) map))
|
|
|
5015
|
|
|
5016 (defvar view-mode-map (let ((map (copy-keymap view-minor-mode-map))) (set-keymap-name map 'view-mode-map) map))
|
|
|
5017
|
|
78
|
5018 (autoload 'view-file "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5019 Find FILE, enter view mode. With prefix arg OTHER-P, use other window." t nil)
|
|
|
5020
|
|
|
5021 (autoload 'view-buffer "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5022 Switch to BUF, enter view mode. With prefix arg use other window." t nil)
|
|
|
5023
|
|
|
5024 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5025 Find FILE in other window, and enter view mode." t nil)
|
|
|
5026
|
|
|
5027 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5028 Switch to BUFFER in another window, and enter view mode." t nil)
|
|
|
5029
|
|
|
5030 (autoload 'view-minor-mode "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5031 Minor mode for viewing text, with bindings like `less'.
|
|
|
5032 Commands are:
|
|
|
5033 \\<view-minor-mode-map>
|
|
|
5034 0..9 prefix args
|
|
|
5035 - prefix minus
|
|
|
5036 \\[scroll-up] page forward
|
|
|
5037 \\[scroll-down] page back
|
|
|
5038 \\[view-scroll-lines-up] scroll prefix-arg lines forward, default 1.
|
|
|
5039 \\[view-scroll-lines-down] scroll prefix-arg lines backward, default 1.
|
|
|
5040 \\[view-scroll-some-lines-down] scroll prefix-arg lines backward, default 10.
|
|
|
5041 \\[view-scroll-some-lines-up] scroll prefix-arg lines forward, default 10.
|
|
|
5042 \\[what-line] print line number
|
|
|
5043 \\[view-mode-describe] print this help message
|
|
|
5044 \\[view-search-forward] regexp search, uses previous string if you just hit RET
|
|
|
5045 \\[view-search-backward] as above but searches backward
|
|
|
5046 \\[view-repeat-search] repeat last search
|
|
|
5047 \\[view-goto-line] goto line prefix-arg, default 1
|
|
|
5048 \\[view-last-windowful] goto line prefix-arg, default last line
|
|
|
5049 \\[view-goto-percent] goto a position by percentage
|
|
|
5050 \\[toggle-truncate-lines] toggle truncate-lines
|
|
|
5051 \\[view-file] view another file
|
|
|
5052 \\[view-buffer] view another buffer
|
|
|
5053 \\[view-cleanup-backspaces] cleanup backspace constructions
|
|
|
5054 \\[shell-command] execute a shell command
|
|
|
5055 \\[shell-command-on-region] execute a shell command with the region as input
|
|
|
5056 \\[view-quit] exit view-mode, and bury the current buffer.
|
|
|
5057
|
|
|
5058 If invoked with the optional (prefix) arg non-nil, view-mode cleans up
|
|
|
5059 backspace constructions.
|
|
|
5060
|
|
|
5061 More precisely:
|
|
|
5062 \\{view-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5063
|
|
|
5064 (autoload 'view-mode "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5065 View the current buffer using view-minor-mode. This exists to be 99.9%
|
|
|
5066 compatible with the implementations of `view-mode' in view.el and older
|
|
|
5067 versions of view-less.el." t nil)
|
|
|
5068
|
|
|
5069 (autoload 'view-major-mode "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5070 View the current buffer using view-mode, as a major mode.
|
|
|
5071 This function has a nonstandard name because `view-mode' is wrongly
|
|
|
5072 named but is like this for compatibility reasons." t nil)
|
|
|
5073
|
|
|
5074 (autoload 'auto-view-mode "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5075 If the file of the current buffer is not writable, call view-mode.
|
|
|
5076 This is meant to be added to `find-file-hooks'." nil nil)
|
|
|
5077
|
|
|
5078 ;;;***
|
|
|
5079
|
|
|
5080 ;;;### (autoloads (vrml-mode) "vrml-mode" "modes/vrml-mode.el")
|
|
|
5081
|
|
|
5082 (autoload 'vrml-mode "vrml-mode" "\
|
|
|
5083 Major mode for editing VRML code.
|
|
|
5084 Expression and list commands understand all VRML brackets.
|
|
|
5085 Tab indents for VRML code.
|
|
|
5086 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
5087 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
5088
|
|
|
5089 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
5090 vrml-indent-level
|
|
|
5091 Indentation of VRML statements within surrounding block.
|
|
|
5092
|
|
|
5093 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
|
|
|
5094 documentation for details):
|
|
|
5095 vrml-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
5096 Controls action of TAB key.
|
|
|
5097 vrml-auto-newline
|
|
|
5098 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
|
|
|
5099 inserted in VRML code.
|
|
|
5100
|
|
|
5101 Turning on VRML mode calls the value of the variable `vrml-mode-hook'
|
|
|
5102 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
|
|
|
5103 `vrml-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
|
|
|
5104 already exist.
|
|
|
5105
|
|
|
5106 Commands:
|
|
|
5107 \\{vrml-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5108
|
|
|
5109 ;;;***
|
|
|
5110
|
|
|
5111 ;;;### (autoloads (xpm-mode) "xpm-mode" "modes/xpm-mode.el")
|
|
|
5112
|
|
|
5113 (autoload 'xpm-mode "xpm-mode" "\
|
|
|
5114 Treat the current buffer as an xpm file and colorize it.
|
|
|
5115
|
|
|
5116 Shift-button-1 lets you paint by dragging the mouse. Shift-button-1 on a
|
|
|
5117 color definition line will change the current painting color to that line's
|
|
|
5118 value.
|
|
|
5119
|
|
|
5120 Characters inserted from the keyboard will NOT be colored properly yet.
|
|
|
5121 Use the mouse, or do xpm-init (\\[xpm-init]) after making changes.
|
|
|
5122
|
|
|
5123 \\[xpm-add-color] Add a new color, prompting for character and value
|
|
|
5124 \\[xpm-show-image] show the current image at the top of the buffer
|
|
|
5125 \\[xpm-parse-color] parse the current line's color definition and add
|
|
|
5126 it to the color table. Provided as a means of changing colors.
|
|
|
5127 XPM minor mode bindings:
|
|
|
5128 \\{xpm-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5129
|
|
|
5130 ;;;***
|
|
|
5131
|
|
|
5132 ;;;### (autoloads (br-env-load br-env-browse) "br-env" "oobr/br-env.el")
|
|
|
5133
|
|
|
5134 (autoload 'br-env-browse "br-env" "\
|
|
|
5135 Invoke the OO-Browser on an existing or to be created Environment ENV-FILE." t nil)
|
|
|
5136
|
|
|
5137 (autoload 'br-env-load "br-env" "\
|
|
|
5138 Load browser Environment or spec from optional ENV-FILE or 'br-env-file'.
|
|
|
5139 Non-nil PROMPT means prompt user before building tables.
|
|
|
5140 Non-nil NO-BUILD means skip build of Environment entirely.
|
|
|
5141 Return t if load is successful, else nil." t nil)
|
|
|
5142
|
|
|
5143 ;;;***
|
|
|
5144
|
|
|
5145 ;;;### (autoloads (oo-browser) "br-start" "oobr/br-start.el")
|
|
|
5146
|
|
|
5147 (fset 'oobr 'oo-browser)
|
|
|
5148
|
|
|
5149 (autoload 'oo-browser "br-start" "\
|
|
|
5150 Prompt for an Environment and language over which to run the OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5151 Optional prefix argument SAME-ENV-FLAG means browse the current Environment,
|
|
120
|
5152 if any, without prompting. Otherwise, if called interactively, give the user
|
|
|
5153 a choice whether to re-browse the last Environment or to browse a new one." t nil)
|
|
78
|
5154
|
|
|
5155 ;;;***
|
|
|
5156
|
|
|
5157 ;;;### (autoloads (br-to-from-viewer br-add-class-file) "br" "oobr/br.el")
|
|
|
5158
|
|
|
5159 (autoload 'br-add-class-file "br" "\
|
|
|
5160 Add a file of classes to the current Environment.
|
|
|
5161 Interactively or when optional CLASS-PATH is nil, CLASS-PATH defaults to the
|
|
|
5162 current buffer file pathname. If optional LIB-TABLE-P is non-nil, add to
|
|
|
5163 Library Environment, otherwise add to System Environment. If optional
|
|
|
5164 SAVE-FILE is t, the Environment is then stored to the filename given by
|
|
100
|
5165 `br-env-file'. If SAVE-FILE is non-nil and not t, its string value is used
|
|
78
|
5166 as the file to which to save the Environment." t nil)
|
|
|
5167
|
|
|
5168 (autoload 'br-to-from-viewer "br" "\
|
|
|
5169 Move point to viewer window or back to last recorded listing window." t nil)
|
|
|
5170
|
|
|
5171 ;;;***
|
|
|
5172
|
|
|
5173 ;;;### (autoloads (c++-browse) "c++-browse" "oobr/c++-browse.el")
|
|
|
5174
|
|
|
5175 (autoload 'c++-browse "c++-browse" "\
|
|
|
5176 Invoke the C++ OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5177 This allows browsing through C++ library and system class hierarchies. With
|
|
|
5178 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file to
|
|
|
5179 use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
|
|
|
5180 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5181
|
|
|
5182 ;;;***
|
|
|
5183
|
|
|
5184 ;;;### (autoloads (clos-browse) "clos-brows" "oobr/clos-brows.el")
|
|
|
5185
|
|
|
5186 (autoload 'clos-browse "clos-brows" "\
|
|
|
5187 Invoke the CLOS OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5188 This allows browsing through CLOS library and system class hierarchies. With
|
|
|
5189 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file
|
|
|
5190 to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the
|
|
|
5191 Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5192
|
|
|
5193 ;;;***
|
|
|
5194
|
|
|
5195 ;;;### (autoloads (eif-browse) "eif-browse" "oobr/eif-browse.el")
|
|
|
5196
|
|
|
5197 (autoload 'eif-browse "eif-browse" "\
|
|
|
5198 Invoke the Eiffel OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5199 This allows browsing through Eiffel library and system class hierarchies.
|
|
|
5200 With an optional prefix arg ENV-FILE equal to t, prompt for Environment file
|
|
|
5201 to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
|
|
|
5202 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5203
|
|
|
5204 ;;;***
|
|
|
5205
|
|
|
5206 ;;;### (autoloads (info-browse) "info-brows" "oobr/info-brows.el")
|
|
|
5207
|
|
|
5208 (autoload 'info-browse "info-brows" "\
|
|
|
5209 Invoke the Info OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5210 This allows browsing through Info library and system class hierarchies. With
|
|
|
5211 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file to
|
|
|
5212 use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
|
|
|
5213 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5214
|
|
|
5215 ;;;***
|
|
|
5216
|
|
|
5217 ;;;### (autoloads (java-browse) "java-brows" "oobr/java-brows.el")
|
|
|
5218
|
|
|
5219 (autoload 'java-browse "java-brows" "\
|
|
|
5220 Invoke the Java OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5221 This allows browsing through Java library and system class hierarchies. With
|
|
|
5222 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file to
|
|
|
5223 use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
|
|
|
5224 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5225
|
|
|
5226 ;;;***
|
|
|
5227
|
|
|
5228 ;;;### (autoloads (objc-browse) "objc-brows" "oobr/objc-brows.el")
|
|
|
5229
|
|
|
5230 (autoload 'objc-browse "objc-brows" "\
|
|
|
5231 Invoke the Objective-C OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5232 This allows browsing through Objective-C library and system class
|
|
|
5233 hierarchies. With an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for
|
|
|
5234 Environment file to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used
|
|
|
5235 as the Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5236
|
|
|
5237 ;;;***
|
|
|
5238
|
|
|
5239 ;;;### (autoloads (python-browse) "python-browse" "oobr/python-browse.el")
|
|
|
5240
|
|
|
5241 (autoload 'python-browse "python-browse" "\
|
|
|
5242 Invoke the Python OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5243 This allows browsing through Python library and system class hierarchies.
|
|
|
5244 With an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment
|
|
|
5245 file to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the
|
|
|
5246 Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5247
|
|
|
5248 ;;;***
|
|
|
5249
|
|
|
5250 ;;;### (autoloads (smt-browse) "smt-browse" "oobr/smt-browse.el")
|
|
|
5251
|
|
|
5252 (autoload 'smt-browse "smt-browse" "\
|
|
|
5253 Invoke the Smalltalk OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5254 This allows browsing through Smalltalk library and system class hierarchies.
|
|
|
5255 With an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment
|
|
|
5256 file to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the
|
|
|
5257 Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5258
|
|
|
5259 ;;;***
|
|
|
5260
|
|
|
5261 ;;;### (autoloads (add-log-current-defun change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "packages/add-log.el")
|
|
|
5262
|
|
120
|
5263 (defcustom change-log-default-name nil "*Name of a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry]." :type '(choice (const :tag "default" nil) string) :group 'change-log)
|
|
|
5264
|
|
|
5265 (defcustom add-log-current-defun-function nil "*If non-nil, function to guess name of current function from surrounding text.\n\\[add-change-log-entry] calls this function (if nil, `add-log-current-defun'\ninstead) with no arguments. It returns a string or nil if it cannot guess." :type 'boolean :group 'change-log)
|
|
|
5266
|
|
|
5267 (defcustom add-log-full-name nil "*Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.\nThis defaults to the value returned by the `user-full-name' function." :type '(choice (const :tag "Default" nil) string) :group 'change-log)
|
|
|
5268
|
|
|
5269 (defcustom add-log-mailing-address nil "*Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.\nThis defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'." :type '(choice (const :tag "Default" nil) string) :group 'change-log)
|
|
78
|
5270
|
|
|
5271 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5272 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
|
|
|
5273
|
|
|
5274 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5275 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
|
|
|
5276
|
|
|
5277 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
|
|
|
5278 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
|
|
|
5279 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
|
|
|
5280 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
|
|
|
5281
|
|
|
5282 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
|
|
|
5283 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
|
|
|
5284 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
|
|
|
5285
|
|
|
5286 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
|
|
|
5287 current buffer to the complete file name." nil nil)
|
|
|
5288
|
|
|
5289 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5290 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
|
|
|
5291 Optional arg (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user name and site.
|
|
|
5292 Second arg is file name of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
|
|
|
5293 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
|
|
|
5294 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
|
|
|
5295 never append to an existing entry." t nil)
|
|
|
5296
|
|
|
5297 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5298 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
|
|
|
5299 Optional arg (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user name and site.
|
|
|
5300 Second arg is file name of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'." t nil)
|
|
|
5301
|
|
|
5302 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
|
|
|
5303
|
|
|
5304 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5305 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
|
|
|
5306 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
|
|
|
5307 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
|
|
|
5308 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
|
|
|
5309 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
|
|
|
5310
|
|
|
5311 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5312 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
|
|
|
5313
|
|
|
5314 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
|
|
|
5315 Texinfo (@node titles), Perl, and Fortran.
|
|
|
5316
|
|
|
5317 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
|
|
|
5318 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
|
|
|
5319 identifiers followed by `:' or `=', see variable
|
|
|
5320 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp'.
|
|
|
5321
|
|
|
5322 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
|
|
|
5323
|
|
|
5324 ;;;***
|
|
|
5325
|
|
|
5326 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command) "apropos" "packages/apropos.el")
|
|
|
5327
|
|
|
5328 (fset 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
|
|
|
5329
|
|
|
5330 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
|
|
|
5331 Shows commands (interactively callable functions) that match REGEXP.
|
|
|
5332 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
|
|
|
5333 variables." t nil)
|
|
|
5334
|
|
|
5335 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
|
|
|
5336 Show all bound symbols whose names match REGEXP.
|
|
|
5337 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show unbound
|
|
|
5338 symbols and key bindings, which is a little more time-consuming.
|
|
|
5339 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
|
|
|
5340
|
|
|
5341 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
|
|
|
5342 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches REGEXP.
|
|
|
5343 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
|
|
|
5344 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
|
|
|
5345 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
|
|
|
5346
|
|
|
5347 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
|
|
|
5348 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for REGEXP.
|
|
|
5349 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
|
|
|
5350 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
|
|
|
5351 bindings.
|
|
|
5352 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
|
|
|
5353
|
|
|
5354 ;;;***
|
|
|
5355
|
|
|
5356 ;;;### (autoloads (define-auto-insert auto-insert) "autoinsert" "packages/autoinsert.el")
|
|
|
5357
|
|
|
5358 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
|
|
|
5359 Insert default contents into a new file if `auto-insert' is non-nil.
|
|
|
5360 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
|
|
|
5361
|
|
|
5362 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
|
|
|
5363 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
|
|
|
5364 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
|
|
|
5365 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
|
|
|
5366
|
|
|
5367 ;;;***
|
|
|
5368
|
|
|
5369 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "packages/avoid.el")
|
|
|
5370
|
|
80
|
5371 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
|
|
|
5372 Value is t or a symbol if the mouse pointer should avoid the cursor.
|
|
|
5373 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values. Changing this
|
|
|
5374 variable is NOT the recommended way to change modes; use that function
|
|
|
5375 instead.")
|
|
|
5376
|
|
78
|
5377 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
|
|
|
5378 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
|
|
|
5379 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
|
|
|
5380 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
|
|
|
5381
|
|
|
5382 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none` and `banish'
|
|
|
5383 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
|
|
|
5384 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
|
|
|
5385
|
|
|
5386 Effects of the different modes:
|
|
|
5387 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
|
|
|
5388 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
|
|
|
5389 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
|
|
|
5390 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
|
|
|
5391 a random distance & direction.
|
|
|
5392 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
|
|
|
5393 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
|
|
|
5394 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
|
|
|
5395
|
|
|
5396 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
|
|
|
5397
|
|
|
5398 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
|
|
|
5399 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
|
|
|
5400 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
|
|
|
5401
|
|
|
5402 (add-minor-mode 'mouse-avoidance-mode " Avoid")
|
|
|
5403
|
|
|
5404 ;;;***
|
|
|
5405
|
|
|
5406 ;;;### (autoloads (blink-cursor-mode) "blink-cursor" "packages/blink-cursor.el")
|
|
|
5407
|
|
|
5408 (autoload 'blink-cursor-mode "blink-cursor" "\
|
|
|
5409 Enable or disable a blinking cursor.
|
|
|
5410 If TIMEOUT is nil, toggle on or off.
|
|
|
5411 If TIMEOUT is t, enable with the previous timeout value.
|
|
|
5412 If TIMEOUT is 0, disable.
|
|
|
5413 If TIMEOUT is greater than 0, then the cursor will blink once
|
|
|
5414 each TIMEOUT secs (can be a float)." t nil)
|
|
|
5415
|
|
|
5416 ;;;***
|
|
|
5417
|
|
|
5418 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" "packages/bookmark.el")
|
|
|
5419
|
|
|
5420 (if (symbolp (key-binding "r")) nil (progn (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set) (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)))
|
|
|
5421
|
|
|
5422 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
|
|
|
5423 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
|
|
|
5424 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
|
|
|
5425 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
|
|
|
5426 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
|
|
|
5427 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
|
|
|
5428
|
|
|
5429 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
|
|
|
5430
|
|
|
5431 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
|
|
|
5432
|
|
|
5433 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
|
|
|
5434
|
|
|
5435 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
|
|
|
5436
|
|
|
5437 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump)
|
|
|
5438
|
|
|
5439 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
|
|
|
5440
|
|
|
5441 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
|
|
|
5442
|
|
|
5443 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location)
|
|
|
5444
|
|
|
5445 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
|
|
|
5446
|
|
|
5447 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
|
|
|
5448
|
|
|
5449 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
|
|
|
5450
|
|
|
5451 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
|
|
|
5452
|
|
|
5453 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
|
|
|
5454
|
|
|
5455 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5456 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
|
|
|
5457 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
|
|
|
5458 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
|
|
|
5459 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
|
|
|
5460 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
|
|
|
5461 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
|
|
|
5462 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
|
|
|
5463 recent one.
|
|
|
5464
|
|
|
5465 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
|
|
|
5466 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
|
|
|
5467 yank successive words.
|
|
|
5468
|
|
|
5469 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
|
|
|
5470 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
|
|
|
5471 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
|
|
|
5472 name of the file being visited.
|
|
|
5473
|
|
|
5474 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
|
|
|
5475 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
|
|
|
5476 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
|
|
|
5477
|
|
|
5478 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5479 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
|
|
|
5480 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
|
|
|
5481 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
|
|
|
5482 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
|
|
|
5483 this.
|
|
|
5484
|
|
|
5485 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
|
|
|
5486 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
|
|
|
5487 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
|
|
|
5488 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
|
|
|
5489
|
|
|
5490 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5491 Relocate BOOKMARK -- prompts for a filename, and makes an already
|
|
|
5492 existing bookmark point to that file, instead of the one it used to
|
|
|
5493 point at. Useful when a file has been renamed after a bookmark was
|
|
|
5494 set in it." t nil)
|
|
|
5495
|
|
|
5496 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5497 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
|
|
|
5498 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
|
|
|
5499 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
|
|
|
5500
|
|
|
5501 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5502 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name. If called from
|
|
|
5503 keyboard, prompts for OLD and NEW. If called from menubar, OLD is
|
|
|
5504 selected from a menu, and prompts for NEW.
|
|
|
5505
|
|
|
5506 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
|
|
|
5507 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
|
|
|
5508 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
|
|
|
5509
|
|
|
5510 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
|
|
108
|
5511 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
|
|
78
|
5512 name." t nil)
|
|
|
5513
|
|
|
5514 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5515 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
|
|
|
5516 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
|
|
|
5517 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
|
|
|
5518 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
|
|
|
5519 this." t nil)
|
|
|
5520
|
|
|
5521 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5522 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
|
|
|
5523 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
|
|
|
5524 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
|
|
|
5525 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
|
|
|
5526 one most recently used in this file, if any).
|
|
|
5527 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
|
|
|
5528 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
|
|
|
5529
|
|
|
5530 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5531 Write bookmarks to a file (for which the user will be prompted
|
|
|
5532 interactively). Don't use this in Lisp programs; use bookmark-save
|
|
|
5533 instead." t nil)
|
|
|
5534
|
|
|
5535 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5536 Save currently defined bookmarks.
|
|
|
5537 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
|
|
|
5538 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
|
|
|
5539 \(second argument).
|
|
|
5540
|
|
|
5541 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
|
|
|
5542 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
|
|
|
5543 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
|
|
|
5544 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
|
|
|
5545 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
|
|
|
5546
|
|
|
5547 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
|
|
|
5548 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
|
|
|
5549 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
|
|
|
5550 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
|
|
|
5551
|
|
|
5552 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5553 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
|
|
|
5554 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
|
|
|
5555 optional second argument REVERT is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
|
|
|
5556 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
|
|
|
5557 while loading.
|
|
|
5558
|
|
|
5559 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
|
|
|
5560 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
|
|
|
5561 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
|
|
|
5562 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
|
|
|
5563 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
|
|
|
5564 explicitly." t nil)
|
|
|
5565
|
|
|
5566 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5567 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
|
|
|
5568 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
|
|
|
5569 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
|
|
|
5570 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
|
|
|
5571
|
|
|
5572 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
|
|
|
5573
|
|
|
5574 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
|
|
|
5575
|
|
|
5576 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-insert "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5577 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
|
|
|
5578 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
|
|
|
5579 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
|
|
|
5580 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
|
|
|
5581 this.
|
|
|
5582
|
|
|
5583 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5584 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5585 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5586
|
|
|
5587 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-jump "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5588 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
|
|
|
5589 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
|
|
|
5590 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
|
|
|
5591 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
|
|
|
5592 this.
|
|
|
5593
|
|
|
5594 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5595 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5596 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5597
|
|
|
5598 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-locate "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5599 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
|
|
|
5600 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
|
|
|
5601
|
|
|
5602 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5603 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5604 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5605
|
|
|
5606 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-rename "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5607 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
|
|
|
5608 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
|
|
|
5609 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
|
|
|
5610 prompts for NEWNAME.
|
|
|
5611 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
|
|
|
5612 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
|
|
|
5613 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
|
|
|
5614
|
|
|
5615 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
|
|
108
|
5616 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
|
|
78
|
5617 name.
|
|
|
5618
|
|
|
5619 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5620 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5621 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5622
|
|
|
5623 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-delete "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5624 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
|
|
|
5625 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
|
|
|
5626 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
|
|
|
5627 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
|
|
|
5628 one most recently used in this file, if any).
|
|
|
5629
|
|
|
5630 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5631 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5632 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5633
|
|
|
5634 ;;;***
|
|
|
5635
|
|
|
5636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "buff-menu" "packages/buff-menu.el")
|
|
|
5637
|
|
|
5638 (defvar list-buffers-directory nil)
|
|
|
5639
|
|
|
5640 (make-variable-buffer-local 'list-buffers-directory)
|
|
|
5641
|
|
|
5642 ;;;***
|
|
|
5643
|
|
|
5644 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history-mode list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "packages/chistory.el")
|
|
|
5645
|
|
|
5646 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
|
|
|
5647 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
|
|
|
5648 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
|
|
|
5649 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
|
|
|
5650 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
|
|
|
5651 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
|
|
|
5652
|
|
|
5653 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
|
|
|
5654 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
|
|
|
5655 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
|
|
|
5656 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
|
|
|
5657 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
|
|
|
5658
|
|
|
5659 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
|
|
|
5660
|
|
|
5661 (autoload 'command-history-mode "chistory" "\
|
|
|
5662 Major mode for examining commands from `command-history'.
|
|
|
5663 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
|
|
|
5664 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
|
|
|
5665 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
|
|
|
5666
|
|
|
5667 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
|
|
|
5668 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
|
|
|
5669 \\{command-history-map}
|
|
|
5670 Calls the value of `command-history-hook' if that is non-nil.
|
|
|
5671 The Command History listing is recomputed each time this mode is invoked." t nil)
|
|
|
5672
|
|
|
5673 ;;;***
|
|
|
5674
|
|
|
5675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "packages/cmuscheme.el")
|
|
|
5676
|
|
|
5677 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
|
|
|
5678
|
|
|
5679 ;;;***
|
|
|
5680
|
|
|
5681 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "packages/compare-w.el")
|
|
|
5682
|
|
|
5683 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
|
|
|
5684 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
|
|
|
5685 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
|
|
|
5686 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
|
|
|
5687
|
|
|
5688 This command pushes the mark in each window
|
|
|
5689 at the prior location of point in that window.
|
|
|
5690 If both windows display the same buffer,
|
|
|
5691 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
|
|
|
5692 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
|
|
|
5693
|
|
|
5694 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
|
|
|
5695 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
|
|
|
5696 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
|
|
|
5697
|
|
|
5698 ;;;***
|
|
|
5699
|
|
|
5700 ;;;### (autoloads (first-error previous-error next-error compilation-minor-mode grep compile) "compile" "packages/compile.el")
|
|
|
5701
|
|
120
|
5702 (defcustom compilation-mode-hook nil "*List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks')." :type 'hook :group 'compilation)
|
|
|
5703
|
|
|
5704 (defcustom compilation-window-height nil "*Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default." :type '(choice (const nil) integer) :group 'compilation)
|
|
|
5705
|
|
|
5706 (defcustom compilation-buffer-name-function nil "Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.\nThe function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the\ncompilation buffer. It should return a string.\nnil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'." :type 'function :group 'compilation)
|
|
|
5707
|
|
|
5708 (defcustom compilation-finish-function nil "*Function to call when a compilation process finishes.\nIt is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string\ndescribing how the process finished." :type 'function :group 'compilation)
|
|
|
5709
|
|
|
5710 (defcustom compilation-search-path '(nil) "*List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.\nElements should be directory names, not file names of directories.\nnil as an element means to try the default directory." :type '(repeat (choice (const :tag "Default" nil) directory)) :group 'compilation)
|
|
78
|
5711
|
|
|
5712 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
|
|
|
5713 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
|
|
|
5714 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
|
|
|
5715 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
|
|
|
5716
|
|
|
5717 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
|
|
|
5718 and move to the source code that caused it.
|
|
|
5719
|
|
|
5720 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
|
|
|
5721 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
|
|
|
5722
|
|
|
5723 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
|
|
|
5724 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
|
|
|
5725 Then start the next one.
|
|
|
5726
|
|
|
5727 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
|
|
|
5728 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
|
|
|
5729 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
|
|
|
5730
|
|
|
5731 (autoload 'grep "compile" "\
|
|
|
5732 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
|
|
|
5733 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
|
|
|
5734 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
|
|
|
5735
|
|
|
5736 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
|
|
|
5737 easily repeat a grep command." t nil)
|
|
|
5738
|
|
|
5739 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
|
|
|
5740 Toggle compilation minor mode.
|
|
|
5741 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
|
|
|
5742 See `compilation-mode'.
|
|
|
5743 ! \\{compilation-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5744
|
|
|
5745 (autoload 'next-error "compile" "\
|
|
|
5746 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
|
|
|
5747 This operates on the output from the \\[compile] command.
|
|
|
5748 If all preparsed error messages have been processed,
|
|
|
5749 the error message buffer is checked for new ones.
|
|
|
5750
|
|
|
5751 A prefix arg specifies how many error messages to move;
|
|
|
5752 negative means move back to previous error messages.
|
|
|
5753 Just C-u as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
|
|
|
5754 and start at the first error.
|
|
|
5755
|
|
|
5756 \\[next-error] normally applies to the most recent compilation started,
|
|
|
5757 but as long as you are in the middle of parsing errors from one compilation
|
|
|
5758 output buffer, you stay with that compilation output buffer.
|
|
|
5759
|
|
|
5760 Use \\[next-error] in a compilation output buffer to switch to
|
|
|
5761 processing errors from that compilation.
|
|
|
5762
|
|
|
5763 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
|
|
|
5764 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
|
|
|
5765
|
|
|
5766 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
|
|
|
5767
|
|
|
5768 (autoload 'previous-error "compile" "\
|
|
|
5769 Visit previous compilation error message and corresponding source code.
|
|
|
5770 This operates on the output from the \\[compile] command." t nil)
|
|
|
5771
|
|
|
5772 (autoload 'first-error "compile" "\
|
|
|
5773 Reparse the error message buffer and start at the first error
|
|
|
5774 Visit corresponding source code.
|
|
|
5775 This operates on the output from the \\[compile] command." t nil)
|
|
|
5776
|
|
|
5777 ;;;***
|
|
|
5778
|
|
|
5779 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "packages/dabbrev.el")
|
|
|
5780
|
|
|
5781 (define-key global-map [(meta /)] 'dabbrev-expand)
|
|
|
5782
|
|
|
5783 (define-key global-map [(meta control /)] 'dabbrev-completion)
|
|
|
5784
|
|
|
5785 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
|
|
|
5786 Completion on current word.
|
|
|
5787 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
|
|
|
5788 and presents suggestions for completion.
|
|
|
5789
|
|
|
5790 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
|
|
|
5791 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
|
|
|
5792 completions.
|
|
|
5793
|
|
|
5794 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
|
|
|
5795 then it searches *all* buffers.
|
|
|
5796
|
|
|
5797 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
|
|
|
5798 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
|
|
|
5799
|
|
|
5800 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
|
|
|
5801 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
|
|
|
5802
|
|
|
5803 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
|
|
|
5804 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
|
|
|
5805 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
|
|
|
5806 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
|
|
|
5807 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
|
|
|
5808
|
|
|
5809 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
|
|
|
5810 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
|
|
|
5811
|
|
|
5812 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
|
|
|
5813 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
|
|
|
5814 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
|
|
|
5815
|
|
|
5816 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
|
|
|
5817 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
|
|
|
5818
|
|
|
5819 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
|
|
|
5820
|
|
|
5821 ;;;***
|
|
|
5822
|
|
104
|
5823 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff) "diff" "packages/diff.el")
|
|
|
5824
|
|
120
|
5825 (defcustom diff-switches "-c" "*A list of switches (strings) to pass to the diff program." :type '(choice string (repeat string)) :group 'diff)
|
|
104
|
5826
|
|
|
5827 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
|
|
|
5828 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
|
|
|
5829 Interactively you are prompted with the current buffer's file name for NEW
|
|
|
5830 and what appears to be its backup for OLD." t nil)
|
|
|
5831
|
|
|
5832 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
|
|
|
5833 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
|
|
|
5834 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
|
|
|
5835 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
|
|
|
5836 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
|
|
|
5837
|
|
|
5838 ;;;***
|
|
|
5839
|
|
78
|
5840 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-faces) "edit-faces" "packages/edit-faces.el")
|
|
|
5841
|
|
|
5842 (autoload 'edit-faces "edit-faces" "\
|
|
|
5843 Alter face characteristics by editing a list of defined faces.
|
|
|
5844 Pops up a buffer containing a list of defined faces.
|
|
|
5845
|
|
|
5846 Editing commands:
|
|
|
5847
|
|
|
5848 \\{edit-faces-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5849
|
|
|
5850 ;;;***
|
|
|
5851
|
|
|
5852 ;;;### (autoloads (report-xemacs-bug) "emacsbug" "packages/emacsbug.el")
|
|
|
5853
|
|
|
5854 (autoload 'report-xemacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
|
|
|
5855 Report a bug in XEmacs.
|
|
|
5856 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
5857
|
|
|
5858 ;;;***
|
|
|
5859
|
|
|
5860 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge" "packages/emerge.el")
|
|
|
5861
|
|
|
5862 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
|
|
|
5863 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
|
|
|
5864
|
|
|
5865 (fset 'emerge 'emerge-files)
|
|
|
5866
|
|
|
5867 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
|
|
|
5868 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
5869
|
|
|
5870 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
|
|
|
5871 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
|
|
|
5872
|
|
|
5873 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
|
|
|
5874 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
5875
|
|
|
5876 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
5877
|
|
|
5878 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
5879
|
|
|
5880 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
5881
|
|
|
5882 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
5883
|
|
|
5884 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
|
|
|
5885 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
|
|
|
5886
|
|
|
5887 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
|
|
|
5888 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
5889
|
|
|
5890 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" nil t nil)
|
|
|
5891
|
|
|
5892 ;;;***
|
|
|
5893
|
|
|
5894 ;;;### (autoloads (tags-apropos list-tags tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file find-tag-other-window find-tag visit-tags-table) "etags" "packages/etags.el")
|
|
|
5895
|
|
142
|
5896 (defcustom tags-build-completion-table 'ask "*If this variable is nil, then tags completion is disabled.\nIf this variable is t, then things which prompt for tags will do so with \n completion across all known tags.\nIf this variable is the symbol `ask', then you will be asked whether each\n tags table should be added to the completion list as it is read in.\n (With the exception that for very small tags tables, you will not be asked,\n since they can be parsed quickly.)" :type '(radio (const :tag "Disabled" nil) (const :tag "Complete All" t) (const :tag "Ask" ask)) :group 'etags)
|
|
|
5897
|
|
|
5898 (defcustom tags-always-exact nil "*If this variable is non-nil, then tags always looks for exact matches." :type 'boolean :group 'etags)
|
|
|
5899
|
|
|
5900 (defcustom tag-table-alist nil "*A list which determines which tags files should be active for a \ngiven buffer. This is not really an association list, in that all \nelements are checked. The CAR of each element of this list is a \npattern against which the buffer's file name is compared; if it \nmatches, then the CDR of the list should be the name of the tags\ntable to use. If more than one element of this list matches the\nbuffer's file name, then all of the associated tags tables will be\nused. Earlier ones will be searched first.\n\nIf the CAR of elements of this list are strings, then they are treated\nas regular-expressions against which the file is compared (like the\nauto-mode-alist). If they are not strings, then they are evaluated.\nIf they evaluate to non-nil, then the current buffer is considered to\nmatch.\n\nIf the CDR of the elements of this list are strings, then they are\nassumed to name a TAGS file. If they name a directory, then the string\n\"TAGS\" is appended to them to get the file name. If they are not \nstrings, then they are evaluated, and must return an appropriate string.\n\nFor example:\n (setq tag-table-alist\n '((\"/usr/src/public/perl/\" . \"/usr/src/public/perl/perl-3.0/\")\n (\"\\\\.el$\" . \"/usr/local/emacs/src/\")\n (\"/jbw/gnu/\" . \"/usr15/degree/stud/jbw/gnu/\")\n (\"\" . \"/usr/local/emacs/src/\")\n ))\n\nThis means that anything in the /usr/src/public/perl/ directory should use\nthe TAGS file /usr/src/public/perl/perl-3.0/TAGS; and file ending in .el should\nuse the TAGS file /usr/local/emacs/src/TAGS; and anything in or below the\ndirectory /jbw/gnu/ should use the TAGS file /usr15/degree/stud/jbw/gnu/TAGS.\nA file called something like \"/usr/jbw/foo.el\" would use both the TAGS files\n/usr/local/emacs/src/TAGS and /usr15/degree/stud/jbw/gnu/TAGS (in that order)\nbecause it matches both patterns.\n\nIf the buffer-local variable `buffer-tag-table' is set, then it names a tags\ntable that is searched before all others when find-tag is executed from this\nbuffer.\n\nIf there is a file called \"TAGS\" in the same directory as the file in \nquestion, then that tags file will always be used as well (after the\n`buffer-tag-table' but before the tables specified by this list.)\n\nIf the variable tags-file-name is set, then the tags file it names will apply\nto all buffers (for backwards compatibility.) It is searched first.\n" :type '(repeat (cons regexp sexp)) :group 'etags)
|
|
78
|
5901
|
|
|
5902 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
|
|
|
5903 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE first.
|
|
|
5904 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
|
|
|
5905 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory." t nil)
|
|
|
5906
|
|
|
5907 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
|
|
|
5908 *Find tag whose name contains TAGNAME.
|
|
|
5909 Selects the buffer that the tag is contained in
|
|
|
5910 and puts point at its definition.
|
|
|
5911 If TAGNAME is a null string, the expression in the buffer
|
|
|
5912 around or before point is used as the tag name.
|
|
|
5913 If called interactively with a numeric argument, searches for the next tag
|
|
|
5914 in the tag table that matches the tagname used in the previous find-tag.
|
|
|
5915 If second arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, uses another window to display
|
|
|
5916 the tag.
|
|
|
5917
|
|
|
5918 This version of this function supports multiple active tags tables,
|
|
|
5919 and completion.
|
|
|
5920
|
|
|
5921 Variables of note:
|
|
|
5922
|
|
|
5923 tag-table-alist controls which tables apply to which buffers
|
|
|
5924 tags-file-name a default tags table
|
|
|
5925 tags-build-completion-table controls completion behavior
|
|
|
5926 buffer-tag-table another way of specifying a buffer-local table
|
|
|
5927 make-tags-files-invisible whether tags tables should be very hidden
|
|
|
5928 tag-mark-stack-max how many tags-based hops to remember" t nil)
|
|
|
5929
|
|
|
5930 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
|
|
|
5931 *Find tag whose name contains TAGNAME.
|
|
|
5932 Selects the buffer that the tag is contained in in another window
|
|
|
5933 and puts point at its definition.
|
|
|
5934 If TAGNAME is a null string, the expression in the buffer
|
|
|
5935 around or before point is used as the tag name.
|
|
|
5936 If second arg NEXT is non-nil (interactively, with prefix arg),
|
|
|
5937 searches for the next tag in the tag table
|
|
|
5938 that matches the tagname used in the previous find-tag.
|
|
|
5939
|
|
|
5940 This version of this function supports multiple active tags tables,
|
|
|
5941 and completion.
|
|
|
5942
|
|
|
5943 Variables of note:
|
|
|
5944
|
|
|
5945 tag-table-alist controls which tables apply to which buffers
|
|
|
5946 tags-file-name a default tags table
|
|
|
5947 tags-build-completion-table controls completion behavior
|
|
|
5948 buffer-tag-table another way of specifying a buffer-local table
|
|
|
5949 make-tags-files-invisible whether tags tables should be very hidden
|
|
|
5950 tag-mark-stack-max how many tags-based hops to remember" t nil)
|
|
|
5951
|
|
|
5952 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
|
|
|
5953 Select next file among files in current tag table(s).
|
|
|
5954
|
|
|
5955 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
|
|
|
5956 beginning of the list of files in the (first) tags table. If the argument
|
|
|
5957 is neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
|
|
|
5958
|
|
|
5959 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
|
|
|
5960 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
|
|
|
5961
|
|
|
5962 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
|
|
|
5963 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
|
|
|
5964
|
|
|
5965 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
|
|
|
5966 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
|
|
|
5967 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
|
|
|
5968 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
|
|
|
5969 Two variables control the processing we do on each file:
|
|
|
5970 the value of `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file
|
|
|
5971 to see if it is interesting (it returns non-nil if so)
|
|
|
5972 and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to execute to operate on an interesting file
|
|
|
5973 If the latter returns non-nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
|
|
|
5974
|
|
|
5975 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
|
|
|
5976 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
|
|
|
5977 Stops when a match is found.
|
|
|
5978 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
|
|
|
5979
|
|
|
5980 See documentation of variable `tag-table-alist'." t nil)
|
|
|
5981
|
|
|
5982 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
|
|
|
5983 Query-replace-regexp FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
|
|
|
5984 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
|
|
|
5985 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
|
|
|
5986 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
|
|
|
5987
|
|
|
5988 See documentation of variable `tag-table-alist'." t nil)
|
|
|
5989
|
|
|
5990 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
|
|
|
5991 Display list of tags in file FILE.
|
|
|
5992 FILE should not contain a directory spec
|
|
|
5993 unless it has one in the tag table." t nil)
|
|
|
5994
|
|
|
5995 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
|
|
|
5996 Display list of all tags in tag table REGEXP matches." t nil)
|
|
|
5997
|
|
|
5998 ;;;***
|
|
|
5999
|
|
|
6000 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "packages/fast-lock.el")
|
|
|
6001
|
|
|
6002 (autoload 'fast-lock-mode "fast-lock" "\
|
|
|
6003 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
|
|
|
6004 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
|
|
|
6005 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
|
|
|
6006
|
|
|
6007 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
|
|
|
6008
|
|
|
6009 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
|
|
|
6010 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
|
|
|
6011 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
|
|
|
6012
|
|
|
6013 Font Lock caches may be saved:
|
|
100
|
6014 - When you save the file's buffer.
|
|
|
6015 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
|
|
|
6016 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
|
|
78
|
6017 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
|
|
|
6018 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
|
|
|
6019
|
|
|
6020 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
|
|
|
6021
|
|
|
6022 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
|
|
|
6023 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
|
|
|
6024 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
|
|
98
|
6025 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
|
|
78
|
6026
|
|
|
6027 (autoload 'turn-on-fast-lock "fast-lock" "\
|
|
|
6028 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
6029
|
|
100
|
6030 (when (fboundp 'add-minor-mode) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode 'fast-lock-mode nil))
|
|
78
|
6031
|
|
|
6032 ;;;***
|
|
|
6033
|
|
|
6034 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "packages/feedmail.el")
|
|
|
6035
|
|
|
6036 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
6037
|
|
|
6038 ;;;***
|
|
|
6039
|
|
|
6040 ;;;### (autoloads (make-file-part) "file-part" "packages/file-part.el")
|
|
|
6041
|
|
|
6042 (autoload 'make-file-part "file-part" "\
|
|
|
6043 Make a file part on buffer BUFFER out of the region. Call it NAME.
|
|
|
6044 This command creates a new buffer containing the contents of the
|
|
|
6045 region and marks the buffer as referring to the specified buffer,
|
|
|
6046 called the `master buffer'. When the file-part buffer is saved,
|
|
|
6047 its changes are integrated back into the master buffer. When the
|
|
|
6048 master buffer is deleted, all file parts are deleted with it.
|
|
|
6049
|
|
|
6050 When called from a function, expects four arguments, START, END,
|
|
|
6051 NAME, and BUFFER, all of which are optional and default to the
|
|
|
6052 beginning of BUFFER, the end of BUFFER, a name generated from
|
|
|
6053 BUFFER's name, and the current buffer, respectively." t nil)
|
|
|
6054
|
|
|
6055 ;;;***
|
|
|
6056
|
|
|
6057 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer turn-off-font-lock turn-on-font-lock font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "packages/font-lock.el")
|
|
|
6058
|
|
|
6059 (defvar font-lock-auto-fontify t "\
|
|
|
6060 *Whether font-lock should automatically fontify files as they're loaded.
|
|
|
6061 This will only happen if font-lock has fontifying keywords for the major
|
|
|
6062 mode of the file. You can get finer-grained control over auto-fontification
|
|
|
6063 by using this variable in combination with `font-lock-mode-enable-list' or
|
|
|
6064 `font-lock-mode-disable-list'.")
|
|
|
6065
|
|
|
6066 (defvar font-lock-mode-enable-list nil "\
|
|
|
6067 *List of modes to auto-fontify, if `font-lock-auto-fontify' is nil.")
|
|
|
6068
|
|
|
6069 (defvar font-lock-mode-disable-list nil "\
|
|
|
6070 *List of modes not to auto-fontify, if `font-lock-auto-fontify' is t.")
|
|
|
6071
|
|
|
6072 (defvar font-lock-use-colors '(color) "\
|
|
|
6073 *Specification for when Font Lock will set up color defaults.
|
|
|
6074 Normally this should be '(color), meaning that Font Lock will set up
|
|
|
6075 color defaults that are only used on color displays. Set this to nil
|
|
|
6076 if you don't want Font Lock to set up color defaults at all. This
|
|
|
6077 should be one of
|
|
|
6078
|
|
|
6079 -- a list of valid tags, meaning that the color defaults will be used
|
|
|
6080 when all of the tags apply. (e.g. '(color x))
|
|
|
6081 -- a list whose first element is 'or and whose remaining elements are
|
|
|
6082 lists of valid tags, meaning that the defaults will be used when
|
|
|
6083 any of the tag lists apply.
|
|
|
6084 -- nil, meaning that the defaults should not be set up at all.
|
|
|
6085
|
|
|
6086 \(If you specify face values in your init file, they will override any
|
|
|
6087 that Font Lock specifies, regardless of whether you specify the face
|
|
|
6088 values before or after loading Font Lock.)
|
|
|
6089
|
|
|
6090 See also `font-lock-use-fonts'. If you want more control over the faces
|
|
|
6091 used for fontification, see the documentation of `font-lock-mode' for
|
|
|
6092 how to do it.")
|
|
|
6093
|
|
|
6094 (defvar font-lock-use-fonts '(or (mono) (grayscale)) "\
|
|
|
6095 *Specification for when Font Lock will set up non-color defaults.
|
|
|
6096
|
|
|
6097 Normally this should be '(or (mono) (grayscale)), meaning that Font
|
|
|
6098 Lock will set up non-color defaults that are only used on either mono
|
|
|
6099 or grayscale displays. Set this to nil if you don't want Font Lock to
|
|
|
6100 set up non-color defaults at all. This should be one of
|
|
|
6101
|
|
|
6102 -- a list of valid tags, meaning that the non-color defaults will be used
|
|
|
6103 when all of the tags apply. (e.g. '(grayscale x))
|
|
|
6104 -- a list whose first element is 'or and whose remaining elements are
|
|
|
6105 lists of valid tags, meaning that the defaults will be used when
|
|
|
6106 any of the tag lists apply.
|
|
|
6107 -- nil, meaning that the defaults should not be set up at all.
|
|
|
6108
|
|
|
6109 \(If you specify face values in your init file, they will override any
|
|
|
6110 that Font Lock specifies, regardless of whether you specify the face
|
|
|
6111 values before or after loading Font Lock.)
|
|
|
6112
|
|
|
6113 See also `font-lock-use-colors'. If you want more control over the faces
|
|
|
6114 used for fontification, see the documentation of `font-lock-mode' for
|
|
|
6115 how to do it.")
|
|
|
6116
|
|
|
6117 (defvar font-lock-maximum-decoration nil "\
|
|
|
6118 *If non-nil, the maximum decoration level for fontifying.
|
|
|
6119 If nil, use the minimum decoration (equivalent to level 0).
|
|
|
6120 If t, use the maximum decoration available.
|
|
|
6121 If a number, use that level of decoration (or if not available the maximum).
|
|
|
6122 If a list, each element should be a cons pair of the form (MAJOR-MODE . LEVEL),
|
|
|
6123 where MAJOR-MODE is a symbol or t (meaning the default). For example:
|
|
|
6124 ((c++-mode . 2) (c-mode . t) (t . 1))
|
|
|
6125 means use level 2 decoration for buffers in `c++-mode', the maximum decoration
|
|
|
6126 available for buffers in `c-mode', and level 1 decoration otherwise.")
|
|
|
6127
|
|
|
6128 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'font-lock-use-maximal-decoration 'font-lock-maximum-decoration)
|
|
|
6129
|
|
|
6130 (defvar font-lock-maximum-size (* 250 1024) "\
|
|
|
6131 *If non-nil, the maximum size for buffers for fontifying.
|
|
|
6132 Only buffers less than this can be fontified when Font Lock mode is turned on.
|
|
|
6133 If nil, means size is irrelevant.
|
|
|
6134 If a list, each element should be a cons pair of the form (MAJOR-MODE . SIZE),
|
|
|
6135 where MAJOR-MODE is a symbol or t (meaning the default). For example:
|
|
|
6136 ((c++-mode . 256000) (c-mode . 256000) (rmail-mode . 1048576))
|
|
|
6137 means that the maximum size is 250K for buffers in `c++-mode' or `c-mode', one
|
|
|
6138 megabyte for buffers in `rmail-mode', and size is irrelevant otherwise.")
|
|
|
6139
|
|
|
6140 (defvar font-lock-keywords nil "\
|
|
|
6141 *A list of the keywords to highlight.
|
|
|
6142 Each element should be of the form:
|
|
|
6143
|
|
|
6144 MATCHER
|
|
|
6145 (MATCHER . MATCH)
|
|
|
6146 (MATCHER . FACENAME)
|
|
|
6147 (MATCHER . HIGHLIGHT)
|
|
|
6148 (MATCHER HIGHLIGHT ...)
|
|
108
|
6149 (eval . FORM)
|
|
78
|
6150
|
|
|
6151 where HIGHLIGHT should be either MATCH-HIGHLIGHT or MATCH-ANCHORED.
|
|
|
6152
|
|
108
|
6153 FORM is an expression, whose value should be a keyword element,
|
|
|
6154 evaluated when the keyword is (first) used in a buffer. This feature
|
|
|
6155 can be used to provide a keyword that can only be generated when Font
|
|
|
6156 Lock mode is actually turned on.
|
|
|
6157
|
|
78
|
6158 For highlighting single items, typically only MATCH-HIGHLIGHT is required.
|
|
108
|
6159 However, if an item or (typically) items is to be highlighted following the
|
|
78
|
6160 instance of another item (the anchor) then MATCH-ANCHORED may be required.
|
|
|
6161
|
|
|
6162 MATCH-HIGHLIGHT should be of the form:
|
|
|
6163
|
|
|
6164 (MATCH FACENAME OVERRIDE LAXMATCH)
|
|
|
6165
|
|
102
|
6166 Where MATCHER can be either the regexp to search for, a variable
|
|
|
6167 containing the regexp to search for, or the function to call to make
|
|
|
6168 the search (called with one argument, the limit of the search). MATCH
|
|
|
6169 is the subexpression of MATCHER to be highlighted. FACENAME is either
|
|
|
6170 a symbol naming a face, or an expression whose value is the face name
|
|
|
6171 to use. If you want FACENAME to be a symbol that evaluates to a face,
|
|
|
6172 use a form like \"(progn sym)\".
|
|
78
|
6173
|
|
|
6174 OVERRIDE and LAXMATCH are flags. If OVERRIDE is t, existing fontification may
|
|
|
6175 be overwritten. If `keep', only parts not already fontified are highlighted.
|
|
|
6176 If `prepend' or `append', existing fontification is merged with the new, in
|
|
|
6177 which the new or existing fontification, respectively, takes precedence.
|
|
|
6178 If LAXMATCH is non-nil, no error is signalled if there is no MATCH in MATCHER.
|
|
|
6179
|
|
|
6180 For example, an element of the form highlights (if not already highlighted):
|
|
|
6181
|
|
|
6182 \"\\\\\\=<foo\\\\\\=>\" Discrete occurrences of \"foo\" in the value of the
|
|
|
6183 variable `font-lock-keyword-face'.
|
|
|
6184 (\"fu\\\\(bar\\\\)\" . 1) Substring \"bar\" within all occurrences of \"fubar\" in
|
|
|
6185 the value of `font-lock-keyword-face'.
|
|
|
6186 (\"fubar\" . fubar-face) Occurrences of \"fubar\" in the value of `fubar-face'.
|
|
|
6187 (\"foo\\\\|bar\" 0 foo-bar-face t)
|
|
|
6188 Occurrences of either \"foo\" or \"bar\" in the value
|
|
|
6189 of `foo-bar-face', even if already highlighted.
|
|
|
6190
|
|
|
6191 MATCH-ANCHORED should be of the form:
|
|
|
6192
|
|
|
6193 (MATCHER PRE-MATCH-FORM POST-MATCH-FORM MATCH-HIGHLIGHT ...)
|
|
|
6194
|
|
|
6195 Where MATCHER is as for MATCH-HIGHLIGHT with one exception. The limit of the
|
|
|
6196 search is currently guaranteed to be (no greater than) the end of the line.
|
|
|
6197 PRE-MATCH-FORM and POST-MATCH-FORM are evaluated before the first, and after
|
|
|
6198 the last, instance MATCH-ANCHORED's MATCHER is used. Therefore they can be
|
|
|
6199 used to initialise before, and cleanup after, MATCHER is used. Typically,
|
|
|
6200 PRE-MATCH-FORM is used to move to some position relative to the original
|
|
|
6201 MATCHER, before starting with MATCH-ANCHORED's MATCHER. POST-MATCH-FORM might
|
|
|
6202 be used to move, before resuming with MATCH-ANCHORED's parent's MATCHER.
|
|
|
6203
|
|
|
6204 For example, an element of the form highlights (if not already highlighted):
|
|
|
6205
|
|
|
6206 (\"\\\\\\=<anchor\\\\\\=>\" (0 anchor-face) (\"\\\\\\=<item\\\\\\=>\" nil nil (0 item-face)))
|
|
|
6207
|
|
|
6208 Discrete occurrences of \"anchor\" in the value of `anchor-face', and subsequent
|
|
|
6209 discrete occurrences of \"item\" (on the same line) in the value of `item-face'.
|
|
|
6210 (Here PRE-MATCH-FORM and POST-MATCH-FORM are nil. Therefore \"item\" is
|
|
|
6211 initially searched for starting from the end of the match of \"anchor\", and
|
|
|
6212 searching for subsequent instance of \"anchor\" resumes from where searching
|
|
|
6213 for \"item\" concluded.)
|
|
|
6214
|
|
|
6215 Note that the MATCH-ANCHORED feature is experimental; in the future, we may
|
|
|
6216 replace it with other ways of providing this functionality.
|
|
|
6217
|
|
|
6218 These regular expressions should not match text which spans lines. While
|
|
|
6219 \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] handles multi-line patterns correctly, updating
|
|
|
6220 when you edit the buffer does not, since it considers text one line at a time.
|
|
|
6221
|
|
|
6222 Be very careful composing regexps for this list;
|
|
|
6223 the wrong pattern can dramatically slow things down!")
|
|
|
6224
|
|
|
6225 (make-variable-buffer-local 'font-lock-keywords)
|
|
|
6226
|
|
|
6227 (defvar font-lock-mode nil)
|
|
|
6228
|
|
|
6229 (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\
|
|
|
6230 Function or functions to run on entry to font-lock-mode.")
|
|
|
6231
|
|
|
6232 (autoload 'font-lock-mode "font-lock" "\
|
|
|
6233 Toggle Font Lock Mode.
|
|
|
6234 With arg, turn font-lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
|
|
|
6235
|
|
|
6236 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
|
|
|
6237
|
|
|
6238 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
|
|
|
6239 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
|
|
|
6240 - Documentation strings (in Lisp-like languages) are displayed in
|
|
|
6241 `font-lock-doc-string-face';
|
|
|
6242 - Language keywords (\"reserved words\") are displayed in
|
|
|
6243 `font-lock-keyword-face';
|
|
|
6244 - Function names in their defining form are displayed in
|
|
|
6245 `font-lock-function-name-face';
|
|
|
6246 - Variable names in their defining form are displayed in
|
|
|
6247 `font-lock-variable-name-face';
|
|
|
6248 - Type names are displayed in `font-lock-type-face';
|
|
|
6249 - References appearing in help files and the like are displayed
|
|
|
6250 in `font-lock-reference-face';
|
|
|
6251 - Preprocessor declarations are displayed in
|
|
|
6252 `font-lock-preprocessor-face';
|
|
|
6253
|
|
|
6254 and
|
|
|
6255
|
|
|
6256 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according
|
|
|
6257 to the value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
|
|
|
6258
|
|
|
6259 Where modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
|
|
|
6260 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
|
|
|
6261 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
|
|
|
6262 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
|
|
|
6263 To fontify a buffer without turning on Font Lock mode, and regardless of buffer
|
|
|
6264 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
|
|
|
6265
|
|
|
6266 See the variable `font-lock-keywords' for customization." t nil)
|
|
|
6267
|
|
|
6268 (autoload 'turn-on-font-lock "font-lock" "\
|
|
|
6269 Unconditionally turn on Font Lock mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
6270
|
|
|
6271 (autoload 'turn-off-font-lock "font-lock" "\
|
|
|
6272 Unconditionally turn off Font Lock mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
6273
|
|
|
6274 (autoload 'font-lock-fontify-buffer "font-lock" "\
|
|
|
6275 Fontify the current buffer the way `font-lock-mode' would.
|
|
|
6276 See `font-lock-mode' for details.
|
|
|
6277
|
|
|
6278 This can take a while for large buffers." t nil)
|
|
|
6279
|
|
|
6280 (add-minor-mode 'font-lock-mode " Font")
|
|
|
6281
|
|
|
6282 ;;;***
|
|
|
6283
|
|
|
6284 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-mode) "generic-sc" "packages/generic-sc.el")
|
|
|
6285
|
|
|
6286 (autoload 'sc-mode "generic-sc" "\
|
|
|
6287 Toggle sc-mode.
|
|
|
6288 SYSTEM can be sccs, rcs or cvs.
|
|
|
6289 Cvs requires the pcl-cvs package.
|
|
|
6290
|
|
|
6291 The following commands are available
|
|
|
6292 \\[sc-next-operation] perform next logical source control operation on current file
|
|
|
6293 \\[sc-show-changes] compare the version being edited with an older one
|
|
|
6294 \\[sc-version-diff-file] compare two older versions of a file
|
|
|
6295 \\[sc-show-history] display change history of current file
|
|
|
6296 \\[sc-visit-previous-revision] display an older revision of current file
|
|
|
6297 \\[sc-revert-file] revert buffer to last checked-in version
|
|
|
6298 \\[sc-list-all-locked-files] show all files locked in current directory
|
|
|
6299 \\[sc-list-locked-files] show all files locked by you in current directory
|
|
|
6300 \\[sc-list-registered-files] show all files under source control in current directory
|
|
|
6301 \\[sc-update-directory] get fresh copies of files checked-in by others in current directory
|
|
|
6302 \\[sc-rename-file] rename the current file and its source control file
|
|
|
6303
|
|
|
6304
|
|
|
6305 While you are entering a change log message for a check in, sc-log-entry-mode
|
|
|
6306 will be in effect.
|
|
|
6307
|
|
|
6308 Global user options:
|
|
|
6309 sc-diff-command A list consisting of the command and flags
|
|
|
6310 to be used for generating context diffs.
|
|
|
6311 sc-mode-expert suppresses some conformation prompts,
|
|
|
6312 notably for delta aborts and file saves.
|
|
|
6313 sc-max-log-size specifies the maximum allowable size
|
|
|
6314 of a log message plus one.
|
|
|
6315
|
|
|
6316
|
|
|
6317 When using SCCS you have additional commands and options
|
|
|
6318
|
|
|
6319 \\[sccs-insert-headers] insert source control headers in current file
|
|
|
6320
|
|
|
6321 When you generate headers into a buffer using \\[sccs-insert-headers],
|
|
|
6322 the value of sc-insert-headers-hook is called before insertion. If the
|
|
|
6323 file is recognized a C or Lisp source, sc-insert-c-header-hook or
|
|
|
6324 sc-insert-lisp-header-hook is called after insertion respectively.
|
|
|
6325
|
|
|
6326 sccs-headers-wanted which %-keywords to insert when adding
|
|
|
6327 headers with C-c h
|
|
|
6328 sccs-insert-static if non-nil, keywords inserted in C files
|
|
|
6329 get stuffed in a static string area so that
|
|
|
6330 what(1) can see them in the compiled object code.
|
|
|
6331
|
|
|
6332 When using CVS you have additional commands
|
|
|
6333
|
|
|
6334 \\[sc-cvs-update-directory] update the current directory using pcl-cvs
|
|
|
6335 \\[sc-cvs-file-status] show the CVS status of current file
|
|
|
6336 " t nil)
|
|
|
6337
|
|
|
6338 ;;;***
|
|
|
6339
|
|
|
6340 ;;;### (autoloads (gnuserv-start) "gnuserv" "packages/gnuserv.el")
|
|
|
6341
|
|
|
6342 (defvar gnuserv-frame nil "\
|
|
|
6343 *If non-nil, the frame to be used to display all edited files.
|
|
|
6344 If nil, then a new frame is created for each file edited.
|
|
|
6345 This variable has no effect in XEmacs versions older than 19.9.")
|
|
|
6346
|
|
|
6347 (autoload 'gnuserv-start "gnuserv" "\
|
|
|
6348 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
|
|
|
6349 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
|
|
|
6350 client \"editors\" (gnuclient and gnudoit) can send editing commands to
|
|
|
6351 this Emacs job. See the gnuserv(1) manual page for more details.
|
|
|
6352
|
|
|
6353 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
|
|
|
6354
|
|
|
6355 ;;;***
|
|
|
6356
|
|
|
6357 ;;;### (autoloads (gopher-atpoint gopher) "gopher" "packages/gopher.el")
|
|
|
6358
|
|
|
6359 (autoload 'gopher "gopher" "\
|
|
|
6360 Start a gopher session. With C-u, prompt for a gopher server." t nil)
|
|
|
6361
|
|
|
6362 (autoload 'gopher-atpoint "gopher" "\
|
|
|
6363 Try to interpret the text around point as a gopher bookmark, and dispatch
|
|
|
6364 to that object." t nil)
|
|
|
6365
|
|
|
6366 ;;;***
|
|
|
6367
|
|
|
6368 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl" "packages/hexl.el")
|
|
|
6369
|
|
|
6370 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
|
|
|
6371 \\<hexl-mode-map>
|
|
|
6372 A major mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
|
|
|
6373
|
|
|
6374 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
|
|
|
6375 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
|
|
|
6376
|
|
|
6377 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
|
|
|
6378 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
|
|
|
6379 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
|
|
|
6380 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
|
|
|
6381
|
|
|
6382 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
|
|
|
6383 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
|
|
|
6384 periods.
|
|
|
6385
|
|
|
6386 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
|
|
|
6387 in hexl format.
|
|
|
6388
|
|
|
6389 A sample format:
|
|
|
6390
|
|
|
6391 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
|
|
|
6392 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
|
|
|
6393 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
|
|
|
6394 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
|
|
|
6395 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
|
|
|
6396 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
|
|
|
6397 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
|
|
|
6398 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
|
|
|
6399 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
|
|
|
6400 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
|
|
|
6401 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
|
|
|
6402 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
|
|
|
6403 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
|
|
|
6404 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
|
|
|
6405 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
|
|
|
6406
|
|
|
6407 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
|
|
|
6408 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
|
|
|
6409 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
|
|
|
6410
|
|
|
6411 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
|
|
|
6412 also supported.
|
|
|
6413
|
|
|
6414 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
|
|
|
6415
|
|
|
6416 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
|
|
|
6417 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
|
|
|
6418 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
|
|
|
6419
|
|
|
6420 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
|
|
|
6421 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
|
|
|
6422 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
|
|
|
6423
|
|
|
6424 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
|
|
|
6425 into the buffer at the current point.
|
|
|
6426
|
|
|
6427 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
|
|
|
6428 into the buffer at the current point.
|
|
|
6429
|
|
|
6430 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
|
|
|
6431 into the buffer at the current point.
|
|
|
6432
|
|
|
6433 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
|
|
|
6434
|
|
|
6435 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
|
|
|
6436 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
|
|
|
6437
|
|
|
6438 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in hexl-mode.
|
|
|
6439
|
|
|
6440 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
|
|
|
6441
|
|
|
6442 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
|
|
|
6443 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
|
|
|
6444 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
|
|
|
6445
|
|
|
6446 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
|
|
|
6447 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
|
|
|
6448 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
|
|
|
6449
|
|
|
6450 ;;;***
|
|
|
6451
|
|
108
|
6452 ;;;### (autoloads (hypropos-popup-menu hypropos-set-variable hyper-set-variable hypropos-get-doc hypropos-read-variable-symbol hyper-describe-function hyper-describe-variable hyper-describe-face hyper-describe-key-briefly hyper-describe-key hyper-apropos) "hyper-apropos" "packages/hyper-apropos.el")
|
|
78
|
6453
|
|
134
|
6454 (defcustom hypropos-show-brief-docs t "*If non-nil, `hyper-apropos' will display some documentation in the\n\"*Hyper Apropos*\" buffer. Setting this to nil will speed up searches." :type 'boolean :group 'hyper-apropos)
|
|
78
|
6455
|
|
|
6456 (autoload 'hyper-apropos "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6457 Display lists of functions and variables matching REGEXP
|
|
|
6458 in buffer \"*Hyper Apropos*\". If optional prefix arg is given, then the value
|
|
|
6459 of `hypropos-programming-apropos' is toggled for this search.
|
|
|
6460 See also `hyper-apropos-mode'." t nil)
|
|
|
6461
|
|
108
|
6462 (autoload 'hyper-describe-key "hyper-apropos" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6463
|
|
|
6464 (autoload 'hyper-describe-key-briefly "hyper-apropos" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6465
|
|
|
6466 (autoload 'hyper-describe-face "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6467 Describe face..
|
|
|
6468 See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-function'." t nil)
|
|
|
6469
|
|
78
|
6470 (autoload 'hyper-describe-variable "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6471 Hypertext drop-in replacement for `describe-variable'.
|
|
|
6472 See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-function'." t nil)
|
|
|
6473
|
|
|
6474 (autoload 'hyper-describe-function "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6475 Hypertext replacement for `describe-function'. Unlike `describe-function'
|
|
|
6476 in that the symbol under the cursor is the default if it is a function.
|
|
|
6477 See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-variable'." t nil)
|
|
|
6478
|
|
108
|
6479 (autoload 'hypropos-read-variable-symbol "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6480 Hypertext drop-in replacement for `describe-variable'.
|
|
|
6481 See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-function'." nil nil)
|
|
|
6482
|
|
|
6483 (autoload 'hypropos-get-doc "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6484 Toggle display of documentation for the symbol on the current line." t nil)
|
|
|
6485
|
|
|
6486 (autoload 'hyper-set-variable "hyper-apropos" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6487
|
|
78
|
6488 (autoload 'hypropos-set-variable "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6489 Interactively set the variable on the current line." t nil)
|
|
|
6490
|
|
|
6491 (autoload 'hypropos-popup-menu "hyper-apropos" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6492
|
|
|
6493 ;;;***
|
|
|
6494
|
|
|
6495 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "packages/icomplete.el")
|
|
|
6496
|
|
|
6497 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
|
|
|
6498 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this emacs session,
|
|
|
6499 or deactivate with negative prefix arg." t nil)
|
|
|
6500
|
|
|
6501 (autoload 'icomplete-minibuffer-setup "icomplete" "\
|
|
|
6502 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
|
|
|
6503 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
|
|
|
6504
|
|
|
6505 ;;;***
|
|
|
6506
|
|
100
|
6507 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-igrep-find dired-do-igrep igrep-find-define igrep-find igrep-define igrep) "igrep" "packages/igrep.el")
|
|
|
6508
|
|
|
6509 (autoload 'igrep "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6510 *Run `grep` PROGRAM to match EXPRESSION in FILES.
|
|
|
6511 The output is displayed in the *igrep* buffer, which \\[next-error] and
|
|
|
6512 \\[compile-goto-error] parse to find each line of matched text.
|
|
|
6513
|
|
|
6514 PROGRAM may be nil, in which case it defaults to `igrep-program'.
|
|
|
6515
|
|
|
6516 EXPRESSION is automatically delimited by `igrep-expression-quote-char'.
|
|
|
6517
|
|
|
6518 FILES is either a file name pattern (expanded by the shell named by
|
|
|
6519 `shell-file-name') or a list of file name patterns.
|
|
|
6520
|
|
|
6521 Optional OPTIONS is also passed to PROGRAM; it defaults to `igrep-options'.
|
|
|
6522
|
|
|
6523 If a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) is given when called interactively,
|
|
|
6524 or if `igrep-read-options' is set, OPTIONS is read from the minibuffer.
|
|
|
6525
|
|
|
6526 If two prefix arguments (\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]) are given when called interactively,
|
|
|
6527 or if `igrep-read-multiple-files' is set, FILES is read from the minibuffer
|
|
|
6528 multiple times.
|
|
|
6529
|
|
|
6530 If three prefix arguments (\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]) are given when called interactively,
|
|
|
6531 or if `igrep-read-options' and `igrep-read-multiple-files' are set,
|
|
|
6532 OPTIONS is read and FILES is read multiple times.
|
|
|
6533
|
|
|
6534 If `igrep-find' is non-nil, the directory or directories
|
|
|
6535 containing FILES is recursively searched for files whose name matches
|
|
|
6536 the file name component of FILES (and whose contents match
|
|
|
6537 EXPRESSION)." t nil)
|
|
|
6538
|
|
|
6539 (autoload 'igrep-define "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6540 Define ANALOGUE-COMMAND as an `igrep' analogue command.
|
|
|
6541 Optional (VARIABLE VALUE) arguments specify temporary bindings for the command." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
6542
|
|
|
6543 (autoload 'igrep-find "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6544 *Run `grep` via `find`; see \\[igrep] and `igrep-find'.
|
|
|
6545 All arguments (including prefix arguments, when called interactively)
|
|
|
6546 are handled by `igrep'." t nil)
|
|
|
6547
|
|
|
6548 (autoload 'igrep-find-define "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6549 Define ANALOGUE-COMMAND-find as an `igrep' analogue `find` command.
|
|
|
6550 Optional (VARIABLE VALUE) arguments specify temporary bindings for the command." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
6551
|
|
|
6552 (autoload 'dired-do-igrep "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6553 *Run `grep` PROGRAM to match EXPRESSION (with optional OPTIONS)
|
|
|
6554 on the marked (or next prefix ARG) files." t nil)
|
|
|
6555
|
|
|
6556 (defalias 'dired-do-grep 'dired-do-igrep)
|
|
|
6557
|
|
|
6558 (autoload 'dired-do-igrep-find "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6559 *Run `grep` PROGRAM to match EXPRESSION (with optional OPTIONS)
|
|
|
6560 on the marked (or next prefix ARG) directories." t nil)
|
|
|
6561
|
|
|
6562 (defalias 'dired-do-grep-find 'dired-do-igrep-find)
|
|
|
6563
|
|
|
6564 ;;;***
|
|
|
6565
|
|
78
|
6566 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-elisp-ref Info-emacs-key Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-emacs-command Info-search Info-visit-file Info-goto-node Info-query info) "info" "packages/info.el")
|
|
|
6567
|
|
|
6568 (autoload 'info "info" "\
|
|
|
6569 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
|
|
|
6570 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
|
|
|
6571 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
|
|
|
6572
|
|
|
6573 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
|
|
|
6574 to read a file name from the minibuffer." t nil)
|
|
|
6575
|
|
|
6576 (autoload 'Info-query "info" "\
|
|
|
6577 Enter Info, the documentation browser. Prompt for name of Info file." t nil)
|
|
|
6578
|
|
|
6579 (autoload 'Info-goto-node "info" "\
|
|
|
6580 Go to info node named NAME. Give just NODENAME or (FILENAME)NODENAME.
|
|
|
6581 Actually, the following interpretations of NAME are tried in order:
|
|
|
6582 (FILENAME)NODENAME
|
|
|
6583 (FILENAME) (using Top node)
|
|
|
6584 NODENAME (in current file)
|
|
|
6585 TAGNAME (see below)
|
|
|
6586 FILENAME (using Top node)
|
|
|
6587 where TAGNAME is a string that appears in quotes: \"TAGNAME\", in an
|
|
|
6588 annotation for any node of any file. (See `a' and `x' commands.)" t nil)
|
|
|
6589
|
|
|
6590 (autoload 'Info-visit-file "info" "\
|
|
|
6591 Directly visit an info file." t nil)
|
|
|
6592
|
|
|
6593 (autoload 'Info-search "info" "\
|
|
|
6594 Search for REGEXP, starting from point, and select node it's found in." t nil)
|
|
|
6595
|
|
|
6596 (autoload 'Info-emacs-command "info" "\
|
|
|
6597 Look up an Emacs command in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6598 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6599
|
|
|
6600 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
|
|
|
6601 Look up an Emacs command in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6602 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6603
|
|
|
6604 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
|
|
|
6605 Look up an Emacs key sequence in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6606 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6607
|
|
|
6608 (autoload 'Info-emacs-key "info" "\
|
|
|
6609 Look up an Emacs key sequence in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6610 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6611
|
|
|
6612 (autoload 'Info-elisp-ref "info" "\
|
|
|
6613 Look up an Emacs Lisp function in the Elisp manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6614 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6615
|
|
|
6616 ;;;***
|
|
|
6617
|
|
|
6618 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify) "informat" "packages/informat.el")
|
|
|
6619
|
|
|
6620 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
|
|
|
6621 Create or update Info-file tag table in current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
6622
|
|
|
6623 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
|
|
|
6624 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
|
|
|
6625 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
|
|
|
6626
|
|
|
6627 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
|
|
|
6628 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
|
|
|
6629 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
|
|
|
6630
|
|
|
6631 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
|
|
|
6632 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
|
|
|
6633 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
|
|
|
6634 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
|
|
|
6635
|
|
|
6636 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
|
|
|
6637 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
|
|
|
6638 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
|
|
|
6639
|
|
|
6640 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
|
|
|
6641 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
|
|
|
6642 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
|
|
|
6643 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
|
|
|
6644 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
|
|
|
6645
|
|
|
6646 ;;;***
|
|
|
6647
|
|
|
6648 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell-complete-word-interior-frag ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell ispell-help ispell-word) "ispell" "packages/ispell.el")
|
|
|
6649
|
|
120
|
6650 (defcustom ispell-personal-dictionary nil "*File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.\nIf nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,\nwhere DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary." :type 'file :group 'ispell)
|
|
78
|
6651
|
|
80
|
6652 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist-1 '((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex") ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-ZÄÖÜäößü]" "[^a-zA-ZÄÖÜäößü]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1") ("nederlands" "[A-Za-zÀ-ÅÇÈ-ÏÒ-ÖÙ-Üà-åçè-ïñò-öù-ü]" "[^A-Za-zÀ-ÅÇÈ-ÏÒ-ÖÙ-Üà-åçè-ïñò-öù-ü]" "[']" t ("-C") nil) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-zÀ-ÅÇÈ-ÏÒ-ÖÙ-Üà-åçè-ïñò-öù-ü]" "[^A-Za-zÀ-ÅÇÈ-ÏÒ-ÖÙ-Üà-åçè-ïñò-öù-ü]" "[']" t ("-C") nil)))
|
|
|
6653
|
|
126
|
6654 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist-2 '(("svenska" "[A-Za-z}{|\\133\\135\\\\]" "[^A-Za-z}{|\\133\\135\\\\]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil) ("svenska8" "[A-Za-zåäöÅÄö]" "[^A-Za-zåäöÅÄö]" "[']" nil ("-C" "-d" "svenska") "~list") ("norsk" "[A-Za-zéæøåÉÆØÅ]" "[^A-Za-zéæøåÉÆØÅ]" "[']" nil ("-C" "-d" "norsk") "~list") ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil) ("francais" "[A-Za-zÀÂÆÇÈÉÊËÎÏÔÙÛÜàâçèéêëîïôùûü]" "[^A-Za-zÀÂÆÇÈÉÊËÎÏÔÙÛÜàâçèéêëîïôùûü]" "[---']" t nil "~list") ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-zÀÂÆÇÈÉÊËÎÏÔÙÛÜàâçèéêëîïôùûü\\]" "[^A-Za-zÀÂÆÇÈÉÊËÎÏÔÙÛÜàâçèéêëîïôùûü\\]" "[---'^`\"]" t nil "~tex") ("italiano" "[A-Za-zÀÈÉÌÍÎÒÙÚàèéìíîòùú]" "[^A-Za-zÀÈÉÌÍÎÒÙÚàèéìíîòùú]" "[']" t ("-d" "italiano") "~list") ("dansk" "[A-ZÆØÅa-zæøå]" "[^A-ZÆØÅa-zæøå]" "" nil ("-C") nil)))
|
|
78
|
6655
|
|
|
6656 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2) "\
|
|
|
6657 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
|
|
|
6658
|
|
|
6659 Each element of this list is also a list:
|
|
|
6660
|
|
|
6661 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
|
|
|
6662 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE)
|
|
|
6663
|
|
|
6664 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible value of variable `ispell-dictionary', nil
|
|
|
6665 means the default dictionary.
|
|
|
6666
|
|
|
6667 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
|
|
|
6668 word.
|
|
|
6669
|
|
|
6670 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
|
|
|
6671
|
|
|
6672 OTHERCHARS is a regular expression of other characters that are valid
|
|
|
6673 in word constructs. Otherchars cannot be adjacent to each other in a
|
|
|
6674 word, nor can they begin or end a word. This implies we can't check
|
|
|
6675 \"Stevens'\" as a correct possessive and other correct formations.
|
|
|
6676
|
|
|
6677 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
|
|
|
6678
|
|
|
6679 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil if many otherchars are to be allowed in a
|
|
|
6680 word instead of only one.
|
|
|
6681
|
|
|
6682 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
|
|
|
6683 subprocess.
|
|
|
6684
|
|
|
6685 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
|
|
|
6686 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
|
|
|
6687 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
|
|
|
6688 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
|
|
|
6689 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
|
|
|
6690 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
|
|
|
6691 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
|
|
|
6692 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
|
|
|
6693
|
|
|
6694 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
|
|
|
6695 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
|
|
|
6696 language.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
|
|
|
6697
|
|
|
6698 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
|
|
|
6699 Key map for ispell menu")
|
|
|
6700
|
|
|
6701 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
|
|
|
6702 Spelling menu for XEmacs.")
|
|
|
6703
|
|
|
6704 (defconst ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (string-lessp "19" emacs-version) (not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version))))
|
|
|
6705
|
|
|
6706 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) name) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) dicts (cdr dicts)) (if (stringp name) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name)) (list 'lambda nil '(interactive) (list 'ispell-change-dictionary name))))))))
|
|
|
6707
|
|
|
6708 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] '("Change Dictionary" . ispell-change-dictionary)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] '("Kill Process" . ispell-kill-ispell)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] '("Save Dictionary" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] '("Complete Word" . ispell-complete-word)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] '("Complete Word Frag" . ispell-complete-word-interior-frag))))
|
|
|
6709
|
|
|
6710 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] '("Continue Check" . ispell-continue)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] '("Check Word" . ispell-word)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] '("Check Region" . ispell-region)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] '("Check Buffer" . ispell-buffer))))
|
|
|
6711
|
|
|
6712 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] '("Check Message" . ispell-message)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] '("Help" lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help))) (put 'ispell-region 'menu-enable 'mark-active) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
|
|
|
6713
|
|
|
6714 (defvar ispell-local-pdict ispell-personal-dictionary "\
|
|
|
6715 A buffer local variable containing the current personal dictionary.
|
|
|
6716 If non-nil, the value must be a string, which is a file name.
|
|
|
6717
|
|
|
6718 If you specify a personal dictionary for the current buffer which is
|
|
|
6719 different from the current personal dictionary, the effect is similar
|
|
|
6720 to calling \\[ispell-change-dictionary]. This variable is automatically
|
|
|
6721 set when defined in the file with either `ispell-pdict-keyword' or the
|
|
|
6722 local variable syntax.")
|
|
|
6723
|
|
|
6724 (define-key global-map [(meta ?\$)] 'ispell-word)
|
|
|
6725
|
|
|
6726 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6727 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
|
|
|
6728 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
|
|
|
6729 in a window allowing you to choose one.
|
|
|
6730
|
|
|
6731 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
|
|
|
6732 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
|
|
|
6733
|
|
|
6734 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
|
|
|
6735 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
|
|
|
6736 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
|
|
|
6737 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
|
|
|
6738 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
|
|
|
6739
|
|
|
6740 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
|
|
|
6741
|
|
|
6742 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
|
|
|
6743 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process." t nil)
|
|
|
6744
|
|
|
6745 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6746 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
|
|
|
6747
|
|
|
6748 Selections are:
|
|
|
6749
|
|
|
6750 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
|
|
|
6751 SPC: Accept word this time.
|
|
|
6752 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
|
|
|
6753 `a': Accept word for this session.
|
|
|
6754 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
|
|
|
6755 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
|
|
|
6756 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
|
|
|
6757 `?': Show these commands.
|
|
|
6758 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
|
|
|
6759 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
|
|
|
6760 the aborted check to be completed later.
|
|
|
6761 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
|
|
|
6762 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
|
|
|
6763 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
|
|
|
6764 `m': Like `i', but allows one to include dictionary completion information.
|
|
|
6765 `C-l': redraws screen
|
|
|
6766 `C-r': recursive edit
|
|
|
6767 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
|
|
|
6768
|
|
|
6769 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6770 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
|
|
|
6771 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
|
|
|
6772
|
|
|
6773 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6774 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) and kill old Ispell process.
|
|
|
6775 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
|
|
|
6776
|
|
|
6777 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
|
|
|
6778
|
|
|
6779 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
|
|
|
6780
|
|
|
6781 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6782 Interactively check a region for spelling errors." t nil)
|
|
|
6783
|
|
|
6784 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6785 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
|
|
|
6786
|
|
|
6787 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6788
|
|
|
6789 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6790 Look up word before or under point in dictionary (see lookup-words command)
|
|
|
6791 and try to complete it. If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word
|
|
|
6792 may be a character sequence inside of a word.
|
|
|
6793
|
|
|
6794 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
|
|
|
6795
|
|
|
6796 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6797 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
|
|
|
6798
|
|
|
6799 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6800 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
|
|
|
6801 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
|
|
|
6802
|
|
|
6803 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
|
|
|
6804 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled." t nil)
|
|
|
6805
|
|
|
6806 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6807 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
|
|
|
6808 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
|
|
|
6809 Don't check included messages.
|
|
|
6810
|
|
|
6811 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
|
|
|
6812 use the `x' or `q' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
|
|
|
6813 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
|
|
|
6814
|
|
|
6815 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
|
|
|
6816 in your .emacs file:
|
|
|
6817 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message)
|
|
|
6818 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
|
|
|
6819 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
|
|
|
6820
|
|
|
6821 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
|
|
|
6822 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
|
|
|
6823 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
|
|
|
6824
|
|
|
6825 ;;;***
|
|
|
6826
|
|
|
6827 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-install toggle-auto-compression jka-compr-load) "jka-compr" "packages/jka-compr.el")
|
|
|
6828
|
|
|
6829 (autoload 'jka-compr-load "jka-compr" "\
|
|
|
6830 Documented as original." nil nil)
|
|
|
6831
|
|
|
6832 (autoload 'toggle-auto-compression "jka-compr" "\
|
|
|
6833 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
|
|
|
6834 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
|
|
|
6835 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on).
|
|
|
6836 If the argument MESSAGE is non-nil, it means to print a message
|
|
|
6837 saying whether the mode is now on or off." t nil)
|
|
|
6838
|
|
|
6839 (autoload 'jka-compr-install "jka-compr" "\
|
|
|
6840 Install jka-compr.
|
|
|
6841 This adds entries to `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
|
|
|
6842 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes'." nil nil)
|
|
|
6843
|
|
|
6844 ;;;***
|
|
|
6845
|
|
|
6846 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "packages/lazy-lock.el")
|
|
|
6847
|
|
|
6848 (autoload 'lazy-lock-mode "lazy-lock" "\
|
|
|
6849 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
|
|
|
6850 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
|
|
|
6851 is at least `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters long.
|
|
|
6852
|
|
|
6853 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification is demand-driven and stealthy:
|
|
|
6854
|
|
|
6855 - Fontification occurs in visible parts of buffers when necessary.
|
|
|
6856 Occurs if there is no input after pausing for `lazy-lock-continuity-time'.
|
|
|
6857
|
|
|
6858 - Fontification occurs in invisible parts when Emacs has been idle.
|
|
|
6859 Occurs if there is no input after pausing for `lazy-lock-stealth-time'.
|
|
|
6860
|
|
|
6861 If `lazy-lock-hide-invisible' is non-nil, text is not displayed until it is
|
|
|
6862 fontified, otherwise it is displayed in `lazy-lock-invisible-foreground'.
|
|
|
6863
|
|
|
6864 See also variables `lazy-lock-walk-windows' and `lazy-lock-ignore-commands' for
|
|
|
6865 window (scroll) fontification, and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines',
|
|
|
6866 `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose' for stealth
|
|
|
6867 fontification.
|
|
|
6868
|
|
|
6869 Use \\[lazy-lock-submit-bug-report] to send bug reports or feedback." t nil)
|
|
|
6870
|
|
|
6871 (autoload 'turn-on-lazy-lock "lazy-lock" "\
|
|
|
6872 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
6873
|
|
100
|
6874 (when (fboundp 'add-minor-mode) (defvar lazy-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode 'lazy-lock-mode nil))
|
|
78
|
6875
|
|
|
6876 ;;;***
|
|
|
6877
|
|
|
6878 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "packages/ledit.el")
|
|
|
6879
|
|
|
6880 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
|
|
|
6881 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
|
|
|
6882
|
|
|
6883 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
|
|
|
6884 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
|
|
|
6885
|
|
|
6886 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
|
|
|
6887 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
|
|
|
6888
|
|
|
6889 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
|
|
|
6890 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
|
|
|
6891 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
|
|
|
6892 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
|
|
|
6893 for later transmission to Lisp job.
|
|
|
6894 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
|
|
|
6895 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
|
|
|
6896 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
|
|
|
6897 and transmit saved text.
|
|
|
6898 \\{ledit-mode-map}
|
|
|
6899 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
|
|
|
6900 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
|
|
|
6901
|
|
|
6902 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
6903
|
|
|
6904 ;;;***
|
|
|
6905
|
|
|
6906 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer) "lpr" "packages/lpr.el")
|
|
|
6907
|
|
134
|
6908 (defcustom lpr-switches nil "*List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.\nSee `lpr-command'." :type '(repeat (string :tag "Argument")) :group 'lpr)
|
|
|
6909
|
|
|
6910 (defcustom lpr-command (if (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix)) "lp" "lpr") "*Name of program for printing a file." :type 'string :group 'lpr)
|
|
78
|
6911
|
|
|
6912 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
|
|
|
6913 Print buffer contents as with Unix command `lpr'.
|
|
|
6914 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
|
|
|
6915
|
|
|
6916 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
|
|
|
6917 Print buffer contents as with Unix command `lpr -p'.
|
|
|
6918 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
|
|
|
6919
|
|
|
6920 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
|
|
|
6921 Print region contents as with Unix command `lpr'.
|
|
|
6922 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
|
|
|
6923
|
|
|
6924 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
|
|
|
6925 Print region contents as with Unix command `lpr -p'.
|
|
|
6926 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
|
|
|
6927
|
|
|
6928 ;;;***
|
|
|
6929
|
|
|
6930 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "packages/makesum.el")
|
|
|
6931
|
|
|
6932 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
|
|
|
6933 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
|
|
|
6934 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
|
|
|
6935
|
|
|
6936 ;;;***
|
|
|
6937
|
|
|
6938 ;;;### (autoloads (manual-entry) "man" "packages/man.el")
|
|
|
6939
|
|
|
6940 (autoload 'manual-entry "man" "\
|
|
100
|
6941 Display the Unix manual entry (or entries) for TOPIC." t nil)
|
|
78
|
6942
|
|
|
6943 ;;;***
|
|
|
6944
|
|
|
6945 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "packages/metamail.el")
|
|
|
6946
|
|
|
6947 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
|
|
|
6948 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
|
|
|
6949 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
|
|
|
6950
|
|
|
6951 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
|
|
|
6952 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
|
|
|
6953 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
|
|
|
6954 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
|
|
|
6955 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
|
|
|
6956 redisplayed as output is inserted.
|
|
|
6957 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
|
|
|
6958
|
|
|
6959 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
|
|
|
6960 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
|
|
|
6961 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
|
|
|
6962 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
|
|
|
6963 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
|
|
|
6964 means current).
|
|
|
6965 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
|
|
|
6966 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
|
|
|
6967
|
|
|
6968 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
|
|
|
6969 Process current region through 'metamail'.
|
|
|
6970 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
|
|
|
6971 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
|
|
|
6972 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
|
|
|
6973 means current).
|
|
|
6974 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
|
|
|
6975 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
|
|
|
6976
|
|
|
6977 ;;;***
|
|
|
6978
|
|
|
6979 ;;;### (autoloads (blink-paren paren-set-mode) "paren" "packages/paren.el")
|
|
|
6980
|
|
126
|
6981 (defcustom paren-mode nil "*Sets the style of parenthesis highlighting.\nValid values are nil, `blink-paren', `paren', and `sexp'.\n nil no parenthesis highlighting.\n blink-paren causes the matching paren to blink.\n paren causes the matching paren to be highlighted but not to blink.\n sexp whole expression enclosed by the local paren at its mate.\n nested (not yet implemented) use variable shading to see the\n nesting of an expression. Also groks regular expressions\n and shell quoting.\n\nThis variable is global by default, but you can make it buffer-local and\nhighlight parentheses differently in different major modes." :type '(radio (const nil) (const blink-paren) (const paren) (const sexp) (const nested)) :group 'paren-matching)
|
|
78
|
6982
|
|
|
6983 (autoload 'paren-set-mode "paren" "\
|
|
|
6984 Cycles through possible values for `paren-mode', force off with negative arg.
|
|
108
|
6985 When called from lisp, a symbolic value for `paren-mode' can be passed directly.
|
|
78
|
6986 See also `paren-mode' and `paren-highlight'." t nil)
|
|
|
6987
|
|
|
6988 (make-obsolete 'blink-paren 'paren-set-mode)
|
|
|
6989
|
|
|
6990 (autoload 'blink-paren "paren" "\
|
|
|
6991 Obsolete. Use `paren-set-mode' instead." t nil)
|
|
|
6992
|
|
|
6993 ;;;***
|
|
|
6994
|
|
|
6995 ;;;### (autoloads (pending-delete pending-delete-off pending-delete-on) "pending-del" "packages/pending-del.el")
|
|
|
6996
|
|
|
6997 (autoload 'pending-delete-on "pending-del" "\
|
|
|
6998 Turn on pending delete.
|
|
|
6999 When it is ON, typed text replaces the selection if the selection is active.
|
|
|
7000 When it is OFF, typed text is just inserted at point." t nil)
|
|
|
7001
|
|
|
7002 (autoload 'pending-delete-off "pending-del" "\
|
|
|
7003 Turn off pending delete.
|
|
|
7004 When it is ON, typed text replaces the selection if the selection is active.
|
|
|
7005 When it is OFF, typed text is just inserted at point." t nil)
|
|
|
7006
|
|
|
7007 (autoload 'pending-delete "pending-del" "\
|
|
|
7008 Toggle automatic deletion of the selected region.
|
|
|
7009 With a positive argument, turns it on.
|
|
|
7010 With a non-positive argument, turns it off.
|
|
|
7011 When active, typed text replaces the selection." t nil)
|
|
|
7012
|
|
|
7013 ;;;***
|
|
|
7014
|
|
82
|
7015 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "packages/ps-print.el")
|
|
|
7016
|
|
124
|
7017 (defcustom ps-paper-type 'letter "*Specifies the size of paper to format for.\nShould be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for\nexample `letter', `legal' or `a4'." :type '(symbol :validate (lambda (wid) (if (assq (widget-value wid) ps-page-dimensions-database) nil (widget-put wid :error "Unknown paper size") wid))) :group 'ps-print)
|
|
|
7018
|
|
|
7019 (defcustom ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "*If non-nil, print the buffer's text in color." :type 'boolean :group 'ps-print-color)
|
|
78
|
7020
|
|
|
7021 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7022 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
|
|
|
7023
|
|
|
7024 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
|
|
|
7025 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
|
|
|
7026 it to the printer.
|
|
|
7027
|
|
|
7028 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
|
|
|
7029 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
|
|
|
7030 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
|
|
|
7031 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
|
|
|
7032
|
|
|
7033 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7034 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
|
|
|
7035 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
|
|
|
7036 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
|
|
|
7037 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
|
|
|
7038
|
|
|
7039 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7040 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
|
|
|
7041 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
|
|
|
7042
|
|
|
7043 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7044 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
|
|
|
7045 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
|
|
|
7046 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
|
|
|
7047 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
|
|
|
7048
|
|
|
7049 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7050 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
|
|
|
7051 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
|
|
|
7052 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
|
|
|
7053
|
|
|
7054 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
|
|
|
7055
|
|
|
7056 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7057 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
|
|
|
7058 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
|
|
|
7059 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
|
|
|
7060 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
|
|
|
7061
|
|
|
7062 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
|
|
|
7063
|
|
|
7064 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7065 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
|
|
|
7066 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
|
|
|
7067
|
|
|
7068 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
|
|
|
7069
|
|
|
7070 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7071 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
|
|
|
7072 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
|
|
|
7073 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
|
|
|
7074 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
|
|
|
7075
|
|
|
7076 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
|
|
|
7077
|
|
|
7078 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7079 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
|
|
|
7080
|
|
|
7081 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompt the user for
|
|
|
7082 the name of a file to save the spooled PostScript in, instead of sending
|
|
|
7083 it to the printer.
|
|
|
7084
|
|
|
7085 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
|
|
|
7086 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
|
|
|
7087 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
|
|
|
7088 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
|
|
|
7089
|
|
82
|
7090 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
|
|
88
|
7091 *Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
|
|
82
|
7092 using the current ps-print setup.
|
|
|
7093 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
|
|
|
7094 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
|
|
|
7095
|
|
|
7096 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
|
|
88
|
7097 *Display an approximate correspondence between a font size and the number
|
|
82
|
7098 of pages the current buffer would require to print
|
|
|
7099 using the current ps-print setup." t nil)
|
|
|
7100
|
|
|
7101 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
|
|
88
|
7102 *Display an approximate correspondence between a font size and the number
|
|
82
|
7103 of pages the current region would require to print
|
|
|
7104 using the current ps-print setup." t nil)
|
|
|
7105
|
|
|
7106 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7107 *Return the current setup" nil nil)
|
|
|
7108
|
|
78
|
7109 ;;;***
|
|
|
7110
|
|
|
7111 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "packages/rcompile.el")
|
|
|
7112
|
|
|
7113 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
|
|
|
7114 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
|
|
|
7115 See \\[compile]." t nil)
|
|
|
7116
|
|
|
7117 ;;;***
|
|
|
7118
|
|
|
7119 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "packages/resume.el")
|
|
|
7120
|
|
|
7121 (autoload 'resume-suspend-hook "resume" "\
|
|
|
7122 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
|
|
|
7123
|
|
|
7124 ;;;***
|
|
|
7125
|
|
|
7126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "packages/server.el")
|
|
|
7127
|
|
|
7128 (make-obsolete 'server-start 'gnuserv-start)
|
|
|
7129
|
|
|
7130 ;;;***
|
|
|
7131
|
|
|
7132 ;;;### (autoloads (install-shell-fonts) "shell-font" "packages/shell-font.el")
|
|
|
7133
|
|
|
7134 (autoload 'install-shell-fonts "shell-font" "\
|
|
|
7135 Decorate the current interaction buffer with fonts.
|
|
|
7136 This uses the faces called `shell-prompt', `shell-input' and `shell-output';
|
|
|
7137 you can alter the graphical attributes of those with the normal
|
|
|
7138 face-manipulation functions." nil nil)
|
|
|
7139
|
|
|
7140 ;;;***
|
|
|
7141
|
|
|
7142 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer) "spell" "packages/spell.el")
|
|
|
7143
|
|
|
7144 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
7145
|
|
|
7146 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
|
|
|
7147 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
|
|
|
7148 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
|
|
|
7149 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
|
|
|
7150 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
|
|
|
7151 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
|
|
|
7152
|
|
|
7153 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
|
|
|
7154 Check spelling of word at or before point.
|
|
|
7155 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
|
|
|
7156 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
|
|
|
7157
|
|
|
7158 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
|
|
|
7159 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
|
|
|
7160 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
|
|
|
7161 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
|
|
|
7162 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
|
|
|
7163
|
|
|
7164 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
|
|
|
7165 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
|
|
|
7166
|
|
|
7167 ;;;***
|
|
|
7168
|
|
|
7169 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "packages/tar-mode.el")
|
|
|
7170
|
|
|
7171 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
|
|
|
7172 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
|
|
|
7173 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
|
|
|
7174 Letters no longer insert themselves.
|
|
|
7175 Type 'e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer.
|
|
|
7176 Type 'c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
|
|
|
7177
|
|
|
7178 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the 'e' command) and
|
|
|
7179 save it with Control-X Control-S, the contents of that buffer will be
|
|
|
7180 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
|
|
|
7181 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
|
|
|
7182
|
|
|
7183 See also: variables tar-update-datestamp and tar-anal-blocksize.
|
|
|
7184 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
|
|
|
7185
|
|
|
7186 ;;;***
|
|
|
7187
|
|
|
7188 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "packages/terminal.el")
|
|
|
7189
|
|
|
7190 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
|
|
|
7191 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
|
|
|
7192 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
|
|
|
7193 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
|
|
|
7194 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
|
|
|
7195 program an keyboard input.
|
|
|
7196
|
|
|
7197 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
|
|
|
7198 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
|
|
|
7199 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
|
|
|
7200 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
|
|
|
7201
|
|
|
7202 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
|
|
|
7203 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
|
|
|
7204 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
|
|
|
7205 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
|
|
|
7206 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
|
|
|
7207
|
|
|
7208 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
|
|
|
7209
|
|
|
7210 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
|
|
|
7211 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
|
|
|
7212 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
|
|
|
7213 terminal-redisplay-interval.
|
|
|
7214
|
|
|
7215 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
|
|
|
7216 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
|
|
|
7217 subprocess started.
|
|
|
7218
|
|
|
7219 Presently with `termcap' only; if somebody sends us code to make this
|
|
|
7220 work with `terminfo' we will try to use it." t nil)
|
|
|
7221
|
|
|
7222 ;;;***
|
|
|
7223
|
|
|
7224 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-texinfo-format texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "packages/texinfmt.el")
|
|
|
7225
|
|
|
7226 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
|
|
|
7227 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
|
|
|
7228 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
|
|
|
7229 names specified in the @setfilename command.
|
|
|
7230
|
|
|
7231 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
|
|
|
7232 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
|
|
|
7233 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
|
|
|
7234
|
|
|
7235 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
|
|
|
7236 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
|
|
|
7237 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
|
|
|
7238 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
|
|
|
7239 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
7240
|
|
|
7241 (autoload 'batch-texinfo-format "texinfmt" "\
|
|
|
7242 Runs texinfo-format-buffer on the files remaining on the command line.
|
|
|
7243 Must be used only with -batch, and kills emacs on completion.
|
|
|
7244 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
|
|
|
7245 For example, invoke
|
|
|
7246 \"emacs -batch -funcall batch-texinfo-format $docs/ ~/*.texinfo\"." nil nil)
|
|
|
7247
|
|
|
7248 ;;;***
|
|
|
7249
|
|
|
7250 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "packages/texnfo-upd.el")
|
|
|
7251
|
|
|
7252 (autoload 'texinfo-update-node "texnfo-upd" "\
|
|
|
7253 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
|
|
|
7254 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
|
|
|
7255 marked region.
|
|
|
7256
|
|
|
7257 The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their
|
|
|
7258 keybindings, are:
|
|
|
7259
|
|
|
7260 texinfo-update-node (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-update-node]
|
|
|
7261 texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
|
|
|
7262 texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p)
|
|
|
7263
|
|
|
7264 texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu]
|
|
|
7265 texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
|
|
|
7266 texinfo-master-menu ()
|
|
|
7267
|
|
|
7268 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
|
|
|
7269
|
|
|
7270 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
|
|
|
7271 which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil)
|
|
|
7272
|
|
|
7273 (autoload 'texinfo-every-node-update "texnfo-upd" "\
|
|
|
7274 Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil)
|
|
|
7275
|
|
|
7276 (autoload 'texinfo-sequential-node-update "texnfo-upd" "\
|
|
|
7277 Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers.
|
|
|
7278
|
|
|
7279 This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the
|
|
|
7280 immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or
|
|
|
7281 lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or
|
|
|
7282 `p' takes you straight through the file.
|
|
|
7283
|
|
|
7284 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
|
|
|
7285 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
|
|
|
7286 marked region.
|
|
|
7287
|
|
|
7288 This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and
|
|
|
7289 subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant
|
|
|
7290 to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the
|
|
|
7291 Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil)
|
|
|
7292
|
|
|
7293 ;;;***
|
|
|
7294
|
|
|
7295 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp" "packages/time-stamp.el")
|
|
|
7296
|
|
|
7297 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
|
|
|
7298 Update the time stamp string in the buffer.
|
|
|
7299 If you put a time stamp template anywhere in the first 8 lines of a file,
|
|
|
7300 it can be updated every time you save the file. See the top of
|
|
|
7301 `time-stamp.el' for a sample. The template looks like one of the following:
|
|
|
7302 Time-stamp: <>
|
|
|
7303 Time-stamp: \" \"
|
|
|
7304 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes, resulting in
|
|
|
7305 Time-stamp: <95/01/18 10:20:51 gildea>
|
|
|
7306 Only does its thing if the variable time-stamp-active is non-nil.
|
|
|
7307 Typically used on write-file-hooks for automatic time-stamping.
|
|
|
7308 The format of the time stamp is determined by the variable time-stamp-format.
|
|
|
7309 The variables time-stamp-line-limit, time-stamp-start, and time-stamp-end
|
|
|
7310 control finding the template." t nil)
|
|
|
7311
|
|
|
7312 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
|
|
|
7313 Toggle time-stamp-active, setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
|
|
|
7314 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
7315
|
|
|
7316 ;;;***
|
|
|
7317
|
|
|
7318 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time) "time" "packages/time.el")
|
|
|
7319
|
|
110
|
7320 (defcustom display-time-day-and-date nil "*Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day,date and time.\nThis affects the spec 'date in the variable display-time-form-list." :group 'display-time :type 'boolean)
|
|
78
|
7321
|
|
|
7322 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
|
|
|
7323 Display current time, load level, and mail flag in mode line of each buffer.
|
|
|
7324 Updates automatically every minute.
|
|
|
7325 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
|
|
|
7326 are displayed as well.
|
|
|
7327 After each update, `display-time-hook' is run with `run-hooks'.
|
|
|
7328 If `display-time-echo-area' is non-nil, the time is displayed in the
|
|
|
7329 echo area instead of in the mode-line." t nil)
|
|
|
7330
|
|
|
7331 ;;;***
|
|
|
7332
|
|
|
7333 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-and-unoverstrike-region overstrike-region unoverstrike-region ununderline-region underline-region) "underline" "packages/underline.el")
|
|
|
7334
|
|
|
7335 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7336 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
|
|
|
7337 Works by overstriking underscores.
|
|
|
7338 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
|
|
|
7339 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7340
|
|
|
7341 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7342 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
|
|
|
7343 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
|
|
|
7344 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7345
|
|
|
7346 (autoload 'unoverstrike-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7347 Remove all overstriking (character-backspace-character) in the region.
|
|
|
7348 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END which specify the
|
|
|
7349 range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7350
|
|
|
7351 (autoload 'overstrike-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7352 Overstrike (character-backspace-character) all nonblank characters in
|
|
|
7353 the region. Called from program, takes two arguments START and END which
|
|
|
7354 specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7355
|
|
|
7356 (autoload 'ununderline-and-unoverstrike-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7357 Remove underlining and overstriking in the region. Called from a program,
|
|
|
7358 takes two arguments START and END which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7359
|
|
|
7360 ;;;***
|
|
|
7361
|
|
|
7362 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-to-update-copyright update-copyright) "upd-copyr" "packages/upd-copyr.el")
|
|
|
7363
|
|
134
|
7364 (defcustom copyright-do-not-disturb "Free Software Foundation, Inc." "*If non-nil, the existing copyright holder is checked against this regexp.\nIf it does not match, then a new copyright line is added with the copyright\nholder set to the value of `copyright-whoami'." :type '(choice (const nil) string) :group 'copyright)
|
|
|
7365
|
|
|
7366 (defcustom copyright-whoami nil "*A string containing the name of the owner of new copyright notices." :type '(choice (const nil) string) :group 'copyright)
|
|
|
7367
|
|
|
7368 (defcustom copyright-notice-file nil "*If non-nil, replace copying notices with this file." :type '(choice (const nil) file) :group 'copyright)
|
|
78
|
7369
|
|
|
7370 (autoload 'update-copyright "upd-copyr" "\
|
|
|
7371 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer
|
|
|
7372 to indicate the current year. If optional arg REPLACE is given
|
|
|
7373 \(interactively, with prefix arg) replace the years in the notice
|
|
|
7374 rather than adding the current year after them.
|
|
|
7375 If `copyright-notice-file' is set, the copying permissions following the
|
|
|
7376 copyright are replaced as well.
|
|
|
7377
|
|
|
7378 If optional third argument ASK is non-nil, the user is prompted for whether
|
|
|
7379 or not to update the copyright. If optional fourth argument ASK-YEAR is
|
|
|
7380 non-nil, the user is prompted for whether or not to replace the year rather
|
|
|
7381 than adding to it." t nil)
|
|
|
7382
|
|
|
7383 (autoload 'ask-to-update-copyright "upd-copyr" "\
|
|
|
7384 If the current buffer contains a copyright notice that is out of date,
|
|
|
7385 ask the user if it should be updated with `update-copyright' (which see).
|
|
|
7386 Put this on write-file-hooks." nil nil)
|
|
|
7387
|
|
|
7388 ;;;***
|
|
|
7389
|
|
|
7390 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-update-change-log vc-rename-this-file vc-rename-file vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-version-diff vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-file-status) "vc" "packages/vc.el")
|
|
|
7391
|
|
|
7392 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
|
|
|
7393 *List of functions called after a checkin is done. See `run-hooks'.")
|
|
|
7394
|
|
108
|
7395 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
|
|
|
7396 *List of functions called before a checkin is done. See `run-hooks'.")
|
|
|
7397
|
|
78
|
7398 (autoload 'vc-file-status "vc" "\
|
|
|
7399 Display the current status of the file being visited.
|
|
|
7400 Currently, this is only defined for CVS. The information provided in the
|
|
|
7401 modeline is generally sufficient for RCS and SCCS." t nil)
|
|
|
7402
|
|
|
7403 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
|
|
|
7404 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
|
|
|
7405
|
|
|
7406 For RCS and SCCS files:
|
|
|
7407 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
|
|
|
7408 control and then retrieves a writable, locked copy for editing.
|
|
|
7409 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
|
|
|
7410 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
|
|
|
7411 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
|
|
|
7412 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
|
|
|
7413 it performs a revert.
|
|
|
7414 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
|
|
|
7415 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
|
|
|
7416 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
|
|
|
7417 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
|
|
|
7418 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
|
|
|
7419 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
|
|
|
7420 the option to steal the lock.
|
|
|
7421
|
|
|
7422 For CVS files:
|
|
|
7423 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
|
|
|
7424 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
|
|
|
7425 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
|
|
|
7426 If the file has not been changed, neither in your working area or
|
|
|
7427 in the repository, a message is printed and nothing is done.
|
|
|
7428 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
|
|
|
7429 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
|
|
|
7430 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
|
|
|
7431 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
|
|
|
7432 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
|
|
|
7433 merge in the changes into your working copy.
|
|
|
7434
|
|
|
7435 The following is true regardless of which version control system you
|
|
|
7436 are using:
|
|
|
7437
|
|
|
7438 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
|
|
|
7439 it will operate on the file in the current line.
|
|
|
7440 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
|
|
|
7441 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
|
|
|
7442 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
|
|
|
7443 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
|
|
|
7444 lock steals will raise an error.
|
|
|
7445
|
|
|
7446 For checkin, a prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use." t nil)
|
|
|
7447
|
|
|
7448 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
|
|
|
7449 Register the current file into your version-control system." t nil)
|
|
|
7450
|
|
|
7451 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
|
|
|
7452 Display diffs between file versions.
|
|
|
7453 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
|
|
|
7454 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
|
|
|
7455 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
|
|
|
7456 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
|
|
|
7457
|
|
|
7458 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
|
|
|
7459 For FILE, report diffs between two stored versions REL1 and REL2 of it.
|
|
|
7460 If FILE is a directory, generate diffs between versions for all registered
|
|
|
7461 files in or below it." t nil)
|
|
|
7462
|
|
|
7463 (autoload 'vc-version-other-window "vc" "\
|
|
|
7464 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
|
|
|
7465 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
|
|
|
7466 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
|
|
|
7467
|
|
|
7468 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
|
|
|
7469 Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system.
|
|
|
7470 Headers desired are inserted at the start of the buffer, and are pulled from
|
|
|
7471 the variable `vc-header-alist'." t nil)
|
|
|
7472
|
|
|
7473 (autoload 'vc-directory "vc" "\
|
|
|
7474 Show version-control status of all files in the directory DIR.
|
|
|
7475 If the second argument VERBOSE is non-nil, show all files;
|
|
|
7476 otherwise show only files that current locked in the version control system.
|
|
|
7477 Interactively, supply a prefix arg to make VERBOSE non-nil.
|
|
|
7478
|
|
|
7479 If the optional third argument NESTED is non-nil,
|
|
|
7480 scan the entire tree of subdirectories of the current directory." t nil)
|
|
|
7481
|
|
|
7482 (autoload 'vc-create-snapshot "vc" "\
|
|
|
7483 Make a snapshot called NAME.
|
|
|
7484 The snapshot is made from all registered files at or below the current
|
|
|
7485 directory. For each file, the version level of its latest
|
|
|
7486 version becomes part of the named configuration." t nil)
|
|
|
7487
|
|
|
7488 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-snapshot "vc" "\
|
|
|
7489 Retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
|
|
|
7490 This function fails if any files are locked at or below the current directory
|
|
|
7491 Otherwise, all registered files are checked out (unlocked) at their version
|
|
|
7492 levels in the snapshot." t nil)
|
|
|
7493
|
|
|
7494 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
|
|
|
7495 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
|
|
|
7496
|
|
|
7497 (autoload 'vc-revert-buffer "vc" "\
|
|
|
7498 Revert the current buffer's file back to the latest checked-in version.
|
|
|
7499 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
|
|
|
7500 to that version.
|
|
|
7501 If the back-end is CVS, this will give you the most recent revision of
|
|
|
7502 the file on the branch you are editing." t nil)
|
|
|
7503
|
|
|
7504 (autoload 'vc-cancel-version "vc" "\
|
|
|
7505 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
|
|
|
7506 A prefix argument means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
|
|
|
7507
|
|
|
7508 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
|
|
|
7509 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
|
|
|
7510
|
|
|
7511 (autoload 'vc-rename-this-file "vc" nil t nil)
|
|
|
7512
|
|
|
7513 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
|
|
|
7514 Find change log file and add entries from recent RCS logs.
|
|
|
7515 The mark is left at the end of the text prepended to the change log.
|
|
|
7516 With prefix arg of C-u, only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
|
|
|
7517 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all files currently visited.
|
|
|
7518 Otherwise, find log entries for all registered files in the default directory.
|
|
|
7519 From a program, any arguments are passed to the `rcs2log' script." t nil)
|
|
|
7520
|
|
|
7521 ;;;***
|
|
|
7522
|
|
98
|
7523 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "packages/webjump.el")
|
|
|
7524
|
|
|
7525 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
|
|
|
7526 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
|
|
|
7527
|
|
|
7528 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
|
|
|
7529 hotlist.
|
|
|
7530
|
|
|
7531 Feedback on WebJump can be sent to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke <nwv@acm.org>,
|
|
|
7532 or submitted via `\\[webjump-submit-bug-report]'. The latest version can be
|
|
|
7533 gotten from `http://www.cs.brown.edu/people/nwv/'." t nil)
|
|
|
7534
|
|
|
7535 ;;;***
|
|
|
7536
|
|
118
|
7537 ;;;### (autoloads (webster-www) "webster-www" "packages/webster-www.el")
|
|
|
7538
|
|
|
7539 (autoload 'webster-www "webster-www" "\
|
|
|
7540 Look up a word in the Webster's dictionary at http://www.m-w.com using WWW." t nil)
|
|
78
|
7541
|
|
|
7542 ;;;***
|
|
|
7543
|
|
|
7544 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "xscheme" "packages/xscheme.el")
|
|
|
7545
|
|
|
7546 (defvar scheme-program-name "scheme" "\
|
|
|
7547 *Program invoked by the `run-scheme' command.")
|
|
|
7548
|
|
|
7549 (defvar scheme-band-name nil "\
|
|
|
7550 *Band loaded by the `run-scheme' command.")
|
|
|
7551
|
|
|
7552 (defvar scheme-program-arguments nil "\
|
|
|
7553 *Arguments passed to the Scheme program by the `run-scheme' command.")
|
|
|
7554
|
|
|
7555 (autoload 'run-scheme "xscheme" "\
|
|
|
7556 Run an inferior Scheme process.
|
|
|
7557 Output goes to the buffer `*scheme*'.
|
|
|
7558 With argument, asks for a command line." t nil)
|
|
|
7559
|
|
|
7560 ;;;***
|
|
|
7561
|
|
|
7562 ;;;### (autoloads (pcl-cvs-fontify) "pcl-cvs-xemacs" "pcl-cvs/pcl-cvs-xemacs.el")
|
|
|
7563
|
|
|
7564 (autoload 'pcl-cvs-fontify "pcl-cvs-xemacs" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
7565
|
|
|
7566 ;;;***
|
|
|
7567
|
|
|
7568 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-update-other-window cvs-update) "pcl-cvs" "pcl-cvs/pcl-cvs.el")
|
|
|
7569
|
|
|
7570 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcl-cvs" "\
|
|
|
7571 Run a 'cvs update' in the current working directory. Feed the
|
|
|
7572 output to a *cvs* buffer and run cvs-mode on it.
|
|
|
7573 If optional prefix argument LOCAL is non-nil, 'cvs update -l' is run." t nil)
|
|
|
7574
|
|
|
7575 (autoload 'cvs-update-other-window "pcl-cvs" "\
|
|
|
7576 Run a 'cvs update' in the current working directory. Feed the
|
|
|
7577 output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the other window, and run
|
|
|
7578 cvs-mode on it.
|
|
|
7579
|
|
|
7580 If optional prefix argument LOCAL is non-nil, 'cvs update -l' is run." t nil)
|
|
|
7581
|
|
|
7582 ;;;***
|
|
|
7583
|
|
|
7584 ;;;### (autoloads (about-xemacs) "about" "prim/about.el")
|
|
|
7585
|
|
|
7586 (autoload 'about-xemacs "about" nil t nil)
|
|
|
7587
|
|
|
7588 ;;;***
|
|
|
7589
|
|
|
7590 ;;;### (autoloads (all-hail-emacs all-hail-xemacs praise-be-unto-emacs praise-be-unto-xemacs) "advocacy" "prim/advocacy.el")
|
|
|
7591
|
|
|
7592 (defvar xemacs-praise-sound-file "sounds/im_so_happy.au" "\
|
|
|
7593 The name of an audio file containing something to play
|
|
|
7594 when praising XEmacs")
|
|
|
7595
|
|
|
7596 (defvar xemacs-praise-message "All Hail XEmacs!\n" "\
|
|
|
7597 What to praise XEmacs with")
|
|
|
7598
|
|
|
7599 (autoload 'praise-be-unto-xemacs "advocacy" "\
|
|
|
7600 All Hail XEmacs!" t nil)
|
|
|
7601
|
|
|
7602 (autoload 'praise-be-unto-emacs "advocacy" nil t nil)
|
|
|
7603
|
|
|
7604 (autoload 'all-hail-xemacs "advocacy" "\
|
|
|
7605 All Hail XEmacs!" t nil)
|
|
|
7606
|
|
|
7607 (autoload 'all-hail-emacs "advocacy" nil t nil)
|
|
|
7608
|
|
|
7609 ;;;***
|
|
|
7610
|
|
|
7611 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-buffer-case-table) "case-table" "prim/case-table.el")
|
|
|
7612
|
|
|
7613 (autoload 'describe-buffer-case-table "case-table" "\
|
|
|
7614 Describe the case table of the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
7615
|
|
|
7616 ;;;***
|
|
|
7617
|
|
108
|
7618 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-remove-old-elc) "cleantree" "prim/cleantree.el")
|
|
|
7619
|
|
|
7620 (autoload 'batch-remove-old-elc "cleantree" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
7621
|
|
|
7622 ;;;***
|
|
|
7623
|
|
78
|
7624 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug" "prim/debug.el")
|
|
|
7625
|
|
|
7626 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
|
|
|
7627 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
|
|
|
7628 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
|
|
|
7629 of the evaluator.
|
|
|
7630
|
|
|
7631 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
|
|
|
7632 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
|
|
|
7633 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
7634
|
|
|
7635 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
|
|
|
7636 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
|
|
|
7637 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
|
|
|
7638 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
|
|
|
7639 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
|
|
|
7640 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
|
|
|
7641 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
|
|
|
7642
|
|
|
7643 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
|
|
|
7644 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
|
|
|
7645 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
|
|
|
7646
|
|
|
7647 ;;;***
|
|
|
7648
|
|
|
7649 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default standard-display-8bit make-display-table describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "prim/disp-table.el")
|
|
|
7650
|
|
|
7651 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7652 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
7653
|
|
|
7654 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7655 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
|
|
|
7656
|
|
|
7657 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7658 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
|
|
|
7659
|
|
|
7660 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7661 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
|
|
|
7662
|
|
|
7663 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7664 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
|
|
|
7665
|
|
|
7666 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7667 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
|
|
|
7668 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
|
|
|
7669 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
|
|
|
7670
|
|
|
7671 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7672 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
|
|
|
7673 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
|
|
|
7674 X frame." nil nil)
|
|
|
7675
|
|
|
7676 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7677 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
|
|
|
7678
|
|
|
7679 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7680 Toggle display of European characters encoded with ISO 8859.
|
|
|
7681 When enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255 display not
|
|
|
7682 as octal escapes, but as accented characters.
|
|
|
7683 With prefix argument, enable European character display iff arg is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
7684
|
|
|
7685 ;;;***
|
|
|
7686
|
|
|
7687 ;;;### (autoloads (setenv) "env" "prim/env.el")
|
|
|
7688
|
|
|
7689 (autoload 'setenv "env" "\
|
|
|
7690 Set the value of the environment variable named VARIABLE to VALUE.
|
|
|
7691 VARIABLE should be a string. VALUE is optional; if not provided or is
|
|
|
7692 `nil', the environment variable VARIABLE will be removed.
|
|
|
7693
|
|
|
7694 Interactively, a prefix argument means to unset the variable.
|
|
|
7695 Interactively, the current value (if any) of the variable
|
|
|
7696 appears at the front of the history list when you type in the new value.
|
|
|
7697
|
|
|
7698 This function works by modifying `process-environment'." t nil)
|
|
|
7699
|
|
|
7700 ;;;***
|
|
|
7701
|
|
100
|
7702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "itimer-autosave" "prim/itimer-autosave.el")
|
|
78
|
7703
|
|
|
7704 ;;;***
|
|
|
7705
|
|
|
7706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loaddefs" "prim/loaddefs.el")
|
|
|
7707
|
|
|
7708 ;;;***
|
|
|
7709
|
|
98
|
7710 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "prim/macros.el")
|
|
78
|
7711
|
|
|
7712 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
|
|
|
7713 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
|
|
|
7714 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
|
|
|
7715 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
|
|
|
7716 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid
|
|
|
7717 editor command." t nil)
|
|
|
7718
|
|
|
7719 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
|
|
|
7720 Query user during kbd macro execution.
|
|
|
7721 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit,
|
|
|
7722 reading keyboard commands even within a kbd macro.
|
|
|
7723 You can give different commands each time the macro executes.
|
|
|
7724 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
|
|
|
7725 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
|
|
|
7726 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
|
|
|
7727 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
|
|
|
7728 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
|
|
|
7729 \\[recenter] Redisplay the frame, then ask again.
|
|
|
7730 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
|
|
|
7731
|
|
|
7732 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
|
|
|
7733 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
|
|
|
7734 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
|
|
|
7735
|
|
|
7736 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
|
|
|
7737 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
|
|
|
7738 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
|
|
|
7739 execute.
|
|
|
7740
|
|
|
7741 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
|
|
|
7742 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
|
|
|
7743
|
|
|
7744 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
|
|
|
7745 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
|
|
|
7746 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
|
|
|
7747 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
|
|
|
7748 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
|
|
|
7749
|
|
|
7750 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
|
|
|
7751 looked like this:
|
|
|
7752
|
|
|
7753 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
|
|
|
7754 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
|
|
|
7755 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
|
|
|
7756
|
|
|
7757 You could enter the names in this format:
|
|
|
7758
|
|
|
7759 foo
|
|
|
7760 bar
|
|
|
7761 baz
|
|
|
7762
|
|
|
7763 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
|
|
|
7764
|
|
|
7765 \\C-x (
|
|
|
7766 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
|
|
|
7767 \\C-x )
|
|
|
7768
|
|
|
7769 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
|
|
|
7770 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
|
|
|
7771 " t nil)
|
|
|
7772
|
|
|
7773 ;;;***
|
|
|
7774
|
|
|
7775 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook) "novice" "prim/novice.el")
|
|
|
7776
|
|
|
7777 (autoload 'disabled-command-hook "novice" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
7778
|
|
|
7779 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
|
|
|
7780 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
|
|
|
7781 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
|
|
|
7782 to future sessions." t nil)
|
|
|
7783
|
|
|
7784 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
|
|
|
7785 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
|
|
|
7786 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
|
|
|
7787 to future sessions." t nil)
|
|
|
7788
|
|
|
7789 ;;;***
|
|
|
7790
|
|
|
7791 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "prim/options.el")
|
|
|
7792
|
|
|
7793 (autoload 'list-options "options" "\
|
|
|
7794 Display a list of XEmacs user options, with values and documentation." t nil)
|
|
|
7795
|
|
|
7796 (autoload 'edit-options "options" "\
|
|
|
7797 Edit a list of XEmacs user option values.
|
|
|
7798 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
|
|
|
7799 in which there are commands to set the option values.
|
|
|
7800 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands." t nil)
|
|
|
7801
|
|
|
7802 ;;;***
|
|
|
7803
|
|
|
7804 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle) "rect" "prim/rect.el")
|
|
|
7805
|
|
|
7806 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7807 Delete (don't save) text in rectangle with point and mark as corners.
|
|
|
7808 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the line
|
|
|
7809 where the region begins and ending with the line where the region ends." t nil)
|
|
|
7810
|
|
|
7811 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7812 Delete contents of rectangle and return it as a list of strings.
|
|
|
7813 Arguments START and END are the corners of the rectangle.
|
|
|
7814 The value is list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
|
|
|
7815
|
|
|
7816 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7817 Return contents of rectangle with corners at START and END.
|
|
|
7818 Value is list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
|
|
|
7819
|
|
|
7820 (defvar killed-rectangle nil "\
|
|
|
7821 Rectangle for yank-rectangle to insert.")
|
|
|
7822
|
|
|
7823 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7824 Delete rectangle with corners at point and mark; save as last killed one.
|
|
|
7825 Calling from program, supply two args START and END, buffer positions.
|
|
|
7826 But in programs you might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle'." t nil)
|
|
|
7827
|
|
|
7828 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7829 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
|
|
|
7830
|
|
|
7831 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7832 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
|
|
|
7833 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
|
|
|
7834 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
|
|
|
7835 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
|
|
|
7836 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
|
|
|
7837 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
|
|
|
7838
|
|
|
7839 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7840 Blank out rectangle with corners at point and mark, shifting text right.
|
|
|
7841 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
|
|
|
7842 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle." t nil)
|
|
|
7843
|
|
|
7844 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7845 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
|
|
|
7846 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
|
|
|
7847 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
|
|
|
7848
|
|
|
7849 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING." t nil)
|
|
|
7850
|
|
|
7851 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7852 Blank out rectangle with corners at point and mark.
|
|
|
7853 The text previously in the region is overwritten by the blanks.
|
|
|
7854 When called from a program, requires two args which specify the corners." t nil)
|
|
|
7855
|
|
|
7856 ;;;***
|
|
|
7857
|
|
|
7858 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "prim/reposition.el")
|
|
|
7859
|
|
|
7860 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
|
|
|
7861 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
|
|
|
7862 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
|
|
|
7863 visibility of comments that precede it.
|
|
|
7864 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
|
|
|
7865 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
|
|
|
7866 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
|
|
|
7867 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
|
|
|
7868 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
|
|
|
7869 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
|
|
|
7870 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
|
|
|
7871 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
|
|
|
7872 the comment lines.
|
|
|
7873 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
|
|
|
7874 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
|
|
|
7875 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
|
|
|
7876 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
|
|
|
7877 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
|
|
|
7878
|
|
|
7879 ;;;***
|
|
|
7880
|
|
|
7881 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields sort-fields sort-float-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "prim/sort.el")
|
|
|
7882
|
|
|
7883 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
|
|
|
7884 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
|
|
|
7885 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
|
|
|
7886
|
|
|
7887 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
|
|
|
7888 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
|
|
|
7889 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
|
|
|
7890 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
|
|
|
7891 contiguous.
|
|
|
7892
|
|
|
7893 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
|
|
|
7894 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
|
|
|
7895 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
7896 the sort order.
|
|
|
7897
|
|
|
7898 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
|
|
|
7899 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
|
|
|
7900
|
|
|
7901 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
|
|
|
7902 It moves point to the start of the next record.
|
|
|
7903 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
|
|
|
7904 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
|
|
|
7905 is called.
|
|
|
7906
|
|
|
7907 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
|
|
|
7908 It should move point to the end of the record.
|
|
|
7909
|
|
|
7910 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
|
|
|
7911 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
|
|
|
7912 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
|
|
|
7913 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
|
|
|
7914 starts at the beginning of the record.
|
|
|
7915
|
|
|
7916 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
|
|
|
7917 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
|
|
|
7918 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
|
|
|
7919
|
|
|
7920 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
|
|
|
7921 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
|
|
|
7922 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
7923 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
|
|
|
7924 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
7925 the sort order." t nil)
|
|
|
7926
|
|
|
7927 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
|
|
|
7928 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
|
|
|
7929 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
7930 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
|
|
|
7931 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
7932 the sort order." t nil)
|
|
|
7933
|
|
|
7934 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
|
|
|
7935 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
|
|
|
7936 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
7937 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
|
|
|
7938 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
7939 the sort order." t nil)
|
|
|
7940
|
|
|
7941 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
|
|
|
7942 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
|
|
|
7943 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
|
|
|
7944 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region.
|
|
|
7945 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
|
|
|
7946 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
7947 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
|
|
|
7948 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
7949 the sort order.
|
|
|
7950 If you want to sort floating-point numbers, try `sort-float-fields'." t nil)
|
|
|
7951
|
|
|
7952 (autoload 'sort-float-fields "sort" "\
|
|
|
7953 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
|
|
|
7954 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up. Specified field
|
|
|
7955 must contain a floating point number in each line of the region. With a
|
|
|
7956 negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right. Called from a
|
|
|
7957 program, there are three arguments: FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify
|
|
|
7958 region to sort." t nil)
|
|
|
7959
|
|
|
7960 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
|
|
|
7961 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
|
|
|
7962 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
|
|
|
7963 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
|
|
|
7964 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
7965 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
|
|
|
7966
|
|
|
7967 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
|
|
|
7968 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
|
|
|
7969 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
|
|
|
7970 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
|
|
|
7971 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
|
|
|
7972 is to be used for sorting.
|
|
|
7973 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
|
|
|
7974 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
|
|
|
7975 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
|
|
|
7976 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
|
|
|
7977 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
|
|
|
7978
|
|
|
7979 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
|
|
|
7980
|
|
|
7981 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
7982 the sort order.
|
|
|
7983
|
|
|
7984 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
|
|
|
7985 starting with the letter \"f\",
|
|
|
7986 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
|
|
|
7987
|
|
|
7988 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
|
|
|
7989 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
|
|
|
7990 For the purpose of this command, the region includes
|
|
|
7991 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
|
|
|
7992 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
|
|
|
7993 A prefix argument means sort into reverse order.
|
|
|
7994 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
7995 the sort order.
|
|
|
7996
|
|
|
7997 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
|
|
|
7998 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
|
|
|
7999 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
|
|
|
8000 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
|
|
|
8001 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
|
|
|
8002
|
|
|
8003 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
|
|
|
8004 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
|
|
|
8005 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
|
|
|
8006
|
|
|
8007 ;;;***
|
|
|
8008
|
|
|
8009 ;;;### (autoloads (load-default-sounds load-sound-file) "sound" "prim/sound.el")
|
|
|
8010
|
|
|
8011 (or sound-alist (setq sound-alist '((ready nil) (warp nil))))
|
|
|
8012
|
|
|
8013 (autoload 'load-sound-file "sound" "\
|
|
|
8014 Read in an audio-file and add it to the sound-alist.
|
|
|
8015
|
|
98
|
8016 You can only play sound files if you are running on display 0 of the
|
|
|
8017 console of a machine with native sound support or running a NetAudio
|
|
|
8018 server and XEmacs has the necessary sound support compiled in.
|
|
|
8019
|
|
124
|
8020 The sound file must be in the Sun/NeXT U-LAW format, except on Linux,
|
|
|
8021 where .wav files are also supported by the sound card drivers." t nil)
|
|
78
|
8022
|
|
|
8023 (autoload 'load-default-sounds "sound" "\
|
|
124
|
8024 Load and install some sound files as beep-types, using
|
|
|
8025 `load-sound-file'. This only works if you're on display 0 of the
|
|
|
8026 console of a machine with native sound support or running a NetAudio
|
|
|
8027 server and XEmacs has the necessary sound support compiled in." t nil)
|
|
78
|
8028
|
|
|
8029 ;;;***
|
|
|
8030
|
|
|
8031 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "prim/tabify.el")
|
|
|
8032
|
|
|
8033 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
|
|
|
8034 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
|
|
|
8035 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
|
|
|
8036 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
|
|
|
8037 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
|
|
|
8038
|
|
|
8039 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
|
|
|
8040 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
|
|
|
8041 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
|
|
|
8042 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
|
|
|
8043 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
|
|
|
8044 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
|
|
|
8045 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
|
|
|
8046
|
|
|
8047 ;;;***
|
|
|
8048
|
|
|
8049 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "prim/userlock.el")
|
|
|
8050
|
|
|
8051 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
|
|
|
8052 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by USER.
|
|
|
8053 This function has a choice of three things to do:
|
|
|
8054 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE USER))
|
|
|
8055 to refrain from editing the file
|
|
|
8056 return t (grab the lock on the file)
|
|
|
8057 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
|
|
|
8058 You can rewrite it to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do." nil nil)
|
|
|
8059
|
|
|
8060 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
|
|
|
8061 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
|
|
|
8062 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
|
|
|
8063 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
|
|
|
8064 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
|
|
|
8065
|
|
|
8066 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
|
|
|
8067 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
|
|
|
8068
|
|
|
8069 ;;;***
|
|
|
8070
|
|
|
8071 ;;;### (autoloads (style-format) "psgml-fs" "psgml/psgml-fs.el")
|
|
|
8072
|
|
|
8073 (autoload 'style-format "psgml-fs" nil t nil)
|
|
|
8074
|
|
|
8075 ;;;***
|
|
|
8076
|
|
|
8077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "psgml-html" "psgml/psgml-html.el")
|
|
|
8078
|
|
|
8079 (autoload 'html-mode "psgml-html" "\
|
|
|
8080 HTML mode." t)
|
|
|
8081
|
|
|
8082 (autoload 'html3-mode "psgml-html" "\
|
|
|
8083 HTML3 mode." t)
|
|
|
8084
|
|
|
8085 ;;;***
|
|
|
8086
|
|
|
8087 ;;;### (autoloads (sgml-mode) "psgml" "psgml/psgml.el")
|
|
|
8088
|
|
|
8089 (autoload 'sgml-mode "psgml" "\
|
|
|
8090 Major mode for editing SGML.\\<sgml-mode-map>
|
|
|
8091 Makes > display the matching <. Makes / display matching /.
|
|
|
8092 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
|
|
|
8093
|
|
|
8094 You can find information with:
|
|
|
8095 \\[sgml-show-context] Show the nesting of elements at cursor position.
|
|
|
8096 \\[sgml-list-valid-tags] Show the tags valid at cursor position.
|
|
|
8097
|
|
|
8098 Insert tags with completion of contextually valid tags with \\[sgml-insert-tag].
|
|
|
8099 End the current element with \\[sgml-insert-end-tag]. Insert an element (i.e.
|
|
|
8100 both start and end tag) with \\[sgml-insert-element]. Or tag a region with
|
|
|
8101 \\[sgml-tag-region].
|
|
|
8102
|
|
|
8103 To tag a region with the mouse, use transient mark mode or secondary selection.
|
|
|
8104
|
|
|
8105 Structure editing:
|
|
|
8106 \\[sgml-backward-element] Moves backwards over the previous element.
|
|
108
|
8107 \\[sgml-forward-element] Moves forward over the next element.
|
|
78
|
8108 \\[sgml-down-element] Move forward and down one level in the element structure.
|
|
|
8109 \\[sgml-backward-up-element] Move backward out of this element level.
|
|
|
8110 \\[sgml-beginning-of-element] Move to after the start tag of the current element.
|
|
|
8111 \\[sgml-end-of-element] Move to before the end tag of the current element.
|
|
|
8112 \\[sgml-kill-element] Kill the element following the cursor.
|
|
|
8113
|
|
|
8114 Finding interesting positions
|
|
|
8115 \\[sgml-next-data-field] Move forward to next point where data is allowed.
|
|
|
8116 \\[sgml-next-trouble-spot] Move forward to next point where something is
|
|
|
8117 amiss with the structure.
|
|
|
8118
|
|
|
8119 Folding and unfolding
|
|
|
8120 \\[sgml-fold-element] Fold the lines comprising the current element, leaving
|
|
|
8121 the first line visible.
|
|
|
8122 \\[sgml-fold-subelement] Fold the elements in the content of the current element.
|
|
|
8123 Leaving the first line of every element visible.
|
|
|
8124 \\[sgml-unfold-line] Show hidden lines in current line.
|
|
|
8125
|
|
|
8126 User options:
|
|
|
8127
|
|
|
8128 sgml-omittag Set this to reflect OMITTAG in the SGML declaration.
|
|
|
8129 sgml-shortag Set this to reflect SHORTTAG in the SGML declaration.
|
|
|
8130 sgml-auto-insert-required-elements If non-nil, automatically insert required
|
|
|
8131 elements in the content of an inserted element.
|
|
|
8132 sgml-balanced-tag-edit If non-nil, always insert start-end tag pairs.
|
|
|
8133 sgml-omittag-transparent If non-nil, will show legal tags inside elements
|
|
|
8134 with omitable start tags and legal tags beyond omitable end tags.
|
|
|
8135 sgml-leave-point-after-insert If non-nil, the point will remain after
|
|
|
8136 inserted tag(s).
|
|
|
8137 sgml-warn-about-undefined-elements If non-nil, print a warning when a tag
|
|
|
8138 for a undefined element is found.
|
|
|
8139 sgml-max-menu-size Max number of entries in Tags and Entities menus before
|
|
|
8140 they are split into several panes.
|
|
|
8141 sgml-always-quote-attributes If non-nil, quote all attribute values
|
|
|
8142 inserted after finishing edit attributes.
|
|
|
8143 sgml-minimize-attributes Determines minimization of attributes inserted by
|
|
|
8144 edit-attributes.
|
|
|
8145 sgml-normalize-trims If non-nil, sgml-normalize will trim off white space
|
|
|
8146 from end of element when adding end tag.
|
|
|
8147 sgml-indent-step How much to increament indent for every element level.
|
|
|
8148 sgml-indent-data If non-nil, indent in data/mixed context also.
|
|
|
8149 sgml-set-face If non-nil, psgml will set the face of parsed markup.
|
|
|
8150 sgml-markup-faces The faces used when the above variable is non-nil.
|
|
108
|
8151 sgml-system-path List of directories used to look for system identifiers.
|
|
78
|
8152 sgml-public-map Mapping from public identifiers to file names.
|
|
|
8153 sgml-offer-save If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before
|
|
|
8154 \\[sgml-validate] is run.
|
|
|
8155
|
|
|
8156 All bindings:
|
|
|
8157 \\{sgml-mode-map}
|
|
|
8158 " t nil)
|
|
|
8159
|
|
|
8160 ;;;***
|
|
|
8161
|
|
|
8162 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-input rmail-mode rmail) "rmail" "rmail/rmail.el")
|
|
|
8163
|
|
|
8164 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
|
|
|
8165 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
|
|
|
8166 A value of nil means exclude your own name only.")
|
|
|
8167
|
|
|
8168 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
|
|
|
8169 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
|
|
|
8170 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
|
|
|
8171 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
|
|
|
8172 value is the user's name.)
|
|
|
8173 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
|
|
|
8174
|
|
|
8175 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
|
|
|
8176 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
|
|
|
8177
|
|
|
8178 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
|
|
|
8179 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
|
|
|
8180 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
|
|
|
8181 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
|
|
|
8182 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
|
|
|
8183
|
|
|
8184 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
|
|
|
8185 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
|
|
|
8186
|
|
|
8187 (defvar rmail-retry-setup-hook nil "\
|
|
|
8188 Hook that `rmail-retry-failure' uses in place of `mail-setup-hook'.")
|
|
|
8189
|
|
|
8190 (defvar rmail-last-file nil)
|
|
|
8191
|
|
|
8192 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
|
|
|
8193 Read and edit incoming mail.
|
|
|
8194 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
|
|
|
8195 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
|
|
|
8196 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
|
|
|
8197
|
|
|
8198 May be called with filename as argument; then performs rmail editing on
|
|
|
8199 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file." t nil)
|
|
|
8200
|
|
|
8201 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
|
|
|
8202 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
|
|
|
8203 All normal editing commands are turned off.
|
|
|
8204 Instead, these commands are available:
|
|
|
8205
|
|
|
8206 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
|
|
|
8207 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
|
|
|
8208 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
|
|
|
8209 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
|
|
|
8210 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
|
|
|
8211 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
|
|
|
8212 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
|
|
|
8213 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
|
|
|
8214 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
|
|
|
8215 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
|
|
|
8216 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
|
|
|
8217 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
|
|
|
8218 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
|
|
|
8219 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
|
|
|
8220 till a deleted message is found.
|
|
|
8221 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
|
|
|
8222 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
|
|
|
8223 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
|
|
|
8224 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
|
|
|
8225 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
|
|
|
8226 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
|
|
|
8227 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
|
|
|
8228 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
|
|
|
8229 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
|
|
|
8230 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
|
|
|
8231 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
|
|
|
8232 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
|
|
|
8233 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
|
|
|
8234 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
|
|
|
8235 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
|
|
|
8236 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
|
|
|
8237 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
|
|
|
8238 (label defaults to last one specified).
|
|
|
8239 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
|
|
|
8240 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
|
|
|
8241 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
|
|
|
8242 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
|
|
|
8243 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
|
|
|
8244 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
|
|
|
8245 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
|
|
|
8246 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
|
|
|
8247 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
|
|
|
8248
|
|
|
8249 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
|
|
|
8250 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
|
|
|
8251
|
|
|
8252 ;;;***
|
|
|
8253
|
|
|
8254 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-file-p) "rmailout" "rmail/rmailout.el")
|
|
|
8255
|
|
|
8256 (autoload 'rmail-file-p "rmailout" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
8257
|
|
|
8258 ;;;***
|
|
|
8259
|
|
|
8260 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "rmail/unrmail.el")
|
|
|
8261
|
|
|
8262 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
|
|
|
8263 Convert Rmail files to mailbox files.
|
|
|
8264 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
|
|
|
8265 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
|
|
|
8266 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
|
|
|
8267 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
|
|
|
8268
|
|
|
8269 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
|
|
|
8270 Convert Rmail file FILE to mailbox-format file TO-FILE." t nil)
|
|
|
8271
|
|
|
8272 ;;;***
|
|
|
8273
|
|
|
8274 ;;;### (autoloads (mime/editor-mode) "tm-edit" "tm/tm-edit.el")
|
|
|
8275
|
|
|
8276 (autoload 'mime/editor-mode "tm-edit" "\
|
|
|
8277 MIME minor mode for editing the tagged MIME message.
|
|
|
8278
|
|
|
8279 In this mode, basically, the message is composed in the tagged MIME
|
|
|
8280 format. The message tag looks like:
|
|
|
8281
|
|
|
8282 --[[text/plain; charset=ISO-2022-JP][7bit]]
|
|
|
8283
|
|
|
8284 The tag specifies the MIME content type, subtype, optional parameters
|
|
|
8285 and transfer encoding of the message following the tag. Messages
|
|
|
8286 without any tag are treated as `text/plain' by default. Charset and
|
|
|
8287 transfer encoding are automatically defined unless explicitly
|
|
|
8288 specified. Binary messages such as audio and image are usually hidden.
|
|
|
8289 The messages in the tagged MIME format are automatically translated
|
|
|
8290 into a MIME compliant message when exiting this mode.
|
|
|
8291
|
|
|
8292 Available charsets depend on Emacs version being used. The following
|
|
|
8293 lists the available charsets of each emacs.
|
|
|
8294
|
|
|
8295 EMACS 18: US-ASCII is only available.
|
|
|
8296 NEmacs: US-ASCII and ISO-2022-JP are available.
|
|
|
8297 EMACS 19: US-ASCII and ISO-8859-1 (or other charset) are available.
|
|
|
8298 XEmacs 19: US-ASCII and ISO-8859-1 (or other charset) are available.
|
|
|
8299 Mule: US-ASCII, ISO-8859-* (except for ISO-8859-5), KOI8-R,
|
|
|
8300 ISO-2022-JP, ISO-2022-JP-2, ISO-2022-KR, BIG5 and
|
|
|
8301 ISO-2022-INT-1 are available.
|
|
|
8302
|
|
|
8303 ISO-2022-JP-2 and ISO-2022-INT-1 charsets used in mule is expected to
|
|
|
8304 be used to represent multilingual text in intermixed manner. Any
|
|
|
8305 languages that has no registered charset are represented as either
|
|
|
8306 ISO-2022-JP-2 or ISO-2022-INT-1 in mule.
|
|
|
8307
|
|
|
8308 If you want to use non-ISO-8859-1 charset in EMACS 19 or XEmacs 19,
|
|
|
8309 please set variable `default-mime-charset'. This variable must be
|
|
|
8310 symbol of which name is a MIME charset.
|
|
|
8311
|
|
|
8312 If you want to add more charsets in mule, please set variable
|
|
|
8313 `charsets-mime-charset-alist'. This variable must be alist of which
|
|
|
8314 key is list of leading-char/charset and value is symbol of MIME
|
|
|
8315 charset. (leading-char is a term of MULE 1.* and 2.*. charset is a
|
|
|
8316 term of XEmacs/mule, mule merged EMACS and MULE 3.*) If name of
|
|
|
8317 coding-system is different as MIME charset, please set variable
|
|
|
8318 `mime-charset-coding-system-alist'. This variable must be alist of
|
|
|
8319 which key is MIME charset and value is coding-system.
|
|
|
8320
|
|
|
8321 Following commands are available in addition to major mode commands:
|
|
|
8322
|
|
|
8323 [make single part]
|
|
|
8324 \\[mime-editor/insert-text] insert a text message.
|
|
|
8325 \\[mime-editor/insert-file] insert a (binary) file.
|
|
|
8326 \\[mime-editor/insert-external] insert a reference to external body.
|
|
|
8327 \\[mime-editor/insert-voice] insert a voice message.
|
|
|
8328 \\[mime-editor/insert-message] insert a mail or news message.
|
|
|
8329 \\[mime-editor/insert-mail] insert a mail message.
|
|
|
8330 \\[mime-editor/insert-signature] insert a signature file at end.
|
|
|
8331 \\[mime-editor/insert-key] insert PGP public key.
|
|
|
8332 \\[mime-editor/insert-tag] insert a new MIME tag.
|
|
|
8333
|
|
|
8334 [make enclosure (maybe multipart)]
|
|
|
8335 \\[mime-editor/enclose-alternative-region] enclose as multipart/alternative.
|
|
|
8336 \\[mime-editor/enclose-parallel-region] enclose as multipart/parallel.
|
|
|
8337 \\[mime-editor/enclose-mixed-region] enclose as multipart/mixed.
|
|
|
8338 \\[mime-editor/enclose-digest-region] enclose as multipart/digest.
|
|
|
8339 \\[mime-editor/enclose-signed-region] enclose as PGP signed.
|
|
|
8340 \\[mime-editor/enclose-encrypted-region] enclose as PGP encrypted.
|
|
|
8341 \\[mime-editor/enclose-quote-region] enclose as verbose mode (to avoid to expand tags)
|
|
|
8342
|
|
|
8343 [other commands]
|
|
|
8344 \\[mime-editor/set-transfer-level-7bit] set transfer-level as 7.
|
|
|
8345 \\[mime-editor/set-transfer-level-8bit] set transfer-level as 8.
|
|
|
8346 \\[mime-editor/set-split] set message splitting mode.
|
|
|
8347 \\[mime-editor/set-sign] set PGP-sign mode.
|
|
|
8348 \\[mime-editor/set-encrypt] set PGP-encryption mode.
|
|
|
8349 \\[mime-editor/preview-message] preview editing MIME message.
|
|
|
8350 \\[mime-editor/exit] exit and translate into a MIME compliant message.
|
|
|
8351 \\[mime-editor/help] show this help.
|
|
|
8352 \\[mime-editor/maybe-translate] exit and translate if in MIME mode, then split.
|
|
|
8353
|
|
|
8354 Additional commands are available in some major modes:
|
|
|
8355 C-c C-c exit, translate and run the original command.
|
|
|
8356 C-c C-s exit, translate and run the original command.
|
|
|
8357
|
|
|
8358 The following is a message example written in the tagged MIME format.
|
|
|
8359 TABs at the beginning of the line are not a part of the message:
|
|
|
8360
|
|
|
8361 This is a conventional plain text. It should be translated
|
|
|
8362 into text/plain.
|
|
|
8363 --[[text/plain]]
|
|
|
8364 This is also a plain text. But, it is explicitly specified as
|
|
|
8365 is.
|
|
86
|
8366 --[[text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1]]
|
|
|
8367 This is also a plain text. But charset is specified as
|
|
|
8368 iso-8859-1.
|
|
|
8369
|
|
|
8370 ¡Hola! Buenos días. ¿Cómo está usted?
|
|
|
8371 --[[text/enriched]]
|
|
|
8372 This is a <bold>enriched text</bold>.
|
|
|
8373 --[[image/gif][base64]]...image encoded in base64 here...
|
|
|
8374 --[[audio/basic][base64]]...audio encoded in base64 here...
|
|
78
|
8375
|
|
|
8376 User customizable variables (not documented all of them):
|
|
|
8377 mime-prefix
|
|
|
8378 Specifies a key prefix for MIME minor mode commands.
|
|
|
8379
|
|
|
8380 mime-ignore-preceding-spaces
|
|
|
8381 Preceding white spaces in a message body are ignored if non-nil.
|
|
|
8382
|
|
|
8383 mime-ignore-trailing-spaces
|
|
|
8384 Trailing white spaces in a message body are ignored if non-nil.
|
|
|
8385
|
|
|
8386 mime-auto-hide-body
|
|
|
8387 Hide a non-textual body message encoded in base64 after insertion
|
|
|
8388 if non-nil.
|
|
|
8389
|
|
|
8390 mime-editor/transfer-level
|
|
|
8391 A number of network transfer level. It should be bigger than 7.
|
|
|
8392 If you are in 8bit-through environment, please set 8.
|
|
|
8393
|
|
|
8394 mime-editor/voice-recorder
|
|
|
8395 Specifies a function to record a voice message and encode it.
|
|
|
8396 The function `mime-editor/voice-recorder-for-sun' is for Sun
|
|
|
8397 SparcStations.
|
|
|
8398
|
|
|
8399 mime/editor-mode-hook
|
|
|
8400 Turning on MIME mode calls the value of mime/editor-mode-hook, if
|
|
|
8401 it is non-nil.
|
|
|
8402
|
|
|
8403 mime-editor/translate-hook
|
|
|
8404 The value of mime-editor/translate-hook is called just before translating
|
|
|
8405 the tagged MIME format into a MIME compliant message if it is
|
|
|
8406 non-nil. If the hook call the function mime-editor/insert-signature,
|
|
|
8407 the signature file will be inserted automatically.
|
|
|
8408
|
|
|
8409 mime-editor/exit-hook
|
|
|
8410 Turning off MIME mode calls the value of mime-editor/exit-hook, if it is
|
|
|
8411 non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
8412
|
|
|
8413 (defalias 'edit-mime 'mime/editor-mode)
|
|
|
8414
|
|
|
8415 ;;;***
|
|
|
8416
|
|
|
8417 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice) "advice" "utils/advice.el")
|
|
|
8418
|
|
|
8419 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
|
|
|
8420 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
|
|
|
8421 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
|
|
|
8422 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
|
|
|
8423 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
|
|
|
8424 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
|
|
|
8425 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
|
|
|
8426 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
|
|
|
8427 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
|
|
|
8428 interpreted as `error'.")
|
|
|
8429
|
|
|
8430 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
|
|
|
8431 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
|
|
|
8432 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
|
|
|
8433 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
|
|
|
8434 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
|
|
|
8435 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
|
|
|
8436 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
|
|
|
8437 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
|
|
|
8438
|
|
|
8439 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
|
|
|
8440 Adds a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
|
|
|
8441 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
|
|
|
8442 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
|
|
|
8443 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
|
|
|
8444 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
|
|
|
8445 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
|
|
|
8446 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
|
|
|
8447 will be overwritten with the new one.
|
|
|
8448 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
|
|
|
8449 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
|
|
|
8450 will clear the cache." nil nil)
|
|
|
8451
|
|
|
8452 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
|
|
|
8453 Defines a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
|
|
|
8454 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
|
|
|
8455
|
|
|
8456 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
|
|
|
8457 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
|
|
|
8458 BODY... )
|
|
|
8459
|
|
|
8460 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
|
|
|
8461 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
|
|
|
8462 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
|
|
|
8463 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
|
|
|
8464 see also `ad-add-advice'.
|
|
|
8465 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
|
|
|
8466 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
|
|
|
8467 before/around/after-advices will be used.
|
|
|
8468 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
|
|
|
8469 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
|
|
|
8470 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
|
|
|
8471 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
|
|
|
8472 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
|
|
|
8473 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
|
|
|
8474
|
|
|
8475 Semantics of the various flags:
|
|
|
8476 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
|
|
|
8477 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
|
|
|
8478 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
|
|
|
8479
|
|
|
8480 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
|
|
|
8481 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
|
|
|
8482
|
|
|
8483 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
|
|
|
8484 advised function should be compiled.
|
|
|
8485
|
|
|
8486 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
|
|
|
8487 during activation until somebody enables it.
|
|
|
8488
|
|
|
8489 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
|
|
|
8490 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
|
|
|
8491 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
|
|
|
8492 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
|
|
|
8493
|
|
|
8494 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
|
|
|
8495 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
|
|
|
8496 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
|
|
|
8497 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
|
|
|
8498 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
|
|
|
8499 during preloading.
|
|
|
8500
|
|
|
8501 Look at the file `advice.el' for comprehensive documentation." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
8502
|
|
|
8503 ;;;***
|
|
|
8504
|
|
|
8505 ;;;### (autoloads (all-annotations annotation-list annotations-at annotations-in-region annotation-at annotationp delete-annotation make-annotation) "annotations" "utils/annotations.el")
|
|
|
8506
|
|
|
8507 (defvar make-annotation-hook nil "\
|
|
|
8508 *Function or functions to run immediately after creating an annotation.")
|
|
|
8509
|
|
|
8510 (defvar before-delete-annotation-hook nil "\
|
|
|
8511 *Function or functions to run immediately before deleting an annotation.")
|
|
|
8512
|
|
|
8513 (defvar after-delete-annotation-hook nil "\
|
|
|
8514 *Function or functions to run immediately after deleting an annotation.")
|
|
|
8515
|
|
|
8516 (autoload 'make-annotation "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8517 Create a marginal annotation, displayed using GLYPH, at position POS.
|
|
|
8518 GLYPH may be either a glyph object or a string. Use layout policy
|
|
|
8519 LAYOUT and place the annotation in buffer BUFFER. If POS is nil, point is
|
|
|
8520 used. If LAYOUT is nil, `whitespace' is used. If BUFFER is nil, the
|
|
|
8521 current buffer is used. If WITH-EVENT is non-nil, then when an annotation
|
|
|
8522 is activated, the triggering event is passed as the second arg to the
|
|
|
8523 annotation function. If D-GLYPH is non-nil then it is used as the glyph
|
|
|
8524 that will be displayed when button1 is down. If RIGHTP is non-nil then
|
|
|
8525 the glyph will be displayed on the right side of the buffer instead of the
|
|
|
8526 left." nil nil)
|
|
|
8527
|
|
|
8528 (autoload 'delete-annotation "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8529 Remove ANNOTATION from its buffer. This does not modify the buffer text." nil nil)
|
|
|
8530
|
|
|
8531 (autoload 'annotationp "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8532 T if OBJECT is an annotation." nil nil)
|
|
|
8533
|
|
|
8534 (autoload 'annotation-at "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8535 Return the first annotation at POS in BUFFER.
|
|
|
8536 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer. POS defaults to point in BUFFER." nil nil)
|
|
|
8537
|
|
|
8538 (autoload 'annotations-in-region "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8539 Return all annotations in BUFFER between START and END inclusively." nil nil)
|
|
|
8540
|
|
|
8541 (autoload 'annotations-at "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8542 Return a list of all annotations at POS in BUFFER.
|
|
|
8543 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used. If POS is nil, point is used." nil nil)
|
|
|
8544
|
|
|
8545 (autoload 'annotation-list "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8546 Return a list of all annotations in BUFFER.
|
|
|
8547 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used." nil nil)
|
|
|
8548
|
|
|
8549 (autoload 'all-annotations "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8550 Return a list of all annotations in existence." nil nil)
|
|
|
8551
|
|
|
8552 ;;;***
|
|
|
8553
|
|
|
8554 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directory update-autoloads-here update-file-autoloads generate-file-autoloads) "autoload" "utils/autoload.el")
|
|
|
8555
|
|
|
8556 (autoload 'generate-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8557 Insert at point a loaddefs autoload section for FILE.
|
|
|
8558 autoloads are generated for defuns and defmacros in FILE
|
|
|
8559 marked by `generate-autoload-cookie' (which see).
|
|
|
8560 If FILE is being visited in a buffer, the contents of the buffer
|
|
|
8561 are used." t nil)
|
|
|
8562
|
|
|
8563 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8564 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
|
|
|
8565 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil)
|
|
|
8566
|
|
|
8567 (autoload 'update-autoloads-here "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8568 Update sections of the current buffer generated by `update-file-autoloads'." t nil)
|
|
|
8569
|
|
|
8570 (autoload 'update-autoloads-from-directory "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8571 Update `generated-autoload-file' with all the current autoloads from DIR.
|
|
|
8572 This runs `update-file-autoloads' on each .el file in DIR.
|
|
|
8573 Obsolete autoload entries for files that no longer exist are deleted." t nil)
|
|
|
8574
|
|
|
8575 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8576 Update the autoloads for the files or directories on the command line.
|
|
|
8577 Runs `update-file-autoloads' on files and `update-directory-autoloads'
|
|
|
8578 on directories. Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
|
|
|
8579 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
|
|
|
8580 For example, invoke `xemacs -batch -f batch-update-autoloads *.el'." nil nil)
|
|
|
8581
|
|
|
8582 ;;;***
|
|
|
8583
|
|
|
8584 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "utils/browse-url.el")
|
|
|
8585
|
|
134
|
8586 (defcustom browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-w3 "*Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.\nUsed by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and\n`browse-url-of-file' commands." :type 'function :group 'browse-url)
|
|
78
|
8587
|
|
|
8588 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8589 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8590
|
|
|
8591 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
|
|
|
8592 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
|
|
|
8593
|
|
|
8594 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
|
|
|
8595 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
|
|
|
8596 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
|
|
|
8597 the effect of browse-url-new-window-p.
|
|
|
8598
|
|
|
8599 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
|
|
|
8600 used instead of browse-url-new-window-p." t nil)
|
|
|
8601
|
|
|
8602 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8603 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8604 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
|
|
|
8605
|
|
|
8606 (autoload 'browse-url-grail "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8607 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8608 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
|
|
|
8609 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
|
|
|
8610
|
|
|
8611 (autoload 'browse-url-iximosaic "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8612 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8613 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
|
|
|
8614
|
|
|
8615 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8616 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8617 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
|
|
|
8618
|
|
|
8619 (autoload 'browse-url-lynx-xterm "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8620 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8621 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
|
|
|
8622 in an Xterm window." t nil)
|
|
|
8623
|
|
|
8624 (autoload 'browse-url-lynx-emacs "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8625 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8626 Default to the URL around or before point. Run a new Lynx process in
|
|
|
8627 an Emacs buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
8628
|
|
|
8629 ;;;***
|
|
|
8630
|
|
|
8631 ;;;### (autoloads (docref-setup) "docref" "utils/docref.el")
|
|
|
8632
|
|
|
8633 (autoload 'docref-setup "docref" "\
|
|
|
8634 Process docref cross-references in the current buffer.
|
|
|
8635 See also \\(f@docref-subst)." t nil)
|
|
|
8636
|
|
|
8637 ;;;***
|
|
|
8638
|
|
|
8639 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "utils/easymenu.el")
|
|
|
8640
|
|
|
8641 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
|
|
|
8642 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
|
|
|
8643 The arguments SYMBOL and DOC are ignored; they are present for
|
|
|
8644 compatibility only. SYMBOL is not evaluated. In other Emacs versions
|
|
|
8645 these arguments may be used as a variable to hold the menu data, and a
|
|
|
8646 doc string for that variable.
|
|
|
8647
|
|
|
8648 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
|
|
|
8649 The rest of the elements are menu items.
|
|
|
8650
|
|
|
8651 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
|
|
|
8652
|
|
|
8653 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
|
|
|
8654
|
|
|
8655 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
|
|
|
8656 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
|
|
|
8657
|
|
|
8658 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
|
|
|
8659 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
8660
|
|
|
8661 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
|
|
|
8662
|
|
|
8663 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
|
|
|
8664
|
|
|
8665 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbol defined below.
|
|
|
8666
|
|
|
8667 :keys KEYS
|
|
|
8668
|
|
|
8669 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
|
|
|
8670
|
|
|
8671 :active ENABLE
|
|
|
8672
|
|
|
8673 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
|
|
|
8674 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
8675
|
|
|
8676 :suffix NAME
|
|
|
8677
|
|
|
8678 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
|
|
|
8679
|
|
|
8680 :style STYLE
|
|
|
8681
|
|
|
8682 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
|
|
|
8683 defined:
|
|
|
8684
|
|
|
8685 toggle: A checkbox.
|
|
|
8686 Currently just prepend the name with the string \"Toggle \".
|
|
|
8687 radio: A radio button.
|
|
|
8688 nil: An ordinary menu item.
|
|
|
8689
|
|
|
8690 :selected SELECTED
|
|
|
8691
|
|
|
8692 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
|
|
|
8693 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
8694 Currently just disable radio buttons, no effect on checkboxes.
|
|
|
8695
|
|
|
8696 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
|
|
|
8697 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
|
|
|
8698 as a solid horizontal line.
|
|
|
8699
|
|
|
8700 A menu item can be a list. It is treated as a submenu.
|
|
|
8701 The first element should be the submenu name. That's used as the
|
|
|
8702 menu item in the top-level menu. The cdr of the submenu list
|
|
|
8703 is a list of menu items, as above." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
8704
|
|
|
8705 ;;;***
|
|
|
8706
|
|
118
|
8707 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-kbd-macro format-kbd-macro kbd read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "utils/edmacro.el")
|
|
98
|
8708
|
|
|
8709 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
|
|
|
8710
|
|
|
8711 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
|
|
|
8712 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
|
|
|
8713 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
|
|
|
8714
|
|
|
8715 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
8716 Edit a keyboard macro.
|
|
|
8717 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
|
|
|
8718 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
|
|
|
8719 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
|
|
|
8720 its command name.
|
|
|
8721 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
|
|
|
8722
|
|
|
8723 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
8724 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
|
|
|
8725
|
|
|
8726 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
8727 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
|
|
|
8728
|
|
|
8729 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
8730 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
|
|
|
8731 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
|
|
|
8732 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
|
|
|
8733 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
|
|
|
8734 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
|
|
|
8735
|
|
|
8736 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
|
|
|
8737 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
|
|
|
8738 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
|
|
|
8739 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
|
|
|
8740
|
|
118
|
8741 (autoload 'kbd "edmacro" "\
|
|
136
|
8742 Convert KEYS to the internal Emacs key representation." nil 'macro)
|
|
118
|
8743
|
|
98
|
8744 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
8745 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
|
|
|
8746 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
|
|
|
8747 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
|
|
|
8748 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
|
|
|
8749 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
|
|
|
8750
|
|
|
8751 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
8752 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
|
|
|
8753 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
|
|
|
8754 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
|
|
|
8755
|
|
|
8756 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
|
|
|
8757 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
|
|
|
8758 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
|
|
|
8759 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
|
|
|
8760 bindings.
|
|
|
8761
|
|
|
8762 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
|
|
|
8763 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
|
|
|
8764
|
|
|
8765 ;;;***
|
|
|
8766
|
|
|
8767 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "utils/eldoc.el")
|
|
|
8768
|
|
134
|
8769 (defcustom eldoc-mode nil "*If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.\n\nFor the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is\nwithin, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.\nThis information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is\nin pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained\nfrom the documentation string if possible.\n\nIf point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring\ninstead.\n\nThis variable is buffer-local." :type 'boolean :group 'eldoc)
|
|
98
|
8770
|
|
|
8771 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
|
|
|
8772 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
|
|
|
8773 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
|
|
|
8774
|
|
|
8775 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
|
|
|
8776 of the mode.
|
|
|
8777 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
|
|
|
8778 the mode, respectively." t nil)
|
|
|
8779
|
|
|
8780 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
|
|
|
8781 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
|
|
|
8782
|
|
|
8783 ;;;***
|
|
|
8784
|
|
78
|
8785 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-submit-bug-report elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function) "elp" "utils/elp.el")
|
|
|
8786
|
|
|
8787 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
|
|
|
8788 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
|
|
|
8789 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
|
|
|
8790
|
|
|
8791 (autoload 'elp-restore-function "elp" "\
|
|
|
8792 Restore an instrumented function to its original definition.
|
|
|
8793 Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil)
|
|
|
8794
|
|
|
8795 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
|
|
|
8796 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
|
|
|
8797 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
|
|
|
8798
|
|
|
8799 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
|
|
|
8800 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
|
|
|
8801 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
|
|
|
8802
|
|
|
8803 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
|
|
|
8804
|
|
|
8805 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
|
|
|
8806 Display current profiling results.
|
|
|
8807 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
|
|
|
8808 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
|
|
|
8809 displayed." t nil)
|
|
|
8810
|
|
|
8811 (autoload 'elp-submit-bug-report "elp" "\
|
|
|
8812 Submit via mail, a bug report on elp." t nil)
|
|
|
8813
|
|
|
8814 ;;;***
|
|
|
8815
|
|
|
8816 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-props facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-make-much-smaller facemenu-make-much-larger facemenu-make-smaller facemenu-make-larger facemenu-set-size-default facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "utils/facemenu.el")
|
|
|
8817
|
|
126
|
8818 (define-key ctl-x-map "F" 'facemenu-keymap)
|
|
|
8819
|
|
78
|
8820 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
|
|
|
8821 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
|
|
|
8822
|
|
|
8823 (defvar facemenu-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Set face"))) (define-key map ?o 'facemenu-set-face) map) "\
|
|
|
8824 Keymap for face-changing commands.
|
|
|
8825 `Facemenu-update' fills in the keymap according to the bindings
|
|
|
8826 requested in `facemenu-keybindings'.")
|
|
|
8827
|
|
|
8828 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8829 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
|
|
|
8830 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
|
|
|
8831 will not show through at all will be removed.
|
|
|
8832
|
|
|
8833 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
|
|
|
8834
|
|
|
8835 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
|
|
|
8836 this command sets the region to the requested face.
|
|
|
8837
|
|
|
8838 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
|
|
|
8839 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
|
|
|
8840 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
|
|
|
8841
|
|
|
8842 (autoload 'facemenu-set-foreground "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8843 Set the foreground color of the region or next character typed.
|
|
|
8844 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
|
|
|
8845 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
|
|
|
8846 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
|
|
|
8847 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
|
|
|
8848 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
|
|
|
8849 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
|
|
|
8850
|
|
|
8851 (autoload 'facemenu-set-background "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8852 Set the background color of the region or next character typed.
|
|
|
8853 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
|
|
|
8854 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
|
|
|
8855 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
|
|
|
8856 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
|
|
|
8857 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
|
|
|
8858 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
|
|
|
8859
|
|
|
8860 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face-from-menu "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8861 Set the face of the region or next character typed.
|
|
|
8862 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
|
|
|
8863 is the menu item's name.
|
|
|
8864
|
|
|
8865 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
|
|
|
8866 this command sets the region to the requested face.
|
|
|
8867
|
|
|
8868 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
|
|
|
8869 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
|
|
100
|
8870 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
|
|
78
|
8871
|
|
|
8872 (autoload 'facemenu-set-size-default "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
8873
|
|
|
8874 (autoload 'facemenu-make-larger "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
8875
|
|
|
8876 (autoload 'facemenu-make-smaller "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
8877
|
|
|
8878 (autoload 'facemenu-make-much-larger "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
8879
|
|
|
8880 (autoload 'facemenu-make-much-smaller "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
8881
|
|
|
8882 (autoload 'facemenu-set-invisible "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8883 Make the region invisible.
|
|
|
8884 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
|
|
|
8885 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
|
|
|
8886
|
|
|
8887 (autoload 'facemenu-set-intangible "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8888 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
|
|
|
8889 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
|
|
|
8890 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
|
|
|
8891
|
|
|
8892 (autoload 'facemenu-set-read-only "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8893 Make the region unmodifiable.
|
|
|
8894 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
|
|
|
8895 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
|
|
|
8896
|
|
|
8897 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-props "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8898 Remove all text properties that facemenu added to region." t nil)
|
|
|
8899
|
|
|
8900 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-special "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8901 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
|
|
|
8902 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
|
|
|
8903
|
|
|
8904 (autoload 'list-text-properties-at "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8905 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
|
|
|
8906
|
|
|
8907 (autoload 'facemenu-read-color "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8908 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
8909
|
|
|
8910 (autoload 'list-colors-display "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8911 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
|
|
|
8912 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
|
|
|
8913 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
|
|
|
8914 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
|
|
|
8915
|
|
|
8916 ;;;***
|
|
|
8917
|
|
98
|
8918 ;;;### (autoloads (floating-toolbar-from-extent-or-popup-mode-menu floating-toolbar-or-popup-mode-menu floating-toolbar) "floating-toolbar" "utils/floating-toolbar.el")
|
|
|
8919
|
|
|
8920 (autoload 'floating-toolbar "floating-toolbar" "\
|
|
|
8921 Popup a toolbar near the current mouse position.
|
|
|
8922 The toolbar instantiator used is taken from the 'floating-toolbar
|
|
|
8923 property of any extent under the mouse. If no such non-nil
|
|
|
8924 property exists for any extent under the mouse, then the value of the
|
|
|
8925 variable `floating-toolbar' is checked. If its value si nil, then
|
|
|
8926 no toolbar will be displayed.
|
|
|
8927
|
|
|
8928 This command should be bound to a button press event.
|
|
|
8929
|
|
|
8930 When called from a program, first arg EVENT should be the button
|
|
|
8931 press event. Optional second arg EXTENT-LOCAL-ONLY specifies
|
|
|
8932 that only extent local toolbars should be used; this means the
|
|
|
8933 `floating-toolbar' variable will not be consulted." t nil)
|
|
|
8934
|
|
|
8935 (autoload 'floating-toolbar-or-popup-mode-menu "floating-toolbar" "\
|
|
|
8936 Like floating-toolbar, but if no toolbar is displayed
|
|
|
8937 run popup-mode-menu." t nil)
|
|
|
8938
|
|
|
8939 (autoload 'floating-toolbar-from-extent-or-popup-mode-menu "floating-toolbar" "\
|
|
|
8940 Like floating-toolbar-or-popup-mode-menu, but search only for an
|
|
|
8941 extent local toolbar." t nil)
|
|
|
8942
|
|
|
8943 ;;;***
|
|
|
8944
|
|
78
|
8945 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "utils/flow-ctrl.el")
|
|
|
8946
|
|
|
8947 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
|
|
|
8948 Toggle flow control handling.
|
|
|
8949 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
|
|
|
8950 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
|
|
|
8951
|
|
|
8952 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
|
|
|
8953 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
|
|
|
8954 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
|
|
|
8955 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
|
|
|
8956 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
|
|
|
8957 to get the effect of a C-q.
|
|
|
8958
|
|
|
8959 This function has no effect unless the current device is a tty.
|
|
|
8960
|
|
|
8961 The tty terminal type is determined from the TERM environment variable.
|
|
|
8962 Trailing hyphens and everything following is stripped, so a TERM
|
|
|
8963 value of \"vt100-nam\" is treated the same as \"vt100\"." nil nil)
|
|
|
8964
|
|
|
8965 ;;;***
|
|
|
8966
|
|
|
8967 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode) "forms" "utils/forms.el")
|
|
|
8968
|
|
|
8969 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
|
|
|
8970 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
|
|
|
8971
|
|
|
8972 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
|
|
|
8973 TAB forms-next-field TAB
|
|
|
8974 \\C-c TAB forms-next-field
|
|
|
8975 \\C-c < forms-first-record <
|
|
|
8976 \\C-c > forms-last-record >
|
|
|
8977 \\C-c ? describe-mode ?
|
|
|
8978 \\C-c \\C-k forms-delete-record
|
|
|
8979 \\C-c \\C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
|
|
|
8980 \\C-c \\C-o forms-insert-record
|
|
|
8981 \\C-c \\C-l forms-jump-record l
|
|
|
8982 \\C-c \\C-n forms-next-record n
|
|
|
8983 \\C-c \\C-p forms-prev-record p
|
|
|
8984 \\C-c \\C-r forms-search-backward r
|
|
|
8985 \\C-c \\C-s forms-search-forward s
|
|
|
8986 \\C-c \\C-x forms-exit x
|
|
|
8987 " t nil)
|
|
|
8988
|
|
|
8989 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
|
|
|
8990 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
|
|
|
8991
|
|
|
8992 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
|
|
|
8993 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
|
|
|
8994
|
|
|
8995 ;;;***
|
|
|
8996
|
|
|
8997 ;;;### (autoloads (highlight-headers-follow-url highlight-headers-follow-url-mosaic highlight-headers-follow-url-netscape highlight-headers) "highlight-headers" "utils/highlight-headers.el")
|
|
|
8998
|
|
|
8999 (autoload 'highlight-headers "highlight-headers" "\
|
|
|
9000 Highlight message headers between start and end.
|
|
|
9001 Faces used:
|
|
|
9002 message-headers the part before the colon
|
|
|
9003 message-header-contents the part after the colon
|
|
|
9004 message-highlighted-header-contents contents of \"special\" headers
|
|
|
9005 message-cited-text quoted text from other messages
|
|
|
9006
|
|
|
9007 Variables used:
|
|
|
9008
|
|
|
9009 highlight-headers-regexp what makes a \"special\" header
|
|
|
9010 highlight-headers-citation-regexp matches lines of quoted text
|
|
|
9011 highlight-headers-citation-header-regexp matches headers for quoted text
|
|
|
9012
|
|
|
9013 If HACK-SIG is true,then we search backward from END for something that
|
|
|
9014 looks like the beginning of a signature block, and don't consider that a
|
|
|
9015 part of the message (this is because signatures are often incorrectly
|
|
|
9016 interpreted as cited text.)" nil nil)
|
|
|
9017
|
|
|
9018 (autoload 'highlight-headers-follow-url-netscape "highlight-headers" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9019
|
|
|
9020 (autoload 'highlight-headers-follow-url-mosaic "highlight-headers" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9021
|
|
|
9022 (autoload 'highlight-headers-follow-url "highlight-headers" nil t nil)
|
|
|
9023
|
|
|
9024 ;;;***
|
|
|
9025
|
|
|
9026 ;;;### (autoloads (id-select-double-click-hook id-select-and-kill-thing id-select-and-copy-thing id-select-goto-matching-tag id-select-thing-with-mouse id-select-thing) "id-select" "utils/id-select.el")
|
|
|
9027
|
|
|
9028 (autoload 'id-select-thing "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9029 Mark the region selected by the syntax of the thing at point.
|
|
|
9030 If invoked repeatedly, selects bigger and bigger things.
|
|
|
9031 If `id-select-display-type' is non-nil, the type of selection is displayed in
|
|
|
9032 the minibuffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9033
|
|
|
9034 (autoload 'id-select-thing-with-mouse "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9035 Select a region based on the syntax of the character from a mouse click.
|
|
|
9036 If the click occurs at the same point as the last click, select
|
|
|
9037 the next larger syntactic structure. If `id-select-display-type' is non-nil,
|
|
|
9038 the type of selection is displayed in the minibuffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9039
|
|
|
9040 (autoload 'id-select-goto-matching-tag "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9041 If in a major mode listed in `id-select-markup-modes,' moves point to the start of the tag paired with the closest tag that point is within or precedes.
|
|
|
9042 Returns t if point is moved, else nil.
|
|
|
9043 Signals an error if no tag is found following point or if the closing tag
|
|
|
9044 does not have a `>' terminator character." t nil)
|
|
|
9045
|
|
|
9046 (autoload 'id-select-and-copy-thing "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9047 Copy the region surrounding the syntactical unit at point." t nil)
|
|
|
9048
|
|
|
9049 (autoload 'id-select-and-kill-thing "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9050 Kill the region surrounding the syntactical unit at point." t nil)
|
|
|
9051
|
|
|
9052 (autoload 'id-select-double-click-hook "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9053 Select a region based on the syntax of the character wherever the mouse is double-clicked.
|
|
|
9054 If the double-click occurs at the same point as the last double-click, select
|
|
|
9055 the next larger syntactic structure. If `id-select-display-type' is non-nil,
|
|
|
9056 the type of selection is displayed in the minibuffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
9057
|
|
|
9058 ;;;***
|
|
|
9059
|
|
|
9060 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "utils/loadhist.el")
|
|
|
9061
|
|
|
9062 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
|
|
|
9063 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
|
|
|
9064 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and optional FORCE
|
|
|
9065 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
|
|
|
9066
|
|
|
9067 ;;;***
|
|
|
9068
|
|
|
9069 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "utils/mail-extr.el")
|
|
|
9070
|
|
|
9071 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
|
|
|
9072 Given an RFC-822 ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
|
|
|
9073 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
|
|
|
9074 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
|
|
|
9075 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
|
|
|
9076 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
|
|
|
9077 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
|
|
|
9078 consing a string.)
|
|
|
9079 If ADDRESS contains more than one RFC-822 address, only the first is
|
|
|
9080 returned. Some day this function may be extended to extract multiple
|
|
|
9081 addresses, or perhaps return the position at which parsing stopped." nil nil)
|
|
|
9082
|
|
|
9083 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
|
|
|
9084 Prompts for a mail domain, and prints the country it corresponds to
|
|
|
9085 in the minibuffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9086
|
|
|
9087 ;;;***
|
|
|
9088
|
|
|
9089 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "utils/mail-utils.el")
|
|
|
9090
|
|
|
9091 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
|
|
|
9092 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
|
|
|
9093 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
|
|
|
9094 often correct parser.")
|
|
|
9095
|
|
|
9096 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9097
|
|
|
9098 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
|
|
|
9099 Return the value of the header field FIELD-NAME.
|
|
|
9100 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the headers of the message.
|
|
|
9101 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last such field if there are several.
|
|
|
9102 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between." nil nil)
|
|
|
9103
|
|
|
9104 ;;;***
|
|
|
9105
|
|
|
9106 ;;;### (autoloads (read-passwd) "passwd" "utils/passwd.el")
|
|
|
9107
|
|
|
9108 (autoload 'read-passwd "passwd" "\
|
|
|
9109 Prompts for a password in the minibuffer, and returns it as a string.
|
|
|
9110 If PROMPT may be a prompt string or an alist of elements
|
|
|
9111 '(prompt . default).
|
|
|
9112 If optional arg CONFIRM is true, then ask the user to type the password
|
|
|
9113 again to confirm that they typed it correctly.
|
|
|
9114 If optional arg DEFAULT is provided, then it is a string to insert as
|
|
|
9115 the default choice (it is not, of course, displayed.)
|
|
|
9116
|
|
|
9117 If running under X, the keyboard will be grabbed (with XGrabKeyboard())
|
|
108
|
9118 to reduce the possibility that eavesdropping is occuring.
|
|
78
|
9119
|
|
|
9120 When reading a password, all keys self-insert, except for:
|
|
|
9121 \\<read-passwd-map>
|
|
|
9122 \\[read-passwd-erase-line] Erase the entire line.
|
|
|
9123 \\[quoted-insert] Insert the next character literally.
|
|
|
9124 \\[delete-backward-char] Delete the previous character.
|
|
|
9125 \\[exit-minibuffer] Accept what you have typed.
|
|
|
9126 \\[keyboard-quit] Abort the command.
|
|
|
9127
|
|
|
9128 The returned value is always a newly-created string. No additional copies
|
|
|
9129 of the password remain after this function has returned.
|
|
|
9130
|
|
|
9131 NOTE: unless great care is taken, the typed password will exist in plaintext
|
|
|
9132 form in the running image for an arbitrarily long time. Priveleged users may
|
|
|
9133 be able to extract it from memory. If emacs crashes, it may appear in the
|
|
|
9134 resultant core file.
|
|
|
9135
|
|
|
9136 Some steps you can take to prevent the password from being copied around:
|
|
|
9137
|
|
|
9138 - as soon as you are done with the returned string, destroy it with
|
|
|
9139 (fillarray string 0). The same goes for any default passwords
|
|
|
9140 or password histories.
|
|
|
9141
|
|
|
9142 - do not copy the string, as with concat or substring - if you do, be
|
|
|
9143 sure to keep track of and destroy all copies.
|
|
|
9144
|
|
|
9145 - do not insert the password into a buffer - if you do, be sure to
|
|
|
9146 overwrite the buffer text before killing it, as with the functions
|
|
|
9147 `passwd-erase-buffer' or `passwd-kill-buffer'. Note that deleting
|
|
|
9148 the text from the buffer does NOT necessarily remove the text from
|
|
|
9149 memory.
|
|
|
9150
|
|
|
9151 - be careful of the undo history - if you insert the password into a
|
|
|
9152 buffer which has undo recording turned on, the password will be
|
|
|
9153 copied onto the undo list, and thus recoverable.
|
|
|
9154
|
|
|
9155 - do not pass it as an argument to a shell command - anyone will be
|
|
|
9156 able to see it if they run `ps' at the right time.
|
|
|
9157
|
|
|
9158 Note that the password will be temporarily recoverable with the `view-lossage'
|
|
|
9159 command. This data will not be overwritten until another hundred or so
|
|
|
9160 characters are typed. There's not currently a way around this." nil nil)
|
|
|
9161
|
|
|
9162 ;;;***
|
|
|
9163
|
|
|
9164 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp" "utils/pp.el")
|
|
|
9165
|
|
|
9166 (defalias 'pprint 'pp)
|
|
|
9167
|
|
|
9168 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
|
|
|
9169 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
|
|
|
9170 Quoting characters are printed when needed to make output that `read'
|
|
|
9171 can handle, whenever this is possible.
|
|
|
9172 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
|
|
|
9173
|
|
|
9174 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
|
|
|
9175 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
|
|
|
9176 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
|
|
|
9177 instead. Value is also consed on to front of variable values 's
|
|
|
9178 value." t nil)
|
|
|
9179
|
|
|
9180 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
|
|
|
9181 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
|
|
|
9182 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
|
|
|
9183 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
|
|
|
9184
|
|
|
9185 ;;;***
|
|
|
9186
|
|
|
9187 ;;;### (autoloads (prettyexpand-all-sexp prettyexpand-sexp macroexpand-all-sexp macroexpand-sexp pp-plist pp-variable pp-function) "pretty-print" "utils/pretty-print.el")
|
|
|
9188
|
|
|
9189 (autoload 'pp-function "pretty-print" "\
|
|
108
|
9190 Pretty print the function definition of SYMBOL in a separate buffer" t nil)
|
|
78
|
9191
|
|
|
9192 (autoload 'pp-variable "pretty-print" "\
|
|
108
|
9193 Pretty print the variable value of SYMBOL in a separate buffer" t nil)
|
|
78
|
9194
|
|
|
9195 (autoload 'pp-plist "pretty-print" "\
|
|
108
|
9196 Pretty print the property list of SYMBOL in a separate buffer" t nil)
|
|
78
|
9197
|
|
|
9198 (autoload 'macroexpand-sexp "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9199 Macro expand the sexpression following point. Pretty print expansion in a
|
|
|
9200 temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the original
|
|
|
9201 sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9202
|
|
|
9203 (autoload 'macroexpand-all-sexp "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9204 Macro expand recursively the sexpression following point. Pretty print
|
|
|
9205 expansion in a temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the
|
|
|
9206 original sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9207
|
|
|
9208 (autoload 'prettyexpand-sexp "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9209 Macro expand the sexpression following point. Pretty print expansion
|
|
|
9210 in a temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the original
|
|
|
9211 sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer.
|
|
|
9212 However, calls to macros specified in the variable
|
|
|
9213 `pp-shadow-expansion-list' are not expanded, in order to make the code
|
|
|
9214 look nicer." t nil)
|
|
|
9215
|
|
|
9216 (autoload 'prettyexpand-all-sexp "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9217 Macro expand recursively the sexpression following point. Pretty print
|
|
|
9218 expansion in a temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the
|
|
|
9219 original sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer.
|
|
|
9220 However, calls to macros specified in the variable
|
|
|
9221 `pp-shadow-expansion-list' are not expanded, in order to make the code
|
|
|
9222 look nicer." t nil)
|
|
|
9223
|
|
|
9224 ;;;***
|
|
|
9225
|
|
|
9226 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "utils/reporter.el")
|
|
|
9227
|
|
|
9228 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9229
|
|
|
9230 ;;;***
|
|
|
9231
|
|
|
9232 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ringp) "ring" "utils/ring.el")
|
|
|
9233
|
|
|
9234 (autoload 'ringp "ring" "\
|
|
|
9235 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
|
|
|
9236
|
|
|
9237 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'ring-p 'ringp)
|
|
|
9238
|
|
|
9239 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
|
|
|
9240 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
|
|
|
9241
|
|
|
9242 ;;;***
|
|
|
9243
|
|
|
9244 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "utils/skeleton.el")
|
|
|
9245
|
|
|
9246 (defvar skeleton-filter 'identity "\
|
|
|
9247 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
|
|
|
9248
|
|
|
9249 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9250 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
|
|
|
9251 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
|
|
|
9252 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
|
|
|
9253 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
9254
|
|
|
9255 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9256 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
|
|
|
9257 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
|
|
|
9258 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
|
|
|
9259 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
|
|
|
9260 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
|
|
|
9261 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
|
|
|
9262
|
|
|
9263 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
|
|
|
9264 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
|
|
|
9265 ignored." t nil)
|
|
|
9266
|
|
|
9267 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9268 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
|
|
|
9269 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
|
|
|
9270 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
|
|
|
9271 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
|
|
|
9272 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
|
|
|
9273 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
|
|
|
9274
|
|
|
9275 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
|
|
|
9276 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
|
|
|
9277 ignored." t nil)
|
|
|
9278
|
|
|
9279 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9280 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
|
|
|
9281
|
|
|
9282 With optional third REGIONS wrap first interesting point (`_') in skeleton
|
|
|
9283 around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive. If REGIONS is negative,
|
|
|
9284 wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first REGIONS interesting positions
|
|
|
9285 \(successive `_'s) in skeleton. An interregion is the stretch of text between
|
|
|
9286 two contiguous marked points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor)
|
|
|
9287 in alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions. But
|
|
|
9288 if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
|
|
|
9289
|
|
|
9290 Optional fourth STR is the value for the variable `str' within the skeleton.
|
|
|
9291 When this is non-`nil' the interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid
|
|
|
9292 skeleton element.
|
|
|
9293
|
|
|
9294 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
|
|
|
9295 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
|
|
|
9296
|
|
|
9297 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
|
|
|
9298 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
|
|
|
9299
|
|
|
9300 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
|
|
|
9301 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination
|
|
|
9302 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
|
|
|
9303 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
|
|
|
9304 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
|
|
|
9305 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
|
|
|
9306 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
|
|
|
9307 nil skipped
|
|
|
9308
|
|
|
9309 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
|
|
|
9310 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
|
|
|
9311 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
|
|
|
9312 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
|
|
|
9313 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
|
|
|
9314 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
|
|
|
9315 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also a list of
|
|
|
9316 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
|
|
|
9317
|
|
|
9318 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated evaluated for their side-effect.
|
|
|
9319 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
|
|
|
9320 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
|
|
|
9321 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
|
|
|
9322 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
|
|
|
9323 available:
|
|
|
9324
|
|
|
9325 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
|
|
|
9326 then: insert previously read string once more
|
|
|
9327 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
|
|
|
9328 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
|
|
|
9329 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
|
|
|
9330
|
|
|
9331 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
|
|
|
9332 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
|
|
|
9333
|
|
|
9334 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9335 Insert the character you type ARG times.
|
|
|
9336
|
|
|
9337 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
|
|
|
9338 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
|
|
|
9339 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
|
|
|
9340 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
|
|
|
9341
|
|
|
9342 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
|
|
|
9343 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
|
|
|
9344 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
|
|
|
9345
|
|
|
9346 ;;;***
|
|
|
9347
|
|
100
|
9348 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "utils/speedbar.el")
|
|
|
9349
|
|
|
9350 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
|
|
|
9351 Enable or disable use of a speedbar. Positive number means turn
|
|
|
9352 on, negative turns speedbar off, and nil means toggle. Once the
|
|
|
9353 speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in `speedbar-mode' will be
|
|
|
9354 displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is supported at a time." t nil)
|
|
|
9355
|
|
|
9356 ;;;***
|
|
|
9357
|
|
86
|
9358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timezone" "utils/timezone.el")
|
|
|
9359
|
|
|
9360 (define-error 'invalid-date "Invalid date string")
|
|
|
9361
|
|
|
9362 ;;;***
|
|
|
9363
|
|
78
|
9364 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "utils/tq.el")
|
|
|
9365
|
|
|
9366 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
|
|
|
9367 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
|
|
|
9368 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
|
|
|
9369 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
|
|
|
9370 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
|
|
|
9371
|
|
|
9372 ;;;***
|
|
|
9373
|
|
|
9374 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function) "trace" "utils/trace.el")
|
|
|
9375
|
|
|
9376 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
|
|
|
9377 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
|
|
|
9378
|
|
|
9379 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
|
|
|
9380 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
|
|
|
9381 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
|
|
|
9382 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
|
|
|
9383 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
|
|
|
9384 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
|
|
|
9385 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
|
|
|
9386 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
|
|
|
9387
|
|
|
9388 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
|
|
|
9389 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
|
|
|
9390 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
|
|
|
9391 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
|
|
|
9392 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
|
|
|
9393 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
|
|
|
9394 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
|
|
|
9395
|
|
|
9396 ;;;***
|
|
|
9397
|
|
|
9398 ;;;### (autoloads (xbm-button-create) "xbm-button" "utils/xbm-button.el")
|
|
|
9399
|
|
|
9400 (autoload 'xbm-button-create "xbm-button" "\
|
|
|
9401 Returns a list of XBM image instantiators for a button displaying TEXT.
|
|
|
9402 The list is of the form
|
|
|
9403 (UP DOWN DISABLED)
|
|
|
9404 where UP, DOWN, and DISABLED are the up, down and disabled image
|
|
|
9405 instantiators for the button.
|
|
|
9406
|
|
|
9407 BORDER-THICKNESS specifies how many pixels should be used for the
|
|
|
9408 borders on the edges of the buttons. It should be a positive integer,
|
|
|
9409 or 0 to mean no border." nil nil)
|
|
|
9410
|
|
|
9411 ;;;***
|
|
|
9412
|
|
|
9413 ;;;### (autoloads (xpm-button-create) "xpm-button" "utils/xpm-button.el")
|
|
|
9414
|
|
|
9415 (autoload 'xpm-button-create "xpm-button" "\
|
|
|
9416 Returns a list of XPM image instantiators for a button displaying TEXT.
|
|
|
9417 The list is of the form
|
|
|
9418 (UP DOWN DISABLED)
|
|
|
9419 where UP, DOWN, and DISABLED are the up, down and disabled image
|
|
|
9420 instantiators for the button.
|
|
|
9421
|
|
|
9422 SHADOW-THICKNESS specifies how many pixels should be used for the
|
|
|
9423 shadows on the edges of the buttons. It should be a positive integer,
|
|
|
9424 or 0 to mean no shadows on the edges.
|
|
|
9425 FG-COLOR is the color used to display the text. It should be a string.
|
|
|
9426 BG-COLOR is the background color the text will be displayed upon.
|
|
|
9427 It should be a string." nil nil)
|
|
|
9428
|
|
|
9429 ;;;***
|
|
|
9430
|
|
|
9431 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode) "viper" "viper/viper.el")
|
|
|
9432
|
|
|
9433 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
|
|
|
9434 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
|
|
|
9435
|
|
|
9436 (defalias 'vip-mode 'viper-mode)
|
|
|
9437
|
|
|
9438 ;;;***
|
|
|
9439
|
|
|
9440 ;;;### (autoloads (vm-easy-menu-create-keymaps vm-easy-menu-define) "vm-easymenu" "vm/vm-easymenu.el")
|
|
|
9441
|
|
|
9442 (autoload 'vm-easy-menu-define "vm-easymenu" "\
|
|
|
9443 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
|
|
|
9444 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
|
|
|
9445 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
|
|
|
9446
|
|
|
9447 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
|
|
|
9448 The rest of the elements are menu items.
|
|
|
9449
|
|
|
9450 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
|
|
|
9451
|
|
|
9452 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
|
|
|
9453
|
|
|
9454 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
|
|
|
9455 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
|
|
|
9456
|
|
|
9457 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
|
|
|
9458 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
9459
|
|
|
9460 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
|
|
|
9461
|
|
|
9462 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
|
|
|
9463
|
|
|
9464 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbol defined below.
|
|
|
9465
|
|
|
9466 :keys KEYS
|
|
|
9467
|
|
|
9468 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
|
|
|
9469 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
|
|
|
9470 computed automatically.
|
|
|
9471
|
|
|
9472 :active ENABLE
|
|
|
9473
|
|
|
9474 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
|
|
|
9475 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
9476
|
|
|
9477 :suffix NAME
|
|
|
9478
|
|
|
9479 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
|
|
|
9480
|
|
|
9481 :style
|
|
|
9482
|
|
|
9483 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
|
|
|
9484 defined:
|
|
|
9485
|
|
|
9486 toggle: A checkbox.
|
|
|
9487 Currently just prepend the name with the string \"Toggle \".
|
|
|
9488 radio: A radio button.
|
|
|
9489 nil: An ordinary menu item.
|
|
|
9490
|
|
|
9491 :selected SELECTED
|
|
|
9492
|
|
|
9493 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
|
|
|
9494 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
9495 Currently just disable radio buttons, no effect on checkboxes.
|
|
|
9496
|
|
|
9497 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
|
|
|
9498 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
|
|
|
9499 as a solid horizontal line.
|
|
|
9500
|
|
|
9501 A menu item can be a list. It is treated as a submenu.
|
|
|
9502 The first element should be the submenu name. That's used as the
|
|
|
9503 menu item in the top-level menu. The cdr of the submenu list
|
|
|
9504 is a list of menu items, as above." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
9505
|
|
|
9506 (autoload 'vm-easy-menu-create-keymaps "vm-easymenu" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9507
|
|
|
9508 ;;;***
|
|
|
9509
|
|
118
|
9510 ;;;### (autoloads (x-font-build-cache font-default-size-for-device font-default-encoding-for-device font-default-registry-for-device font-default-family-for-device font-default-object-for-device font-default-font-for-device font-create-object) "font" "w3/font.el")
|
|
108
|
9511
|
|
|
9512 (autoload 'font-create-object "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9513
|
|
|
9514 (autoload 'font-default-font-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9515
|
|
|
9516 (autoload 'font-default-object-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9517
|
|
|
9518 (autoload 'font-default-family-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9519
|
|
118
|
9520 (autoload 'font-default-registry-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9521
|
|
|
9522 (autoload 'font-default-encoding-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9523
|
|
108
|
9524 (autoload 'font-default-size-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9525
|
|
|
9526 (autoload 'x-font-build-cache "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9527
|
|
|
9528 ;;;***
|
|
|
9529
|
|
|
9530 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "w3/url-cache.el")
|
|
102
|
9531
|
|
|
9532 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
|
|
|
9533 Store buffer BUFF in the cache" nil nil)
|
|
|
9534
|
|
|
9535 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
|
|
|
9536 Return non-nil if the URL is cached." nil nil)
|
|
|
9537
|
|
108
|
9538 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
|
|
102
|
9539 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache" nil nil)
|
|
|
9540
|
|
|
9541 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
|
|
|
9542 Return t iff a cached file has expired." nil nil)
|
|
|
9543
|
|
|
9544 ;;;***
|
|
|
9545
|
|
118
|
9546 ;;;### (autoloads (url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "w3/url-gw.el")
|
|
|
9547
|
|
|
9548 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
|
|
|
9549 Attempt to resolve the given HOSTNAME using nslookup if possible." t nil)
|
|
|
9550
|
|
|
9551 ;;;***
|
|
|
9552
|
|
102
|
9553 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve url-popup-info url-get-url-at-point url-buffer-visiting url-normalize-url url-file-attributes) "url" "w3/url.el")
|
|
80
|
9554
|
|
|
9555 (autoload 'url-file-attributes "url" "\
|
|
|
9556 Return a list of attributes of URL.
|
|
|
9557 Value is nil if specified file cannot be opened.
|
|
|
9558 Otherwise, list elements are:
|
|
|
9559 0. t for directory, string (name linked to) for symbolic link, or nil.
|
|
|
9560 1. Number of links to file.
|
|
|
9561 2. File uid.
|
|
|
9562 3. File gid.
|
|
|
9563 4. Last access time, as a list of two integers.
|
|
|
9564 First integer has high-order 16 bits of time, second has low 16 bits.
|
|
|
9565 5. Last modification time, likewise.
|
|
|
9566 6. Last status change time, likewise.
|
|
|
9567 7. Size in bytes. (-1, if number is out of range).
|
|
|
9568 8. File modes, as a string of ten letters or dashes as in ls -l.
|
|
|
9569 If URL is on an http server, this will return the content-type if possible.
|
|
|
9570 9. t iff file's gid would change if file were deleted and recreated.
|
|
|
9571 10. inode number.
|
|
|
9572 11. Device number.
|
|
|
9573
|
|
|
9574 If file does not exist, returns nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
9575
|
|
|
9576 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url" "\
|
|
|
9577 Return a 'normalized' version of URL. This strips out default port
|
|
|
9578 numbers, etc." nil nil)
|
|
|
9579
|
|
|
9580 (autoload 'url-buffer-visiting "url" "\
|
|
|
9581 Return the name of a buffer (if any) that is visiting URL." nil nil)
|
|
|
9582
|
|
|
9583 (autoload 'url-get-url-at-point "url" "\
|
|
|
9584 Get the URL closest to point, but don't change your
|
|
|
9585 position. Has a preference for looking backward when not
|
|
|
9586 directly on a symbol." nil nil)
|
|
|
9587
|
|
|
9588 (autoload 'url-popup-info "url" "\
|
|
|
9589 Retrieve the HTTP/1.0 headers and display them in a temp buffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
9590
|
|
|
9591 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
|
|
|
9592 Retrieve a document over the World Wide Web.
|
|
|
9593 The document should be specified by its fully specified
|
|
|
9594 Uniform Resource Locator. No parsing is done, just return the
|
|
|
9595 document as the server sent it. The document is left in the
|
|
|
9596 buffer specified by url-working-buffer. url-working-buffer is killed
|
|
|
9597 immediately before starting the transfer, so that no buffer-local
|
|
|
9598 variables interfere with the retrieval. HTTP/1.0 redirection will
|
|
|
9599 be honored before this function exits." nil nil)
|
|
|
9600
|
|
|
9601 ;;;***
|
|
|
9602
|
|
144
|
9603 ;;;### (autoloads (w3-hotlist-add-document w3-use-hotlist w3-hotlist-append w3-hotlist-rename-entry w3-hotlist-delete) "w3-hot" "w3/w3-hot.el")
|
|
|
9604
|
|
|
9605 (autoload 'w3-hotlist-delete "w3-hot" "\
|
|
|
9606 Deletes a document from your hotlist file" t nil)
|
|
|
9607
|
|
|
9608 (autoload 'w3-hotlist-rename-entry "w3-hot" "\
|
|
|
9609 Rename a hotlist item" t nil)
|
|
|
9610
|
|
|
9611 (autoload 'w3-hotlist-append "w3-hot" "\
|
|
|
9612 Append a hotlist to the one in memory" t nil)
|
|
78
|
9613
|
|
|
9614 (autoload 'w3-use-hotlist "w3-hot" "\
|
|
|
9615 Possibly go to a link in your W3/Mosaic hotlist.
|
|
|
9616 This is part of the emacs World Wide Web browser. It will prompt for
|
|
|
9617 one of the items in your 'hotlist'. A hotlist is a list of often
|
|
|
9618 visited or interesting items you have found on the World Wide Web." t nil)
|
|
|
9619
|
|
144
|
9620 (autoload 'w3-hotlist-add-document "w3-hot" "\
|
|
|
9621 Add this documents url to the hotlist" t nil)
|
|
|
9622
|
|
78
|
9623 ;;;***
|
|
|
9624
|
|
102
|
9625 ;;;### (autoloads (w3-follow-link w3-follow-link-other-frame w3-do-setup w3 w3-preview-this-buffer w3-follow-url-at-point w3-follow-url-at-point-other-frame w3-maybe-follow-link w3-maybe-follow-link-mouse w3-fetch w3-fetch-other-frame w3-find-file w3-open-local) "w3" "w3/w3.el")
|
|
78
|
9626
|
|
|
9627 (autoload 'w3-open-local "w3" "\
|
|
|
9628 Find a local file, and interpret it as a hypertext document.
|
|
|
9629 It will prompt for an existing file or directory, and retrieve it as a
|
|
98
|
9630 hypertext document." t nil)
|
|
78
|
9631
|
|
|
9632 (autoload 'w3-find-file "w3" "\
|
|
|
9633 Find a local file, and interpret it as a hypertext document.
|
|
|
9634 It will prompt for an existing file or directory, and retrieve it as a
|
|
98
|
9635 hypertext document." t nil)
|
|
78
|
9636
|
|
|
9637 (autoload 'w3-fetch-other-frame "w3" "\
|
|
|
9638 Attempt to follow the hypertext reference under point in a new frame.
|
|
|
9639 With prefix-arg P, ignore viewers and dump the link straight
|
|
|
9640 to disk." t nil)
|
|
|
9641
|
|
|
9642 (autoload 'w3-fetch "w3" "\
|
|
|
9643 Retrieve a document over the World Wide Web.
|
|
82
|
9644 Defaults to URL of the current document, if any.
|
|
|
9645 With prefix argument, use the URL of the hyperlink under point instead." t nil)
|
|
78
|
9646
|
|
|
9647 (autoload 'w3-maybe-follow-link-mouse "w3" "\
|
|
|
9648 Maybe follow a hypertext link under point.
|
|
|
9649 If there is no link under point, this will try using
|
|
|
9650 url-get-url-at-point" t nil)
|
|
|
9651
|
|
|
9652 (autoload 'w3-maybe-follow-link "w3" "\
|
|
|
9653 Maybe follow a hypertext link under point.
|
|
|
9654 If there is no link under point, this will try using
|
|
|
9655 url-get-url-at-point" t nil)
|
|
|
9656
|
|
|
9657 (autoload 'w3-follow-url-at-point-other-frame "w3" "\
|
|
|
9658 Follow the URL under PT, defaults to link under (point)" t nil)
|
|
|
9659
|
|
|
9660 (autoload 'w3-follow-url-at-point "w3" "\
|
|
|
9661 Follow the URL under PT, defaults to link under (point)" t nil)
|
|
|
9662
|
|
|
9663 (autoload 'w3-preview-this-buffer "w3" "\
|
|
|
9664 See what this buffer will look like when its formatted as HTML.
|
|
|
9665 HTML is the HyperText Markup Language used by the World Wide Web to
|
|
|
9666 specify formatting for text. More information on HTML can be found at
|
|
|
9667 ftp.w3.org:/pub/www/doc." t nil)
|
|
|
9668
|
|
|
9669 (autoload 'w3 "w3" "\
|
|
|
9670 Retrieve the default World Wide Web home page.
|
|
|
9671 The World Wide Web is a global hypertext system started by CERN in
|
|
|
9672 Switzerland in 1991.
|
|
|
9673
|
|
|
9674 The home page is specified by the variable w3-default-homepage. The
|
|
|
9675 document should be specified by its fully specified Uniform Resource
|
|
|
9676 Locator. The document will be parsed as HTML (if appropriate) and
|
|
|
9677 displayed in a new buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9678
|
|
|
9679 (autoload 'w3-do-setup "w3" "\
|
|
|
9680 Do setup - this is to avoid conflict with user settings when W3 is
|
|
|
9681 dumped with emacs." nil nil)
|
|
|
9682
|
|
|
9683 (autoload 'w3-follow-link-other-frame "w3" "\
|
|
|
9684 Attempt to follow the hypertext reference under point in a new frame.
|
|
|
9685 With prefix-arg P, ignore viewers and dump the link straight
|
|
|
9686 to disk." nil nil)
|
|
|
9687
|
|
|
9688 (autoload 'w3-follow-link "w3" "\
|
|
|
9689 Attempt to follow the hypertext reference under point.
|
|
|
9690 With prefix-arg P, ignore viewers and dump the link straight
|
|
|
9691 to disk." t nil)
|
|
|
9692
|
|
|
9693 ;;;***
|
|
|
9694
|
|
|
9695 ;;;### (autoloads (font-menu-weight-constructor font-menu-size-constructor font-menu-family-constructor reset-device-font-menus) "x-font-menu" "x11/x-font-menu.el")
|
|
|
9696
|
|
|
9697 (defvar font-menu-ignore-scaled-fonts t "\
|
|
|
9698 *If non-nil, then the font menu will try to show only bitmap fonts.")
|
|
|
9699
|
|
|
9700 (defvar font-menu-this-frame-only-p nil "\
|
|
|
9701 *If non-nil, then changing the default font from the font menu will only
|
|
|
9702 affect one frame instead of all frames.")
|
|
|
9703
|
|
|
9704 (fset 'install-font-menus 'reset-device-font-menus)
|
|
|
9705
|
|
|
9706 (autoload 'reset-device-font-menus "x-font-menu" "\
|
|
|
9707 Generates the `Font', `Size', and `Weight' submenus for the Options menu.
|
|
|
9708 This is run the first time that a font-menu is needed for each device.
|
|
|
9709 If you don't like the lazy invocation of this function, you can add it to
|
|
|
9710 `create-device-hook' and that will make the font menus respond more quickly
|
|
|
9711 when they are selected for the first time. If you add fonts to your system,
|
|
|
9712 or if you change your font path, you can call this to re-initialize the menus." nil nil)
|
|
|
9713
|
|
|
9714 (autoload 'font-menu-family-constructor "x-font-menu" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9715
|
|
|
9716 (autoload 'font-menu-size-constructor "x-font-menu" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9717
|
|
|
9718 (autoload 'font-menu-weight-constructor "x-font-menu" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9719
|
|
|
9720 ;;;***
|
